Global Research Editor’s Note

We bring to the attention of our readers the following text of Osama bin Laden’s interview in Urdu with Ummat, a Pakistani daily, published in Karachi on September 28, 2001. It was translated into English by the BBC World Monitoring Service and made public on September 29, 2001.  

The authenticity of this interview remains to be confirmed. We were informed that It was available in recognized electronic news archives including BBC translation.

click here  Ummat 

The interview tends to demystify the Osama bin Laden persona.

In the Unmat interview, Osama bin Laden categorically denies his involvement in the 9/11 attacks.  Bin Laden’s statements in this interview are markedly different from those made in the alleged Osama video tapes.

In this interview, Osama bin Laden allegedly exhibits an understanding of US foreign policy. He expresses his views regarding the loss of life on 9/11. He focusses on CIA support to the narcotics trade.

He also makes statements as to who, in his opinion, might be the likely perpetrator of  the September 11 attacks.

This is an important text which has not been brought to the attention of Western public opinion.

We have highlighted key sections of this interview.

It is our hope that the text of this interview, published on 28 September 2001 barely a week before the onset of the war on Afghanistan, will contribute to a better understanding of the history of Al Qaeda, the role of Osama bin Laden and the tragic events of September 11, 2001.

It should be noted that on the day preceding the 9/11 attacks, Osama Bin Laden had been admitted for treatment in a Military Hospital in Rawalpindi, Pakistan.

This was confirmed by Dan Rather in a CBS News Report. 

This interview is published for informational purposes only.

Global Research does not in any way endorse the statements in this interview. Nor are we in a position to confirm its authenticity.

 

Michel  Chossudovsky, September 2, 2023, September 11, 2024


Full text of September 2001 Pakistani paper’s “exclusive” interview with Usamah Bin-Ladin

translated from Urdu by the BBC World Monitoring Service

Karachi, 28 September 2001, pp. 1- 7.

Ummat’s introduction

Kabul: Prominent Arab mojahed holy warrior Usamah Bin-Ladin has said that he or his al-Qa’idah group has nothing to do with the 11 September suicidal attacks in Washington and New York. He said the US government should find the attackers within the country. In an exclusive interview with daily “Ummat”, he said these attacks could be the act of those who are part of the American system and are rebelling against it and working for some other system. Or, Usamah said, this could be the act of those who want to make the current century a century of conflict between Islam and Christianity. Or, the American Jews, who are opposed to President Bush ever since the Florida elections, might be the masterminds of this act. There is also a great possibility of the involvement of US intelligence agencies, which need billions of dollars worth of funds every year. He said there is a government within the government in the United States.

The secret agencies, he said, should be asked as to who are behind the attacks. Usamah said support for attack on Afghanistan was a matter of need for some Muslim countries and compulsion for others. However, he said, he was thankful to the courageous people of Pakistan who erected a bulwark before the wrong forces. He added that the Islamic world was attaching great expectations with Pakistan and, in time of need, “we will protect this bulwark by sacrificing of lives”.

Following is the interview in full detail:

Ummat: You have been accused of involvement in the attacks in New York and Washington. What do you want to say about this? If you are not involved, who might be?

Usamah [Osama bin Laden]: In the name of Allah, the most beneficent, the most merciful. Praise be to Allah, Who is the creator of the whole universe and Who made the earth as an abode for peace, for the whole mankind. Allah is the Sustainer, who sent Prophet Muhammad for our guidance. I am thankful to the Ummat Group of Publications, which gave me the opportunity to convey my viewpoint to the people, particularly the valiant and Momin true Muslim people of Pakistan who refused to believe in lie of the demon.

I have already said that I am not involved in the 11 September attacks in the United States. As a Muslim, I try my best to avoid telling a lie. I had no knowledge of these attacks, nor do I consider the killing of innocent women, children, and other humans as an appreciable act. Islam strictly forbids causing harm to innocent women, children, and other people.

Such a practice is forbidden ever in the course of a battle. It is the United States, which is perpetrating every maltreatment on women, children, and common people of other faiths, particularly the followers of Islam. All that is going on in Palestine for the last 11 months is sufficient to call the wrath of God upon the United States and Israel.

There is also a warning for those Muslim countries, which witnessed all these as a silent spectator. What had earlier been done to the innocent people of Iraq, Chechnya, and Bosnia?

Only one conclusion could be derived from the indifference of the United States and the West to these acts of terror and the patronage of the tyrants by these powers that America is an anti-Islamic power and it is patronizing the anti-Islamic forces. Its friendship with the Muslim countries is just a show, rather deceit. By enticing or intimidating these countries, the United States is forcing them to play a role of its choice. Put a glance all around and you will see that the slaves of the United States are either rulers or enemies of Muslims .

The US has no friends, nor does it want to keep any because the prerequisite of friendship is to come to the level of the friend or consider him at par with you. America does not want to see anyone equal to it. It expects slavery from others. Therefore, other countries are either its slaves or subordinates.

However, our case is different. We have pledged slavery to God Almighty alone and after this pledge there is no possibility to become the slave of someone else. If we do that, it will be disregardful to both our Sustainer and his fellow beings. Most of the world nations upholding their freedom are the religious ones, which are the enemies of United States, or the latter itself considers them as its enemies. Or the countries, which do not agree to become its slaves, such as China, Iran, Libya, Cuba, Syria, and the former Russia as received .

Whoever committed the act of 11 September are not the friends of the American people. I have already said that we are against the American system, not against its people, whereas in these attacks, the common American people have been killed.

According to my information, the death toll is much higher than what the US government has stated. But the Bush administration does not want the panic to spread. The United States should try to trace the perpetrators of these attacks within itself; the people who are a part of the US system, but are dissenting against it. Or those who are working for some other system; persons who want to make the present century as a century of conflict between Islam and Christianity so that their own civilization, nation, country, or ideology could survive. They can be any one, from Russia to Israel and from India to Serbia. In the US itself, there are dozens of well-organized and well-equipped groups, which are capable of causing a large-scale destruction. Then you cannot forget the American Jews, who are annoyed with President Bush ever since the elections in Florida and want to avenge him.

Then there are intelligence agencies in the US, which require billions of dollars worth of funds from the Congress and the government every year. This funding issue was not a big problem till the existence of the former Soviet Union but after that the budget of these agencies has been in danger.

They needed an enemy. So, they first started propaganda against Usamah and Taleban and then this incident happened. You see, the Bush administration approved a budget of 40bn dollars. Where will this huge amount go? It will be provided to the same agencies, which need huge funds and want to exert their importance.

Now they will spend the money for their expansion and for increasing their importance. I will give you an example. Drug smugglers from all over the world are in contact with the US secret agencies. These agencies do not want to eradicate narcotics cultivation and trafficking because their importance will be diminished. The people in the US Drug Enforcement Department are encouraging drug trade so that they could show performance and get millions of dollars worth of budget. General Noriega was made a drug baron by the CIA and, in need, he was made a scapegoat. In the same way, whether it is President Bush or any other US president, they cannot bring Israel to justice for its human rights abuses or to hold it accountable for such crimes. What is this? Is it not that there exists a government within the government in the United Sates? That secret government must be asked as to who made the attacks.

Ummat: A number of world countries have joined the call of the United States for launching an attack on Afghanistan. These also include a number of Muslim countries. Will Al-Qa’idah declare a jihad against these countries as well?

Usamah: I must say that my duty is just to awaken the Muslims; to tell them as to what is good for them and what is not. What does Islam says and what the enemies of Islam want?

Al-Qa’idah was set up to wage a jihad against infidelity, particularly to encounter the onslaught of the infidel countries against the Islamic states. Jihad is the sixth undeclared element of Islam. The first five being the basic holy words of Islam, prayers, fast, pilgrimage to Mecca, and giving alms Every anti-Islamic person is afraid of it. Al-Qa’idah wants to keep this element alive and active and make it part of the daily life of the Muslims. It wants to give it the status of worship. We are not against any Islamic country nor we consider a war against an Islamic country as jihad.

We are in favour of armed jihad only against those infidel countries, which are killing innocent Muslim men, women, and children just because they are Muslims. Supporting the US act is the need of some Muslim countries and the compulsion of others. However, they should think as to what will remain of their religious and moral position if they support the attack of the Christians and the Jews on a Muslim country like Afghanistan. The orders of Islamic shari’ah jurisprudence for such individuals, organizations, and countries are clear and all the scholars of the Muslim brotherhood are unanimous on them. We will do the same, which is being ordered by the Amir ol-Momenin the commander of the faithful Mola Omar and the Islamic scholars. The hearts of the people of Muslim countries are beating with the call of jihad. We are grateful to them.

Ummat: The losses caused in the attacks in New York and Washington have proved that giving an economic blow to the US is not too difficult. US experts admit that a few more such attacks can bring down the American economy. Why is al-Qa’idah not targeting their economic pillars?

Usamah: I have already said that we are not hostile to the United States. We are against the system, which makes other nations slaves of the United States, or forces them to mortgage their political and economic freedom. This system is totally in control of the American Jews, whose first priority is Israel, not the United States. It is simply that the American people are themselves the slaves of the Jews and are forced to live according to the principles and laws laid by them. So, the punishment should reach Israel. In fact, it is Israel, which is giving a blood bath to innocent Muslims and the US is not uttering a single word.

Ummat: Why is harm not caused to the enemies of Islam through other means, apart from the armed struggle? For instance, inciting the Muslims to boycott Western products, banks, shipping lines, and TV channels.

Usamah: The first thing is that Western products could only be boycotted when the Muslim fraternity is fully awakened and organized. Secondly, the Muslim companies should become self-sufficient in producing goods equal to the products of Western companies. Economic boycott of the West is not possible unless economic self-sufficiency is attained and substitute products are brought out. You see that wealth is scattered all across the Muslim world but not a single TV channel has been acquired which can preach Islamic injunctions according to modern requirements and attain an international influence. Muslim traders and philanthropists should make it a point that if the weapon of public opinion is to be used, it is to be kept in the hand. Today’s world is of public opinion and the fates of nations are determined through its pressure. Once the tools for building public opinion are obtained, everything that you asked for can be done.

Ummat: The entire propaganda about your struggle has so far been made by the Western media. But no information is being received from your sources about the network of Al-Qa’idah and its jihadi successes. Would you comment?

Usamah: In fact, the Western media is left with nothing else. It has no other theme to survive for a long time. Then we have many other things to do. The struggle for jihad and the successes are for the sake of Allah and not to annoy His bondsmen. Our silence is our real propaganda. Rejections, explanations, or corrigendum only waste your time and through them, the enemy wants you to engage in things which are not of use to you. These things are pulling you away from your cause.

The Western media is unleashing such a baseless propaganda, which make us surprise but it reflects on what is in their hearts and gradually they themselves become captive of this propaganda. They become afraid of it and begin to cause harm to themselves. Terror is the most dreaded weapon in modern age and the Western media is mercilessly using it against its own people. It can add fear and helplessness in the psyche of the people of Europe and the United States. It means that what the enemies of the United States cannot do, its media is doing that. You can understand as to what will be the performance of the nation in a war, which suffers from fear and helplessness.

Ummat: What will the impact of the freeze of al-Qa’idah accounts by the US?

Usamah: God opens up ways for those who work for Him. Freezing of accounts will not make any difference for Al-Qa’idah or other jihad groups. With the grace of Allah, al-Qa’idah has more than three such alternative financial systems, which are all separate and totally independent from each other. This system is operating under the patronage of those who love jihad. What to say of the United States, even the combined world cannot budge these people from their path.

These people are not in hundreds but in thousands and millions. Al-Qa’idah comprises of such modern educated youths who are aware of the cracks inside the Western financial system as they are aware of the lines in their hands. These are the very flaws of the Western fiscal system, which are becoming a noose for it and this system could not recuperate in spite of the passage of so many days.

Ummat: Are there other safe areas other than Afghanistan, where you can continue jihad?

Usamah: There are areas in all parts of the world where strong jihadi forces are present, from Indonesia to Algeria, from Kabul to Chechnya, from Bosnia to Sudan, and from Burma to Kashmir. Then it is not the problem of my person. I am helpless fellowman of God, constantly in the fear of my accountability before God. It is not the question of Usamah but of Islam and, in Islam too, of jihad. Thanks to God, those waging a jihad can walk today with their heads raised. Jihad was still present when there was no Usamah and it will remain as such even when Usamah is no longer there. Allah opens up ways and creates loves in the hearts of people for those who walk on the path of Allah with their lives, property, and children. Believe it, through jihad, a man gets everything he desires. And the biggest desire of a Muslim is the after life. Martyrdom is the shortest way of attaining an eternal life.

Ummat: What do you say about the Pakistan government policy on Afghanistan attack?

Usamah: We are thankful to the Momin and valiant people of Pakistan who erected a blockade in front of the wrong forces and stood in the first file of battle. Pakistan is a great hope for the Islamic brotherhood. Its people are awakened, organized, and rich in the spirit of faith. They backed Afghanistan in its war against the Soviet Union and extended every help to the mojahedin and the Afghan people. Then these are the same Pakistanis who are standing shoulder by shoulder with the Taleban. If such people emerge in just two countries, the domination of the West will diminish in a matter of days. Our hearts beat with Pakistan and, God forbid, if a difficult time comes we will protect it with our blood. Pakistan is sacred for us like a place of worship. We are the people of jihad and fighting for the defence of Pakistan is the best of all jihads to us. It does not matter for us as to who rules Pakistan. The important thing is that the spirit of jihad is alive and stronger in the hearts of the Pakistani people.

End of Interview

 

[Copyright Ummat in Urdu, BBC translation in English, 2001]

 


Read about Osama Bin Laden in Michel Chossudovsky’s international best-seller

Order Directly from Global Research

America’s “War on Terrorism”

by Michel Chossudovsky

According to Chossudovsky, the  “war on terrorism” is a complete fabrication based on the illusion that one man, Osama bin Laden, outwitted the $40 billion-a-year American intelligence apparatus. The “war on terrorism” is a war of conquest. Globalisation is the final march to the “New World Order”, dominated by Wall Street and the U.S. military-industrial complex.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Donate to Global Research

May 15th, 2021 by Global Research News

Our Asia Pacific Website

November 27th, 2020 by Global Research News

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Our Asia Pacific Website

Nuestro sitio en español: Globalizacion.ca

November 5th, 2020 by Global Research News

  • Posted in English, Mobile
  • Comments Off on Nuestro sitio en español: Globalizacion.ca

Pour Accéder à la Version Mobile de Mondialisation.ca

August 14th, 2017 by Global Research News

Nous faisons face présentement à une problème technique.

Pour accéder à la version mobile de mondialisation.ca, cliquez sur le Menu principal de Globalresearch.ca (version mobile), (en haut à gauche) et ensuite cliquez sur Mondialisation.ca.

 

A partir de la semaine prochaine le problème technique devrait être résolu.

Amitiés à tous nos lecteurs

 

  • Posted in Desktop Only, English
  • Comments Off on Pour Accéder à la Version Mobile de Mondialisation.ca

Today’s Most Popular Stories on Global Research

August 22nd, 2015 by Global Research News

  • Posted in Desktop Only, English
  • Comments Off on Today’s Most Popular Stories on Global Research

GR’s Ukraine Report: 800+ articles

August 22nd, 2015 by Global Research News

Fighting Lies and Searching for Truths

July 19th, 2015 by Global Research

The world is globalizing and information has become more accessible to more people than ever before. We are, indeed, in unprecedented times, and we face unprecedented challenges.

The aims of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG) and Global Research are to battle the tidal waves of misinformation and propaganda washing our minds on a daily basis. We have separated ourselves from the corporate controlled mainstream news, whose only objective is to serve their corporate masters. We take no assistance from the major foundations such as Rockefeller, Ford, and MacArthur, who act as patrons (and thus pacifiers) of the alternative and critical voices challenging the forces of globalization.

We do this in order to remain an independent voice, challenging all that needs to be challenged and exposing all that remains in the dark. Bringing light to a dimly lit world is no easy task, and though the aim and method is “independence,” we are, in fact, entirely dependent upon YOU, our readers. Without your support, we cannot continue our operations nor expand our horizons and opportunities. Global Research is indebted to our readers, and we are here for you and because of you. If you would like Global Research to continue and to grow, we need your support now more than ever.

By making a donation  to Global Research, you  assist journalists, researchers and contributors who have either lost their jobs with the mainstream media or who have been excluded from employment opportunities as professional journalists for their pledge to the truth. We send our thanks to all who have contributed so far by donating or becoming a member!

The mainstream media is owned by bankers and corporate kingpins. Not only that, but it has been historically and presently infiltrated by covert government agencies, seeking to deceive and propagandize their agendas. The CIA has long had associations with major mainstream news publications. By far the most valuable of these associations, according to CIA officials, have been with the New York Times, CBS and Time Inc. The CIA even ran a training program “to teach its agents to be journalists,” who were “then placed in major news organizations with help from management.”

At Global Research, we seek to not only expose and criticize the larger picture, but to point the finger at the media, itself, and examine who is lying, why they lie, and how they get away with it.

To continue in our endeavours, we need our readers to continue in their support.

One important and helpful thing that all of our readers can do is to help spread our name and information by “sharing and  “liking” our Facebook page here. We post articles daily that will appear in your news feed so that you don’t have to come to us, we can bring our information straight to you. “Like” our page and recommend us to your friends. Every bit helps! You can also subscribe to our RSS feed

You can also support us by continuing to send us your much needed donations which allow us to continue our day-to-day operations and help us expand our scope and content.

Supporting Global Research is supporting the cause of truth and the fight against media disinformation.

Thank you.

The Global Research Team

FOR ONLINE DONATIONS

For online donations, please click below:

VISIT THE DONATION PAGE

FOR DONATIONS BY MAIL

To send your donation by mail, kindly send your cheque or international money order, made out to CRG, to our postal address:

Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG)

PO Box 55019
11, Notre-Dame Ouest,

Montreal, QC, H2Y 4A7
CANADA

FOR DONATIONS BY FAX
For payment by fax, please print the credit card fax authorization form and fax your order and credit card details to Global Research at 514 656 5294

You can also support us by purchasing books from our store! Click to browse our titles.

Global Research Articles on the Environment

December 22nd, 2014 by Global Research News

Analysis on Climate Change and Global Warming. 100+ GR Articles

December 9th, 2014 by Global Research News

  • Posted in Desktop Only, English
  • Comments Off on Analysis on Climate Change and Global Warming. 100+ GR Articles

Global Research’s Ukraine Report

November 21st, 2014 by Global Research News

Click to Get the Latest Global Research Articles

December 23rd, 2013 by Global Research News

  • Posted in Desktop Only, English
  • Comments Off on Click to Get the Latest Global Research Articles

Click for Latest Global Research News

November 22nd, 2013 by Global Research News

Today’s Most Popular Stories

October 15th, 2013 by Global Research News

A deluge of articles have been quickly put into circulation defending France’s military intervention in the African nation of Mali. TIME’s article, “The Crisis in Mali: Will French Intervention Stop the Islamist Advance?” decides that old tricks are the best tricks, and elects the tiresome “War on Terror” narrative.TIME claims the intervention seeks to stop “Islamist” terrorists from overrunning both Africa and all of Europe. Specifically, the article states:

“…there is a (probably well-founded) fear in France that a radical Islamist Mali threatens France most of all, since most of the Islamists are French speakers and many have relatives in France. (Intelligence sources in Paris have told TIME that they’ve identified aspiring jihadis leaving France for northern Mali to train and fight.) Al-Qaeda in Islamic Maghreb (AQIM), one of the three groups that make up the Malian Islamist alliance and which provides much of the leadership, has also designated France — the representative of Western power in the region — as a prime target for attack.”

What TIME elects not to tell readers is that Al-Qaeda in the Islamic Maghreb (AQIM) is closely allied to the Libyan Islamic Fighting Group (LIFG whom France intervened on behalf of during NATO’s 2011 proxy-invasion of Libya – providing weapons, training, special forces and even aircraft to support them in the overthrow of Libya’s government.

As far back as August of 2011, Bruce Riedel out of the corporate-financier funded think-tank, the Brookings Institution, wrote “Algeria will be next to fall,” where he gleefully predicted success in Libya would embolden radical elements in Algeria, in particular AQIM. Between extremist violence and the prospect of French airstrikes, Riedel hoped to see the fall of the Algerian government. Ironically Riedel noted:

Algeria has expressed particular concern that the unrest in Libya could lead to the development of a major safe haven and sanctuary for al-Qaeda and other extremist jihadis.

And thanks to NATO, that is exactly what Libya has become – a Western sponsored sanctuary for Al-Qaeda. AQIM’s headway in northern Mali and now French involvement will see the conflict inevitably spill over into Algeria. It should be noted that Riedel is a co-author of “Which Path to Persia?” which openly conspires to arm yet another US State Department-listed terrorist organization (list as #28), the Mujahedin-e Khalq (MEK) to wreak havoc across Iran and help collapse the government there – illustrating a pattern of using clearly terroristic organizations, even those listed as so by the US State Department, to carry out US foreign policy.Geopolitical analyst Pepe Escobar noted a more direct connection between LIFG and AQIM in an Asia Times piece titled, “How al-Qaeda got to rule in Tripoli:”

“Crucially, still in 2007, then al-Qaeda’s number two, Zawahiri, officially announced the merger between the LIFG and al-Qaeda in the Islamic Mahgreb (AQIM). So, for all practical purposes, since then, LIFG/AQIM have been one and the same – and Belhaj was/is its emir. “

“Belhaj,” referring to Hakim Abdul Belhaj, leader of LIFG in Libya, led with NATO support, arms, funding, and diplomatic recognition, the overthrowing of Muammar Qaddafi and has now plunged the nation into unending racist and tribal, genocidal infighting. This intervention has also seen the rebellion’s epicenter of Benghazi peeling off from Tripoli as a semi-autonomous “Terror-Emirate.” Belhaj’s latest campaign has shifted to Syria where he was admittedly on the Turkish-Syrian border pledging weapons, money, and fighters to the so-called “Free Syrian Army,” again, under the auspices of NATO support.

Image: NATO’s intervention in Libya has resurrected listed-terrorist organization and Al Qaeda affiliate, LIFG. It had previously fought in Iraq and Afghanistan, and now has fighters, cash and weapons, all courtesy of NATO, spreading as far west as Mali, and as far east as Syria. The feared “global Caliphate” Neo-Cons have been scaring Western children with for a decade is now taking shape via US-Saudi, Israeli, and Qatari machinations, not “Islam.” In fact, real Muslims have paid the highest price in fighting this real “war against Western-funded terrorism.”

….

LIFG, which with French arms, cash, and diplomatic support, is now invading northern Syria on behalf of NATO’s attempted regime change there, officially merged with Al Qaeda in 2007 according to the US Army’s West Point Combating Terrorism Center (CTC). According to the CTC, AQIM and LIFG share not only ideological goals, but strategic and even tactical objectives. The weapons LIFG received most certainly made their way into the hands of AQIM on their way through the porous borders of the Sahara Desert and into northern Mali.

In fact, ABC News reported in their article, “Al Qaeda Terror Group: We ‘Benefit From’ Libyan Weapons,” that:

A leading member of an al Qaeda-affiliated terror group indicated the organization may have acquired some of the thousands of powerful weapons that went missing in the chaos of the Libyan uprising, stoking long-held fears of Western officials.”We have been one of the main beneficiaries of the revolutions in the Arab world,” Mokhtar Belmokhtar, a leader of the north Africa-based al Qaeda in the Islamic Maghreb [AQIM], told the Mauritanian news agency ANI Wednesday. “As for our benefiting from the [Libyan] weapons, this is a natural thing in these kinds of circumstances.”

It is no coincidence that as the Libyan conflict was drawing to a conclusion, conflict erupted in northern Mali. It is part of a premeditated geopolitical reordering that began with toppling Libya, and since then, using it as a springboard for invading other targeted nations, including Mali, Algeria, and Syria with heavily armed, NATO-funded and aided terrorists.

French involvement may drive AQIM and its affiliates out of northern Mali, but they are almost sure to end up in Algeria, most likely by design.

Algeria was able to balk subversion during the early phases of the US-engineered “Arab Spring” in 2011, but it surely has not escaped the attention of the West who is in the midst of transforming a region stretching from Africa to Beijing and Moscow’s doorsteps – and in a fit of geopolitical schizophrenia – using terrorists both as a casus belli to invade and as an inexhaustible mercenary force to do it.

  • Posted in Desktop Only, English
  • Comments Off on The Geopolitical Reordering of Africa: US Covert Support to Al Qaeda in Northern Mali, France “Comes to the Rescue”

Latest Global Research Articles. Subscribe to GR’s RSS Feed

December 30th, 2012 by Global Research News

  • Posted in Desktop Only, English
  • Comments Off on Latest Global Research Articles. Subscribe to GR’s RSS Feed

Salafism and the CIA: Destabilizing the Russian Federation?

September 14th, 2012 by F. William Engdahl

Part I: Syria comes to the Russian Caucasus

On August 28 Sheikh Said Afandi, acknowledged spiritual leader of the Autonomous Russian Republic of Dagestan, was assassinated. A jihadist female suicide bomber managed to enter his house and detonate an explosive device.

The murder target had been carefully selected. Sheikh Afandi, a seventy-five-year old Sufi Muslim leader, had played the critical role in attempting to bring about reconciliation in Dagestan between jihadist Salafi Sunni Muslims and other factions, many of whom in Dagestan see themselves as followers of Sufi. With no replacement of his moral stature and respect visible, authorities fear possible outbreak of religious war in the tiny Russian autonomous republic.[1]

The police reported that the assassin was an ethnic Russian woman who had converted to Islam and was linked to an Islamic fundamentalist or Salafist insurgency against Russia and regional governments loyal to Moscow in the autonomous republics and across the volatile Muslim-populated North Caucasus region.

Ethnic Muslim populations in this region of Russia and of the former Soviet Union, including Uzbekistan, Kyrgystan and into China’s Xinjiang Province, have been the target of various US and NATO intelligence operations since the Cold War era ended in 1990. Washington sees manipulation of Muslim groups as the vehicle to bring uncontrollable chaos to Russia and Central Asia. It’s being carried out by some of the same organizations engaged in creating chaos and destruction inside Syria against the government of Bashar Al-Assad. In a real sense, as Russian security services clearly understand, if they don’t succeed in stopping the Jihadists insurgency in Syria, it will come home to them via the Caucasus.

The latest Salafist murders of Sufi and other moderate Muslim leaders in the Caucasus are apparently part of what is becoming ever clearer as perhaps the most dangerous US intelligence operation ever—playing globally with Muslim fundamentalism.

Previously US and allied intelligence services had played fast and loose with religious organizations or beliefs in one or another country. What makes the present situation particularly dangerous—notably since the decision in Washington to unleash the misnamed Arab Spring upheavals that began in Tunisia late 2010, spreading like a brushfire across the entire Islamic world from Afghanistan across Central Asia to Morocco—is the incalculable wave upon wave of killing, hatreds, destruction of entire cultures that Washington has unleashed in the name of that elusive dream named “democracy.” They do this using alleged Al-Qaeda groups, Saudi Salafists or Wahhabites, or using disciples of Turkey’s Fethullah Gülen Movement to ignite fires of religious hatred within Islam and against other faiths that could take decades to extinguish. It could easily spill over into a new World War.

Fundamentalism comes to Caucasus

Following the dissolution of the USSR, radical Afghanistani Mujahadeen, Islamists from Saudi Arabia, from Turkey, Pakistan and other Islamic countries flooded into the Muslim regions of the former USSR. One of the best-organized of these was the Gülen Movement of Fethullah Gülen, leader of a global network of Islamic schools and reported to be the major policy influence on Turkey’s Erdogan AKP party.

Gülen was quick to establish The International Dagestani-Turkish College in Dagestan. During the chaotic days after the Soviet collapse, the Ministry of Justice of the Russian Federation officially registered and permitted unfettered activity for a variety of Islamic foundations and organizations. These included the League of the Islamic World, the World Muslim Youth Assembly, the reportedly Al-Qaeda friendly Saudi foundation ‘Ibrahim ben Abd al-Aziz al-Ibrahim.’ The blacklist also included Al-Haramein a Saudi foundation reported tied to Al-Qaeda, and IHH, [2] a Turkish organization banned in Germany, that allegedly raised funds for jihadi fighters in Bosnia, Chechnya, and Afghanistan, and was charged by French intelligence of ties to Al Qaeda.[3] Many of these charities were covers for fundamentalist Salafists with their own special agenda.

As many of the foreign Islamists in Chechnya and Dagestan were found involved in fomenting the regional unrest and civil war, Russian authorities withdrew permission of most to run schools and institutions. Throughout the North Caucasus at the time of the Chechyn war in the late 1990’s, there were more than two dozen Islamic institutes, some 200 madrassas and numerous maktabas (Koranic study schools) present at almost all mosques.

The International Dagestani-Turkish College was one that was forced to close its doors in Dagestan. The College was run by the Fethullah Gülen organization.[4]

At the point of the Russian crackdown on the spread of Salafist teaching inside Russia at the end of the 1990’s, there was an exodus of hundreds of young Dagestani and Chechyn Muslim students to Turkey, Saudi Arabia, Pakistan and other places in The Middle east, reportedly to receive training with the Gülen movement and various Saudi-financed organizations, including Salafists. [5] It is believed in Russia that the students trained by Gülen supporters or Saudi and other Salafist fundamentalist centers then were sent back to Dagestan and the North Caucasus to spread their radical strain of Islam.

By 2005 the situation in the Caucasus was so influenced by this Salafist intervention that the Chechen Salafist, Doku Umarov, cited by the UN Security Council for links to Al-Qaeda,[6] unilaterally declared creation of what he called the Caucasus Emirate, announcing he planned to establish an Islamic state under Sharia law encompassing the entire North Caucasus region including Dagestan. He modestly proclaimed himself Emir of the Caucasus Emirate. [7]

*  *  *

WWIII Scenario

*  *  *

 

Part II: Salafism at war with Sufi tradition

Salafism, known in Saudi Arabia as Wahhabism, is a fundamentalist strain of Islam which drew world attention and became notorious in March 2001 just weeks before the attacks of September 11. That was when the Salafist Taliban government in Afghanistan willfully dynamited and destroyed the historic gigantic Buddhas of Bamiyan on the ancient Silk Road, religious statues dating from the 6th Century. The Taliban Salafist leaders also banned as “un-islamic” all forms of imagery, music and sports, including television, in accordance with what they considered a strict interpretation of Sharia.

Afghani sources reported that the order to destroy the Buddhas was made by Saudi-born jihadist Wahhabite, Osama bin Laden, who ultimately convinced Mullah Omar, Taliban supreme leader at the time to execute the act.[8]

Before and…After Salafist Taliban …

While Sufis incorporate the worship of saints and theatrical ceremonial prayers into their practice, Salafis condemn as idolatry any non-traditional forms of worship. They also call for the establishment of Islamic political rule and strict Sharia law. Sufism is home to the great spiritual and musical heritage of Islam, said by Islamic scholars to be the inner, mystical, or psycho-spiritual dimension of Islam, going back centuries.

As one Sufi scholar described the core of Sufism, “While all Muslims believe that they are on the pathway to God and will become close to God in Paradise–after death and the ‘Final Judgment’– Sufis believe as well that it is possible to become close to God and to experience this closeness–while one is alive. Furthermore, the attainment of the knowledge that comes with such intimacy with God, Sufis assert, is the very purpose of the creation. Here they mention the hadith qudsi in which God states, ‘I was a hidden treasure and I loved that I be known, so I created the creation in order to be known.’ Hence for the Sufis there is already a momentum, a continuous attraction on their hearts exerted by God, pulling them, in love, towards God.” [9]

The mystical Islamic current of Sufism and its striving to become close to or one with God is in stark contrast to the Jihadist Salafi or Wahhabi current that is armed with deadly weapons, preaches a false doctrine of jihad, and a perverse sense of martyrdom, committing countless acts of violence. Little wonder that the victims of Salafist Jihads are mostly other pacific forms of Islam including most especially Sufis.

The respected seventy-five year old Afandi had publicly denounced Salafist Islamic fundamentalism. His murder followed a July 19 coordinated attack on two high-ranking muftis in the Russian Volga Republic of Tatarstan. Both victims were state-approved religious leaders who had attacked radical Islam. This latest round of murders opens a new front in the Salafist war against Russia, namely attacks on moderate Sufi Muslim leaders.

Whether or not Dagestan now descends into internal religious civil war that then spreads across the geopolitically sensitive Russian Caucasus is not yet certain. What is almost certain is that the same circles who have been feeding violence and terror inside Syria against the regime of Alawite President Bashar al-Assad are behind the killing of Sheikh Afandi as well as sparking related acts of terror or unrest across Russia’s Muslim-populated Caucasus. In a very real sense it represents Russia’s nightmare scenario of “Syria coming to Russia.” It demonstrates dramatically why Putin has made such a determined effort to stop a descent into a murderous hell in Syria.

Salafism and the CIA

The existence of the so-called jihadist Salafi brand of Islam in Dagestan is quite recent. It has also been deliberately imported. Salafism is sometimes also called the name of the older Saudi-centered Wahhabism. Wahhabism is a minority originally-Bedouin form of the faith originating within Islam, dominant in Saudi Arabia since the 1700’s.

Irfan Al-Alawi and Stephen Schwartz of the Centre for Islamic Pluralism give the following description of Saudi conditions under the rigid Wahhabi brand of Islam:

Women living under Saudi rule must wear the abaya, or total body cloak, and niqab, the face veil; they have limited opportunities for schooling and careers; they are prohibited from driving vehicles; are banned from social contact with men not relatives, and all personal activity must be supervised including opening bank accounts, by a male family member or “guardian.” These Wahhabi rules are enforced by a mutawiyin, or morals militia, also known as “the religious police,” officially designated the Commission for the Promotion of Virtue and Prevention of Vice (CPVPV) who patrol Saudi cities, armed with leather-covered sticks which they freely used against those they considered wayward. They raid homes looking for alcohol and drugs, and harassed non-Wahhabi Muslims as well as believers in other faiths.” [10]

It’s widely reported that the obscenely opulent and morally-perhaps-not-entirely-of- the-highest-standards Saudi Royal Family made a Faustian deal with Wahhabite leaders. The deal supposedly, was that the Wahhabists are free to export their fanatical brand of Islam around to the Islamic populations of the world in return for agreeing to leave the Saudi Royals alone.[11] There are, however, other dark and dirty spoons stirring the Wahhabite-Salafist Saudi stew.

Little known is the fact that the present form of aggressive Saudi Wahhabism, in reality a kind of fusion between imported jihadi Salafists from Egypt’s Muslim Brotherhood and the fundamentalist Saudi Wahhabites. Leading Salafist members of the Egyptian Muslim Brotherhood were introduced into the Saudi Kingdom in the 1950’s by the CIA in a complex series of events, when Nasser cracked down on the Muslim Brotherhood following an assassination attempt. By the 1960’s an influx of Egyptian members of the Muslim Brotherhood in Saudi Arabia fleeing Nasserite repression, had filled many of the leading teaching posts in Saudi religious schools. One student there was a young well-to-do Saudi, Osama bin Laden.  [12]

During the Third Reich, Hitler Germany had supported the Muslim Brotherhood as a weapon against the British in Egypt and elsewhere in the Middle East. Marc Erikson describes the Nazi roots of the Egyptian Muslim Brotherhood thus:

…as Italian and German fascism sought greater stakes in the Middle East in the 1930s and ’40s to counter British and French controlling power, close collaboration between fascist agents and Islamist leaders ensued. During the 1936-39 Arab Revolt, Admiral Wilhelm Canaris, head of German military intelligence, sent agents and money to support the Palestine uprising against the British, as did Muslim Brotherhood founder and “supreme guide” Hassan al-Banna. A key individual in the fascist-Islamist nexus and go-between for the Nazis and al-Banna became the Grand Mufti of Jerusalem, Haj Amin el-Husseini.[13]

After the defeat of Germany, British Intelligence moved in to take over control of the Muslim Brotherhood. Ultimately, for financial and other reasons, the British decided to hand their assets within the Muslim Brotherhood over to their CIA colleagues in the 1950s. [14]

According to former US Justice Department Nazi researcher John Loftus,  “during the 1950s, the CIA evacuated the Nazis of the Muslim Brotherhood to Saudi Arabia. Now, when they arrived in Saudi Arabia, some of the leading lights of the Muslim Brotherhood, like Dr Abdullah Azzam, became the teachers in the madrassas, the religious schools. And there they combined the doctrines of Nazism with this weird Islamic cult, Wahhabism.” [15]

“Everyone thinks that Islam is this fanatical religion, but it is not,” Loftus continues. “They think that Islam–the Saudi version of Islam–is typical, but it’s not. The Wahhabi cult has been condemned as a heresy more than 60 times by the Muslim nations. But when the Saudis got wealthy, they bought a lot of silence. This is a very harsh cult. Wahhabism was only practised by the Taliban and in Saudi Arabia–that’s how extreme it is. It really has nothing to do with Islam. Islam is a very peaceful and tolerant religion. It always had good relationships with the Jews for the first thousand years of its existence.” [16]

Loftus identified the significance of what today is emerging from the shadows to take over Egypt under Muslim Brotherhood President Morsi, and the so-called Syrian National Council, dominated in reality by the Muslim Brotherhood and publicly led by the more “politically correct” or presentable likes of Bassma Kodmani. Kodmani, foreign affairs spokesman for the SNC was twice an invited guest at the Bilderberg elite gathering, latest in Chantilly, Virginia earlier this year.[17]

The most bizarre and alarming feature of the US-financed  regime changes set into motion in 2010, which have led to the destruction of the secular Arab regime of Hosni Mubarak in Egypt and Muhammar Qaddafi in Libya, and the secular regime of President Ben Ali in Tunisia, and which have wreaked savage destruction across the Middle East, especially in the past eighteen months in Syria, is the pattern of emerging power grabs by representatives of the murky Salafist Muslim Brotherhood.

By informed accounts, a Saudi-financed Sunni Islamic Muslim Brotherhood dominates the members of the exile Syrian National Council that is backed by the US State Department’s Secretary Clinton and by Hollande’s France. The Syrian Muslim Brotherhood is tied, not surprisingly to the Egyptian Muslim Brotherhood of President Mohammed Morsi who recently in a meeting of the Non-Aligned in Iran called openly for the removal of Syria’s Assad, a logical step if his Muslim Brothers in the present Syrian National Council are to take the reins of power. The Saudis are also rumored to have financed the ascent to power in Tunisia of the governing Islamist Ennahda Party,[18] and are documented to be financing the Muslim Brotherhood-dominated Syrian National Council against President Bashar al-Assad. [19]

Part III: Morsi’s Reign of Salafi Terror

Indicative of the true agenda of this Muslim Brotherhood and related jihadists today is the fact that once they have power, they drop the veil of moderation and reconciliation and reveal their violently intolerant roots. This is visible in Egypt today under Muslim Brotherhood President Mohammed Morsi.

Unreported in mainstream Western media to date are alarming direct reports from Christian missionary organizations in Egypt that Morsi’s Muslim Brotherhood has already begun to drop the veil of “moderation and conciliation” and show its brutal totalitarian Salafist colors, much as Khomeini’s radical Sharia forces did in Iran after taking control in 1979-81.

In a letter distributed by the Christian Aid Mission (CAM), a Christian Egyptian missionary wrote that Morsi’s Muslim Brotherhood “announced they would destroy the country if Morsi didn’t win, but they also said they will take revenge from all those who voted for [his opponent Ahmed] Shafiq, especially the Christians as they are sure we did vote for Shafiq. Yesterday they began by killing two believers in el Sharqiya because of this,” the missionary added, speaking on condition of anonymity.[20]

This report came only weeks after Egyptian State TV (under Morsi’s control) showed ghastly video footage of a convert from Islam to Christianity being murdered by Muslims. The footage showed a young man being held down by masked men with a knife to his throat. As one man was heard chanting Muslim prayers in Arabic, mostly condemning Christianity, another man holding the knife to the Christian convert’s throat began to cut, slowly severing the head amid cries of “Allahu Akbar” (“Allah is great”), according to transcripts. In the letter, the Egyptian missionary leader added that, “soon after Morsi won, Christians in upper Egypt were forcibly prevented from going to churches.” Many Muslims, the letter claimed, “also began to speak to women in the streets that they had to wear Islamic clothing including the head covering. They act as if they got the country for their own, it’s theirs now.” [21]

Already in 2011 Morsi’s Salafist followers began attacking and destroying Sufi mosques across Egypt. According to the authoritative newspaper Al-Masry Al-Youm (Today’s Egyptian), 16 historic mosques in Alexandria belonging to Sufi orders have been marked for destruction by so-called ‘Salafis’. Alexandria has 40 mosques associated with Sufis, and is the headquarters for 36 Sufi groups. Half a million Sufis live in the city, out of a municipal total of four million people. Aggression against the Sufis in Egypt has included a raid on Alexandria’s most distinguished mosque, named for, and housing, the tomb of the 13th century Sufi Al-Mursi Abu’l Abbas.[22]

Notably, the so-called “democratically elected” regime in Libya following the toppling of Mohamar Qaddafi by NATO bombs in 2011, has also been zealous in destroying Sufi mosques and places of worhip. In August this year, UNESCO Director General Irina Bokova expressed “grave concern” at the destruction by Islamic Jihadists of Sufi sites in Zliten, Misrata and Tripoli and urged perpetrators to “cease the destruction immediately.” [23] Under behind-the-scenes machinations the Libyan government is dominated by Jihadists and by followers of the Muslim Brotherhood, as in Tunisia and Egypt. [24]

The explosive cocktail of violence inherent in allowing the rise to power of Salafist Islamists across the Middle East was clear to see, symbolically enough on the night of September 11,th when a mob of angry supporters of the fanatical Salafist group, Ansar Al-Sharia, murdered the US Ambassador to Libya and three US diplomats, burning the US Consulate in Bengazi to the ground in protest over a YouTube release of a film by an American filmmaker showing the Prophet Mohammed indulging in multiple sex affairs and casting doubt on his role as God’s messenger. Ironically that US Ambassador had played a key role in toppling Qaddafi and opening the door to the Salafist takeover in Libya. At the same time angry mobs of thousands of Salafists surrounded the US Embassy in Cairo in protest to the US film. [25]

Ansar Al-Sharia (“Partisans of Islamic law” in Arabic) reportedly is a spinoff of Al-Qaeda and claims organizations across the Middle East from Yemen to Tunisia to Iraq, Egypt and Libya. Ansar al-Sharia says it is reproducing the model of Sharia or strict Islamic law espoused by the Taliban in Afghanistan and the Islamic State of Iraq, a militant umbrella group that includes al-Qaeda in Iraq. The core of the group are jihadists who came out of an “Islamic state”, either in Afghanistan in the mid-1990s, or among jihadists in Iraq after the US-led invasion in 2003.[26]

The deliberate detonation now of a new round of Salafist fundamentalist Jihad terror inside Muslim regions of the Russian Caucasus is exquisitely timed politically to put maximum pressure at home on the government of Russia’s Vladimir Putin.

Putin and the Russian Government are the strongest and most essential backer of the current Syrian government of Bashar al-Assad, and for Russia as well the maintenance of Russia’s only Mediterranean naval base at Syria’s Tartus port is vital strategically. At the same time, Obama’s sly message to Medvedev to wait until Obama’s re-election to evaluate US intent towards Russia and Putin’s cryptic recent comment that a compromise with a re-elected President Obama might be possible, but not with a President Romney, [27] indicate that the Washington “stick-and-carrot” or hard cop-soft cop tactics with Moscow might tempt Russia to sacrifice major geopolitical alliances, perhaps even that special close and recent geopolitical alliance with China.[28] Were that to happen, the World might witness a “reset” in US-Russian relations with catastrophic consequences for world peace.

F. William Engdahl*  is the author of Full Spectrum Dominance: Totalitarian Democracy in the New World Order

Notes:

[1] Dan Peleschuk, Sheikh Murdered Over Religious Split Say Analysts, RIA Novosti, August 30, 2012, accessed in

http://en.rian.ru/russia/20120830/175517955.html.

[2] Mairbek  Vatchagaev, The Kremlin’s War on Islamic Education in the North Caucasus, North Caucasus Analysis Volume: 7 Issue: 34, accessed in http://www.jamestown.org/single/?no_cache=1&tx_ttnews[tt_news]=3334

[3] Iason Athanasiadis, Targeted by Israeli raid: Who is the IHH?, The Christian Science Monitor, June 1, 2010, accessed in http://www.csmonitor.com/World/Middle-East/2010/0601/Targeted-by-Israeli-raid-Who-is-the-IHH.

[4] Ibid.

[5] Mairbek Vatchagaev, op. cit.

[6] UN Security Council, QI.U.290.11. DOKU KHAMATOVICH UMAROV, 10 March 2011, accessed in http://www.un.org/sc/committees/1267/NSQI29011E.shtml. The UN statement reads: “Doku Khamatovich Umarov was listed on 10 March 2011 pursuant to paragraph 2 of resolution 1904 (2009) as being associated with Al-Qaida, Usama bin Laden or the Taliban for “participating in the financing, planning, facilitating, preparing, or perpetrating of acts or activities by, in conjunction with, under the name of, on behalf of, or in support of”, “recruiting for”, “supplying, selling or transferring arms and related materiel to” and “otherwise supporting acts or activities of” the Islamic Jihad Group (QE.I.119.05), the Islamic Movement of Uzbekistan (QE.I.10.01), Riyadus-Salikhin Reconnaissance and Sabotage Battalion of Chechen Martyrs (RSRSBCM) (QE.R.100.03) and Emarat Kavkaz (QE.E.131.11).”

[7] Tom Jones, Czech NGO rejects Russian reports of link to alleged Islamist terrorists al-Qaeda, May 10, 2011, accessed in http://www.ceskapozice.cz/en/news/society/czech-ngo-rejects-russian-reports-link-alleged-islamist-terrorists-al-qaeda?utm_source=tw&utm_medium=enprofil&utm_campaign=twennews.

[8] The Times of India, Laden ordered Bamyan Buddha destruction, The Times of India, March 28, 2006.

[9] Dr. Alan Godlas, Sufism — Sufis — Sufi Orders:

[10] Irfan Al-Alawi and Stephen Schwartz, Wahhabi Internal Contradictions as Saudi Arabia Seeks Wider Gulf Leadership, Center for Islamic Pluralism, May 21, 2012, accessed in http://www.islamicpluralism.org/2040/wahhabi-internal-contradictions-as-saudi-arabia

[11] Irfan Al-Alawi and Stephen Schwartz, Wahhabi Internal Contradictions as Saudi Arabia Seeks Wider Gulf Leadership, May 21, 2012, accessed in http://www.islamicpluralism.org/2040/wahhabi-internal-contradictions-as-saudi-arabia.

[12] Robert Duncan, Islamic Terrorisms Links to Nazi Fascism, AINA, July 5, 2007, accessed in http://www.aina.org/news/2007070595517.htm.

[13] Marc Erikson, Islamism, fascism and terrorism (Part 2), AsiaTimes.Online, November 8, 2002, accessed in http://www.atimes.com/atimes/Middle_East/DK08Ak03.html.

[14] Ibid.

[15] John Loftus, The Muslim Brotherhood, Nazis and Al-Qaeda,  Jewish Community News, October 11, 2006, accessed in http://www.canadafreepress.com/2006/loftus101106.htm

[16] Ibid.

[17] Charlie Skelton, The Syrian opposition: who’s doing the talking?: The media have been too passive when it comes to Syrian opposition sources, without scrutinising their backgrounds and their political connections. Time for a closer look …, London Guardian, 12 July 2012, accessed in http://www.guardian.co.uk/commentisfree/2012/jul/12/syrian-opposition-doing-the-talking.

[18] Aidan Lewis, Profile: Tunisia’s Ennahda Party, BBC News, 25 October 2011, accessed in http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-africa-15442859.

[19] Hassan Hassan, Syrians are torn between a despotic regime and a stagnant opposition: The Muslim Brotherhood’s perceived monopoly over the Syrian National Council has created an opposition stalemate, The Guardian, UK, 23 August, 2012, accessed in http://www.guardian.co.uk/commentisfree/2012/aug/23/syrians-torn-despotic-regime-stagnant-opposition.

[20] Stefan J. Bos, Egypt Christians Killed After Election of Morsi, Bosnewslife, June 30, 2012, accessed in http://www.bosnewslife.com/22304-egypt-christians-killed-after-election-morsi.

[21] Ibid.

[22] Irfan Al-Alawi, Egyptian Muslim Fundamentalists Attack Sufis, Guardian Online [London],

April 11, 2011, accessed in http://www.islamicpluralism.org/1770/egyptian-Muslim-fundamentalists-attack-sufis

[23] Yafiah Katherine Randall, UNESCO urges Libya to stop destruction of Sufi sites, August 31, 2012, Sufi News and Sufism World Report, accessed in http://sufinews.blogspot.de/.

[24] Jamie Dettmer, Libya elections: Muslim Brotherhood set to lead government, 5 July, 2012, The Telegraph, London, accessed in http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/africaandindianocean/libya/9379022/Libya-elections-Muslim-Brotherhood-set-to-lead-government.html.

[25] Luke Harding, Chris Stephen, Chris Stevens, US ambassador to Libya, killed in Benghazi attack: Ambassador and three other American embassy staff killed after Islamist militants fired rockets at their car, say Libyan officials, London Guardian, 12 September 2012, accessed in http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2012/sep/12/chris-stevens-us-ambassador-libya-killed.

[26] Murad Batal al-Shishani, Profile: Ansar al-Sharia in Yemen, 8 March 2012, accessed in  http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-middle-east-17402856.

[27] David M. Herszenhorn, Putin Says Missile Deal Is More Likely With Obama, The New York Times, September 6, 2012, accessed in http://www.nytimes.com/2012/09/07/world/europe/putin-calls-missile-deal-more-likely-if-obama-wins.html. According to an interview Putin gave on Moscow’s state-owned RT TV, Herszenhorn reports, “Mr. Putin said he believed that if Mr. Obama is re-elected in November, a compromise could be reached on the contentious issue of American plans for a missile defense system in Europe, which Russia has strongly opposed. On the other hand, Mr. Putin said, if Mr. Romney becomes president, Moscow’s fears about the missile system — that it is, despite American assurances, actually directed against Russia — would almost certainly prove true.

“Is it possible to find a solution to the problem, if current President Obama is re-elected for a second term? Theoretically, yes,” Mr. Putin said, according to the official transcript posted on the Kremlin’s Web site. “But this isn’t just about President Obama. “For all I know, his desire to work out a solution is quite sincere,” Mr. Putin continued. “I met him recently on the sidelines of the G-20 summit in Los Cabos, Mexico, where we had a chance to talk. And though we talked mostly about Syria, I could still take stock of my counterpart. My feeling is that he is a very honest man, and that he sincerely wants to make many good changes. But can he do it? Will they let him do it?”

[28] M.K. Bhadrakumar, Calling the China-Russia split isn’t heresy, Asia Times,  September 5, 2012, accessed in http://www.atimes.com/atimes/China/NI05Ad01.html.

 

  • Posted in Desktop Only, English
  • Comments Off on Salafism and the CIA: Destabilizing the Russian Federation?

Welcome to the newly redesigned Global Research website!

September 8th, 2012 by Global Research

Dear Readers,

Welcome to the newly redesigned Global Research website!

We are very proud to launch an updated version of our website, featuring the same timely and analytical content as before, in a display that will be easier for our readers to navigate so that you can get the information you need as quickly and easily as possible.

On this website, you will be able to access an archive of more than 30,000 articles published by Global Research.

We thank all of our readers for the feedback you have sent us over the years and hope you will enjoy your browsing experience.

These changes would not be possible without your support, and for that we extend our sincere appreciation.

To help us cover the costs of important projects and necessary upgrades like this, we kindly ask that you consider making a donation to Global Research.

We also take this opportunity to invite you to become a Member of Global Research

If we stand together, we can fight media lies and expose the truth. There is too much at stake to choose ignorance.

Be aware, stay informed, spread the message of peace far and wide.

Feedback and suggestions regarding our new website are most welcome. To post a comment, kindly visit us on the Global Research facebook page

Sincerely,

 

The Global Research Team

Outstanding analysis by Abayomi Azikiwe (see article below)

Introductory Note: Will Francophone Africa be Taken Over by the U.S. ?

It should be understood that the withdrawal of French troops from Francophone Africa constitutes a “green light” to the United States which currently has a significant military presence in francophone Africa under the banner of “counter-terrorism”.

The withdrawal of France not only points to the “dollarization” of francophone of Africa, it also suggests that eventually, French will in several francophone countries be abandoned as a national language.

Although the circumstances are entirely different to what is currently unfolding, we recall how Rwanda which was a francophone country was transformed into an English speaking U.S. Colony in Central Africa.

This is what I wrote in 2000 (25 Years ago) following two UNDP missions to Rwanda in 1996-97: 

From a distinctly Franco-Belgian colonial setting, the Rwandan capital Kigali has become –under the expatriate Tutsi led RPF government– distinctly Anglo-American. English has become the dominant language in government and the private sector. Many private businesses owned by Hutus were taken over in 1994 by returning Tutsi expatriates. The latter had been exiled in Anglophone Africa, the US and Britain. 

The Rwandan Patriotic Army (RPA) functions in English and Kinyarwanda, the University previously linked to France and Belgium functions in English.

While English had become an official language alongside French and Kinyarwanda, French political and cultural influence will eventually be erased. Washington has become the new colonial master of a francophone country.

SPaul Kagame (1957- ) •everal other francophone countries in Sub-Saharan Africa have entered into military cooperation agreements with the US. These countries are slated by Washington to follow suit on the pattern set in Rwanda. Meanwhile in francophone West Africa, the US dollar is rapidly displacing the CFA Franc — which is linked in a currency board arrangement to the French Treasury. (Michel Chossudovsky, August 2000)

The UNDP report by Senator Pierre Galland and Prof Michel Chossudovsky was submitted to the UNDP and the Government of Rwanda in French. Rwanda’s Vice President Paul Kagame demanded a translation of the ReportEnglish. Kagame has been president of Rwanda (2000- ) for the last 25 years, acting on behalf of the U.S. 

The official UNDP report in French

What prevails today (confirmed by the US Embassy in Kigali) is the following: 

There are two official languages of instruction throughout the Rwandan educational system: Kinyarwanda in primary school (P1-P3) and English from P4 through University. French and Swahili are taught as an elective or a supplemental subject in public primary and secondary schools.

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, January 9, 2025

Senegal, Chad and Ivory Coast Have Ordered French Troops to Leave,

 

By

Abayomi Azikiwe

 

Three other governments in West Africa have announced that they are requesting the departure of troops from France, the former colonial power.

Senegal during 2024 underwent a mass upheaval and a groundbreaking national election, which brought to power the youngest elected head-of-state on the continent.

The country won its freedom in 1960 during the so-called “Year of Africa” where 16 colonies became independent. Just three years later, the Organization of African Unity (OAU) was formed in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia with 33 member-states. In 2002, the OAU transitioned into the African Union (AU) which today has 55 member-states all of whom are independent with the exception of the Western Sahara.

Nonetheless, in most of the former French colonies military forces deployed by Paris remained under the guise of a partnership with the imperialists. With the exceptions of Algeria and Guinea, most of the other states had French military forces based inside their countries.

When threats to the stability of the governments of former French colonies occurred, the Foreign Legions would immediately intervene on the side which benefited their imperialist interests. Also, economic operations such as the uranium resources in Niger were controlled by private transnational firms based in France.

Other states have substantial hydrocarbon resources such as Chad and Gabon. Just recently, Senegal and Mauritania have begun to exploit its oil resources.

Senegal along with Chad, who have been staunch allies of France and the U.S., recently registered their protests against statements made by President Emmanuel Macron on the changing character of relations. The current leadership in France has failed to recognize that there is a new level of political consciousness sweeping the continent.

In a report published by Radio France International (RFI) it points out that:

“Macron said during his discourse that the announced withdrawal of French military bases had been negotiated between the African countries involved and France. He claimed it was purely out of convenience and politeness that France allowed these African nations to make the announcement first. The remarks were made at the annual conference of ambassadors held this year on 6 and 7 January in Paris. However, Senegalese Prime Minister Ousmane Sonko criticized Macron’s remarks as ‘completely inaccurate,’ while Chadian Foreign Minister Abderaman Koulamallah described them as disdainful.”

Political Transformation in Senegal

In Senegal the former President Macky Sall was contemplating running for a third term when demonstrations erupted. During 2024, the African Patriots for Work, Ethics and Fraternity (PASTEF) mobilized tirelessly to have Secretary General Ousmane Sonko cleared of criminal charges in order to participate in the national elections.

PASTEF is a left-wing Pan-Africanist party which has challenged Senegal’s historic relations with France. Although Sonko was never fully cleared to run for president by the electoral commission, his close comrade, Bassirou Diomaye Faye, ran for the top post and won with 54% of the electorate.

Sonko was then appointed as Prime Minister of Senegal. Since the ascendancy of the new government there has been much anticipation on the part of the people of the country and throughout the West Africa region.

An interview with the new Foreign Minister Yassine Fall was broadcast over Al Jazeera television in late December 2024. In a description of the interview, the Qatar-based news agency emphasized:

“Yassine Fall discusses Senegal’s vision for economic independence and diplomacy. Senegal, long considered one of Africa’s most stable nations, is entering a transformative era under President Bassirou Diomaye Faye. His ambitious 25-year development plan prioritizes economic sovereignty, sustainable resource management, and local expertise. At the forefront is Yassine Fall, Senegal’s foreign minister, an experienced economist and diplomat with a distinguished UN background. Fall faces the critical task of redefining Senegal’s global alliances, including the closure of French military bases, while maintaining key relationships. In this interview, she discusses the challenges and opportunities of implementing the president’s vision, from reshaping diplomacy to fostering national self-determination.” 

In light of events in the countries of Mali, Burkina Faso and Mali, many speculated that Senegal would follow a similar path even though the Faye-Sonko administration came to power through mass action and electoral politics as opposed to the armed seizure of power. The Alliance of Sahel States (AES) has appealed to the Pan-Africanist and anti-imperialist sentiments now rises among African youth on the continent and among many others across the world.

The AES has broken military and some economic links with France as well as the U.S. Although Senegal has announced the planned removal of foreign military bases, will the government continue its cooperation with the U.S. Africa Command? Founded in 2007-2008, AFRICOM has worked alongside various military structures purportedly to strengthen the security apparatuses of these states.

However, the security situation in the Sahel region has worsened despite the presence and training provided by France and the U.S. The AES governments have formed alliances with the Russian Federation to gain the necessary assistance to improve the capacity of the military to defeat rebel groupings.

It was revealed during 2024 that the U.S.-backed Ukrainian government had been training and arming the so-called Jihadist in Mali. This follows the same framework of Washington and NATO-backed insurgents which fought to overthrow the governments in Libya and later Syria.

If the leftward trend continues in Senegal, the government of Faye and Sonko can expect imperialist-engineered efforts to destabilize and remove their administration. Therefore, the mobilization and organization of the masses will have to continue to maintain an advanced level of political consciousness needed to struggle against imperialism.

Ivory Coast and Chad: What Will be the Implications of a French Military Withdrawal

President Alassane Ouattara of the West African state of Ivory Coast announced in late December 2024 that French troops had been asked to leave the country. This was a shocking order for Paris since it was French paratroopers which installed the current government in April 2011.

According to a report published by Al Jazeera about the announcement from Ouattara:

“Ouattara’s announcement on Tuesday was unexpected. The president is seen by many as one of the African leaders most close to France. In a country in which anger against France is growing, that perception has bred deep resentment of the government. In August, French President Emmanuel Macron feted Ouattara in a private dinner at the Elysee…. [I]n the last five years, military-led governments in the Sahel region have pushed back at the perceived weakness of the French army. Despite the presence of thousands of French soldiers, armed group activity continued to turn the area into a hotspot of violence as groups like Jama’at Nusrat al-Islam wal-Muslimin (JNIM) wage war on security forces and officials across Mali, Burkina Faso, and Niger. Increasingly, armed groups have made incursions into the coastal Ivory Coast, Ghana, and Benin.”

Earlier in the West-Central African state of Chad, which has been another close ally of France and the U.S. for decades, the leadership called upon the troops from Paris to leave the oil-rich state. Chad’s present leader, Mahamat Deby Itno, asked French troops to leave during late 2024 marking the last military base departure of the former colonizer in the Sahel region.

Chad as well has sought security assistance from Russia as it has been subjected to terrorist attacks by jihadist forces linked with the Boko Haram grouping which originated in neighboring northern Nigeria. Chad’s abandonment of the French-led Group of Five for the Sahel (G5) sealed its fate as the only country remaining, Mauritania, could not sustain the militarist neo-colonial presence in the region. Niger, Mali, Burkina Faso, Chad and Mauritania had been mobilized by Paris to represent its interest in the Sahel.

.

Thousands of Nigerians gather in front of the French army headquarters, in support of the putschist soldiers and to demand the French army to leave

A supporter holds a t-shirt reading “France Must Go” as supporters of Niger’s National Council of Safeguard of the Homeland (CNSP) protest outside the Niger and French airbase in Niamey on September 2, 2023 to demand the departure of the French army from Niger. (Photo by – / AFP) (AFP)

.

In December, legislative elections were held in what is said to be an attempt to transition from military to civilian rule. Transitional leader Mahamat Deby Itno took over from his father, Idriss Deby Itno, who had ruled Chad for decades. Several leading opposition parties boycotted the elections saying the voting was not organized in a fair manner.

However, the major threat to Chad came on January 8 when two dozen armed men attacked the Presidential headquarters in an apparent coup attempt. The timing of this direct and blatant attack on the state is interesting due to the mounting criticism against France and the U.S. in the region.

France 24 news agency said of the situation in the capital of N’Djamena in Chad:

“A security source said the attackers were members of the Boko Haram jihadist group, which Chadian forces are fighting in the western Lake Chad region that borders Cameroon, Nigeria and Niger. Landlocked Chad is under military rule and faces regular attacks by Boko Haram.  It recently ended a military accord with former colonial power France and has been accused of interfering in the conflict ravaging neighboring Sudan. Several security sources said that an armed commando unit opened fire inside the presidency on Wednesday evening around 7:45 pm (1845 GMT), before being overpowered by the presidential guard.” 

These developments should be a cause for concern throughout the West and Central African regions. The largest French and U.S. military presence in Africa exists in the Horn of Africa state of Djibouti where Camp Lemonnier is located. The base houses an estimated 5,500 troops deployed by Washington and Paris.

Gabon, an oil-producing state in West-Central Africa, also witnessed a military coup in late August 2023 which deposed a political dynasty as represented by President Ali Bongo whose family had been in power for over five decades. However, in Gabon, French troops have not been asked to leave since the new dispensation.

These events portend much for the political situations unfolding in the mid-third decade of the 21st century. One thing is clear: the imperialists will continue to devise methods to maintain their dominance over Africa.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.

Abayomi Azikiwe is the editor of the Pan-African News Wire. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from the author


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

The Fight for Integrity in Medicine

January 9th, 2025 by Dr. Mark Trozzi

Reflecting on recent years, it’s impossible to ignore how medicine has been co-opted and manipulated to serve agendas far removed from patient care. From my perspective as a physician, I’ve witnessed the erosion of foundational principles in healthcare, and the widespread rollout of the COVID-19 “vaccine” is one of the starkest examples.

.

.

.

Watch here

.

Thanks to Chris and Caroline Pomeroy and The Pembroke Freedom Group for holding this event; Cori Slaughter and Vlad Tepes for recording and sharing the video; the RAIR Foundation USA for posting the video; Finnigan’s Restaurant and Pub for the venue, and Jack and Judy Lapierre for lodging my family and I. Video source: (Click Here)

Medicine Under Siege

The healthcare system has shifted, with powerful players—pharmaceutical giants and private donors—exerting disproportionate control. Organizations like the World Health Organization (WHO), whose majority funding comes from entities like the Gates Foundation and GAVI, now seem more aligned with private interests than public health.

Instead of fostering trust, this dynamic has undermined the sacred bond between doctor and patient. Privacy and autonomy have eroded, and professionals who question the narrative face career-ending attacks.

The “Vaccine” Problem

Traditional vaccines were designed to introduce weakened or fragmented viruses to stimulate immunity safely. The COVID-19 “vaccine,” however, departed radically from this model. It used pegylated lipid nanoparticles, a delivery system for experimental treatments, to transport modified mRNA into the body.

Unlike traditional vaccines, this method distributed the injected material across all tissues, including the brain and reproductive organs. These nanoparticles instructed cells to produce the coronavirus spike protein—a toxin known to trigger immune attacks on the body’s own tissues.

Red Flags and Suppression 

Early in the pandemic, the inconsistencies were impossible to ignore. Hospitals often sat empty, while media reports claimed they were overrun. Effective treatments like hydroxychloroquine and zinc were sidelined, and mandates like masking and lockdowns lacked robust scientific support.

The rollout of the COVID-19 “vaccine” compounded these issues. Evidence emerged of severe side effects, including organ damage, reproductive harm, and sudden deaths among young, otherwise healthy individuals.

A Personal Reckoning

This wasn’t the practice of medicine I had dedicated my life to. As I dug deeper, it became clear that this wasn’t just negligence—it was a coordinated effort to suppress dissent and enforce compliance.

Confronting this reality, I made the difficult decision to forgo financial security and the comforts of a stable career. I sold my home, liquidated my savings, and stepped away from the system’s “golden handcuffs” to advocate for truth and integrity.

Moving Forward 

The fight isn’t over. Across the globe, doctors and scientists are working tirelessly to expose these issues and provide resources for those affected. Organizations like the FLCCC and the World Council for Health are at the forefront of developing detox protocols and recovery solutions.

The challenges are immense, but so is the resolve of those committed to restoring ethics and transparency in healthcare. It’s time to reclaim medicine for what it should be: a practice centered on the well-being and rights of patients.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

A prominent doctor is raising the alarm as trials for new “self-amplifying mRNA vaccines” have just begun in the United States before they are rolled out for public use.

The Bill Gates-promoted “self-amplifying” mRNA shots contain the equipment needed to make more of itself once it enters cells.

The injections have been dubbed “replicon” vaccines because they are able to replicate inside the human body to produce more mRNA over time.

Immunologist Dr. Jessica Rose is among several leading experts to issue warnings about self-amplifying mRNA vaccines.

During a recent hearing for the Canadian National Citizens Inquiry (NCI), Dr. Rose warned:

“We have this new technology being thrown at us right now, which is next-level dangerous, which is self-amplifying RNA, LNP, so-called vaccines.

“And the reason why I’m bringing it up as a segue is because on the 11th of November, the FDA green-lighted a new product to be phase one trialed in the United States in 200 people, humans, with the coding material for some genes associated with H5N1 virus.

“And I wrote two articles on this already,” Rose continued.

“I’m going to tell you, man, I’m pretty good at locating, like, at following a so-called paper trail online to get to…

“Who’s funding it? What’s the coding sequence? What are the genes?

“What’s the, I’ll explain this other stuff that people need to know about this.

“What’s the alphavirus that they used as a template?

“Like there’s no information at all about the alphavirus,” she noted.

“The genes that they were inserting into this, the lipid nanoparticle formulation, which may or may not be the same as the Moderna and or the Pfizer.

“Nothing and it’s all hiding behind this proprietary stuff and it’s like dudes listen besides the fact that this is worse than this gene-based therapy that you already injected into billions of people um we’re screwing with our genes here we cannot hide stuff this involves everyone and this self-amplifying stuff is even scarier.”

Preparation for the new “vaccines” comes as other nations have already started rolling out the “self-amplifying” or “replicon” technology.

The new “replicon” Covid mRNA “vaccines” have been dubbed the “third atomic bomb” by renowned experts in Japan.

The “vaccines” were unleashed on the Japanese public in October after recently being approved by the nation’s regulators, despite having no safety or efficiency data.

As Slay News recently reported, some of Japan’s most prominent scientists, doctors, immunologists, and academics are sounding the alarm over the new injections.

They are warning that the “self-replicating RNA vaccines” will “trigger a worldwide disaster.”

Dr. Robert Malone, the inventor of mRNA technology, traveled to Japan where he met with experts to discuss the new injections.

Malone revealed that there is an uprising emerging among the people of Japan.

Citizens had already been taking to the streets in protest over the previous Covid mRNA “vaccine” campaign.

Malone shared the details of the Japanese rally he attended that saw 30,000 people speak out against replicon injections.

“I just came back from Tokyo where they had a 30,000-person rally because they’re about to deploy self-replicating RNA vaccines,” Malone said.

“Japan is being used as the guinea pig for the world for this new technology.

“The Japanese people are calling this the third atomic bomb.”

Meanwhile, fears are growing that the new injections will soon be approved globally.

In Canada, doctors are warning the public that Canadian government regulators will follow Japan and approve the “replicon” mRNA injections.

One doctor called the shots the “next iteration of Frankenstein technology.”

Oncologist Dr. William Makis, emergency medicine expert Dr. Mark Trozzi, virologist and vaccinologist Dr. Byram Bridle recently addressed the Japanese Parliament for this year’s International Crisis Summit.

The three experts relayed their concerns after returning to their home nation of Canada.

They stressed that these new replicon “vaccines” are dangerous like their predecessors, the Covid mRNA shots.

“This is the next iteration of this Frankenstein technology,” Dr. Makis said.

We don’t know what this technology is going to do.

“We know it has all the negative features of the first generation of mRNA vaccines.”

Self-amplifying or “replicon” mRNA shots take Covid “vaccines” to the next level.

Makis describes the new Covid “vaccines” as mRNA shots “on steroids.”

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.

Featured image is from Slay News


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

The Trump administration plans to suppress speech critical of Israel and supportive of the plight of the Palestinians.

If this is true, what difference did an election make?

Watch the discussion between Judge Napolitano and Dr. Giraldi below.

.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.

Featured image is a screenshot from the video


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

Israel’s Nuclear, Biological and Chemical Weapons. Stephen Lendman

By Stephen Lendman, January 09, 2025

Israel’s long known open secret is its formidable nuclear arsenal. Less is known about its chemical and biological weapons (CBW) capability. In 1986, Dimona nuclear technician Mordechai Vanunu revealed documents showing what many long suspected.

Video: End of Trudeau Era. Canada’s Transition to a New Government

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, Prof. Radhika Desai, Benoit Hardy-Chartrand, and Xu Qinduo, January 09, 2025

CGTN’s Xu Qinduo talks with Prof. Michel Chossudovsky, Prof. Radhika Desai and Benoit Hardy-Chartrandon the resignation of Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau and the factors which contributed to such decision.

Welcome to 2025: Where Your Freedoms Go to Die

By John W. Whitehead and Nisha Whitehead, January 09, 2025

Wondering what to expect from the government in 2025? So far, it looks like it will be more of the same ill-advised, costly, greedy, taxpayer-funded, dunderheaded power grabs, saber-rattling, graft, corruption, and make-works programming that leaves us no better off than where we started.

Donald Trump Calls for the Annexation of Canada. Déjà Vu. General Douglas MacArthur Was to Bomb Vancouver, Halifax, Montreal and Quebec City. This Is No Joking Matter

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, January 09, 2025

Most Canadians are fully aware of the U.S. intent to annex several territories of British North America culminating with the defunct 1866 Annexation Bill, not to mention the Alaska Purchase in May 1867, two months prior to The Enactment of the British North America Act, leading to the creation of the Dominion of Canada Confederation on July 1st, 1867.

“We sent weapons quietly”: Blinken Admits US Armed Kiev Before Russian Military Operation. Peace Was Never an Option

By Ahmed Adel, January 09, 2025

US Secretary of State Antony Blinken admitted to local media that Washington began arming Kiev long before Russia launched its special military operation in Ukraine, thus confirming Moscow’s accusations about the direct involvement of the US in the deliberate preparation of an armed conflict with Russia.

Carbon Is Not the Enemy. End Chemtrails! David Sorensen

By David John Sorensen and Prof. Anthony J. Hall, January 08, 2025

We are being induced to feed and consume the Net Zero/Climate Change nonsense being peddled by the predators disguised as our governors. Carbon is not our enemy. Carbon is not the magic knob that we can turn to control the entire climate. And why would we want to?

Arresting and Killing Greenies: Targeting Climate Change Protests

By Dr. Binoy Kampmark, January 08, 2025

Climate change protestors have come to be seen as part of a verminous brood that global alliances of plundering fossil-fuel lobbies and corrupt, weak officials, elected or otherwise, wish to be rid of.

Welcome to 2025: Where Your Freedoms Go to Die

January 9th, 2025 by John W. Whitehead

“There is no greater tyranny than that which is perpetrated under the shield of the law and in the name of justice.”—Montesquieu, Enlightenment philosopher

Wondering what to expect from the government in 2025?

So far, it looks like it will be more of the same ill-advised, costly, greedy, taxpayer-funded, dunderheaded power grabs, saber-rattling, graft, corruption, and make-works programming that leaves us no better off than where we started.

Indeed, we’ve been down this road so many times before that there should be no surprise when, no matter who occupies the White House, we find ourselves subjected to more of the same when it comes to the erosion of civil liberties and the increasing power of the government and its corporate partners-in-crime.

Digital prisons. Unceasingly, the government and its corporate partners are pushing for a national digital ID system. Local police agencies have already been given access to facial recognition software and databases containing billions of images, the precursor to a digital ID. Eventually, a digital ID will be required to gain access to all aspects of life: government, work, travel, healthcare, financial services, shopping, etc. Before long, biometrics (iris scans, face print, voice, DNA, etc.), will become the de facto digital ID.

Precrime. Under the pretext of helping overwhelmed government agencies work more efficiently, AI predictive and surveillance technologies are being used to classify, segregate and flag the populace with little concern for privacy rights or due process. All of this sorting, sifting and calculating is being done swiftly, secretly and incessantly with the help of AI technology and a surveillance state that monitors your every move. AI predictive tools are being deployed in almost every area of life.

Mandatory quarantines. Building on precedents established during the COVID-19 pandemic, government agents may be empowered to indefinitely detain anyone they suspect of posing a medical risk to others without providing an explanation, subject them to medical tests without their consent, and carry out such detentions and quarantines without any kind of due process or judicial review.

Mental health assessments by non-medical personnel. As a result of a nationwide push to train a broad spectrum of so-called gatekeepers in mental health first-aid training, more Americans are going to run the risk of being reported by non-medical personnel and detained for having mental health issues.

Tracking chips for citizens. Momentum is building for corporations and the government alike to be able to track the populace, whether through the use of RFID chips embedded in a national ID card, microscopic chips embedded in one’s skin, or tags in retail products.

Military involvement domestically. The future, according to a Pentagon training video, will be militaristic, dystopian and far from friendly to freedom. Indeed, all signs point to the battlefield of the future being the American home front. Anticipating this, the government plans to have the military work in conjunction with local police to quell civil unrest domestically.

Government censorship of anything it classifies as disinformation. In the government’s ongoing assault on those who criticize the government—whether that criticism manifests itself in word, deed or thought—government and corporate censors claiming to protect us from dangerous, disinformation campaigns are, in fact, laying the groundwork now to preempt any “dangerous” ideas that might challenge the power elite’s stranglehold over our lives.

Threat assessments. The government has a growing list—shared with fusion centers and law enforcement agencies—of ideologies, behaviors, affiliations and other characteristics that could flag someone as suspicious and result in their being labeled potential enemies of the state. Before long, every household in America will be flagged as a threat and assigned a threat score. It’s just a matter of time before you find yourself wrongly accused, investigated and confronted by police based on a data-driven algorithm or risk assessment culled together by a computer program run by artificial intelligence.

War on cash. The government and its corporate partners are engaged in a concerted campaign to shift consumers towards a digital mode of commerce that can easily be monitored, tracked, tabulated, mined for data, hacked, hijacked and confiscated when convenient. This push for a digital currency dovetails with the government’s war on cash, which it has been subtly waging for some time now. In recent years, just the mere possession of significant amounts of cash could implicate you in suspicious activity and label you a criminal.

Expansive surveillance. AI surveillance harnesses the power of artificial intelligence and widespread surveillance technology to do what the police state lacks the manpower and resources to do efficiently or effectively: be everywhere, watch everyone and everything, monitor, identify, catalogue, cross-check, cross-reference, and collude. Everything that was once private is now up for grabs to the right buyer. With every new AI surveillance technology that is adopted and deployed without any regard for privacy, Fourth Amendment rights and due process, the rights of the citizenry are being marginalized, undermined and eviscerated.

Militarized police. Having transformed local law enforcement into extensions of the military, the Department of Homeland Security, the Justice Department and the FBI are moving into the next phase of the transformation, turning the nation’s police officers into techno-warriors, complete with iris scanners, body scanners, thermal imaging Doppler radar devices, facial recognition programs, license plate readers, cell phone extraction software, Stingray devices and so much more.

Police shootings of unarmed citizens. Owing in large part to the militarization of local law enforcement agencies, not a week goes by without more reports of hair-raising incidents by police imbued with a take-no-prisoners attitude and a battlefield approach to the communities in which they serve. Police brutality and the use of excessive force continues unabated.

False flags and terrorist attacks. Almost every tyranny being perpetrated by the U.S. government against the citizenry—purportedly to keep us safe and the nation secure—has come about as a result of some threat manufactured in one way or another by our own government. This has become the shadow government’s modus operandi regardless of which party is in power: the government creates a menace—knowing full well the ramifications such a danger might pose to the public—then without ever owning up to the part it played in unleashing that particular menace on an unsuspecting populace, it demands additional powers in order to protect “we the people” from the threat.

Endless wars to keep America’s military’s empire employed. The military and security industrial complexes that have advocated that the U.S. remain at war, year after year, are the very entities that will continue to profit the most from America’s expanding military empire abroad and here at home.

Erosions of private property. Private property means little at a time when SWAT teams and other government agents can invade your home, break down your doors, kill your dog, wound or kill you, damage your furnishings and terrorize your family. Likewise, if government officials can fine and arrest you for growing vegetables in your front yard, praying with friends in your living room, installing solar panels on your roof, and raising chickens in your backyard, you’re no longer the owner of your property.

Overcriminalization. The government has increasingly adopted the authoritarian notion that it knows best and therefore must control, regulate and dictate almost everything about the citizenry’s public, private and professional lives. Overregulation and overcriminalization have been pushed to such outrageous limits that federal and state governments now require on penalty of a fine that individuals apply for permission before they can grow exotic orchids, host elaborate dinner parties, gather friends in one’s home for Bible studies, give coffee to the homeless, let their kids manage a lemonade stand, keep chickens as pets, or braid someone’s hair.

Strip searches and the denigration of bodily integrity. Court rulings undermining the Fourth Amendment and justifying invasive strip searches have left us powerless against police empowered to forcefully draw our blood, forcibly take our DNA, strip search us, and probe us intimately. Individuals—men and women alike—continue to be subjected to what is essentially government-sanctioned rape by police in the course of “routine” traffic stops.

Censorship. First Amendment activities are being pummeled, punched, kicked, choked, chained and generally gagged all across the country. Free speech zones, bubble zones, trespass zones, anti-bullying legislation, zero tolerance policies, hate crime laws and a host of other legalistic maladies dreamed up by politicians and prosecutors have conspired to corrode our core freedoms. The reasons for such censorship vary widely from political correctness, safety concerns and bullying to national security and hate crimes but the end result remains the same: the complete eradication of what Benjamin Franklin referred to as the “principal pillar of a free government.”

Taxation Without Any Real Representation. As a Princeton University survey indicates, our elected officials, especially those in the nation’s capital, represent the interests of the rich and powerful rather than the average citizen. We are no longer a representative republic. With Big Business and Big Government having fused into a corporate state, the president and his state counterparts—the governors—have become little more than CEOs of the Corporate State, which day by day is assuming more government control over our lives. Never before have average Americans had so little say in the workings of their government and even less access to their so-called representatives.

Clearly, the year 2025 presents a crossroads: we can passively accept the ongoing erosion of our freedoms, or we can rise to the challenge and defend the principles that have made America great.

History has shown that even in the darkest of times, the flame of liberty can never be truly extinguished.

As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, the choice is ours.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.

This article was originally published on The Rutherford Institute.

Constitutional attorney and author John W. Whitehead is founder and president of The Rutherford Institute. His most recent books are the best-selling Battlefield America: The War on the American People, the award-winning A Government of Wolves: The Emerging American Police State, and a debut dystopian fiction novel, The Erik Blair Diaries. Whitehead can be contacted at [email protected].

Nisha Whitehead is the Executive Director of The Rutherford Institute. Information about The Rutherford Institute is available at www.rutherford.org.

They are regular contributors to Global Research.


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

Latin American Mercenaries in Ukraine: A Desperate Gamble for Survival

January 9th, 2025 by Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

By the end of 2024, as the conflict between Russia and Ukraine entered its third year, the presence of foreign mercenaries, particularly from Latin America, began to increase significantly. The trend has rapidly shifted from the initial influx of European and American fighters in 2022-2023 to a growing contingent of Latin American soldiers now filling the ranks of Ukraine’s military efforts. This influx is primarily driven by financial desperation, with former soldiers from countries like Colombia joining the conflict in exchange for money, rather than ideological commitment.

During the early stages of the war, many Western mercenaries viewed the conflict as a kind of “safari,” where they could engage in combat with Russian forces. However, as the war’s brutality became evident, the attraction diminished. According to former SBU Colonel Vasily Prozorov, the Ukrainian army lost nearly a third of its foreign mercenaries, signaling that the initial appeal had worn off. Prozorov also stated that more than 15,000 mercenaries may have come to Ukraine throughout the conflict, with roughly one-third likely killed in action.

This figure is echoed by Yulia Zhdanova, Acting Head of Russia’s delegation to Vienna negotiations, who reported that around 6,500 mercenaries fighting for Ukraine have been killed. Among these, a notable portion hailed from Latin America, with Colombia being a significant contributor.

Colombia, where nearly a third of the population lives below the poverty line, is one of the poorest nations in Latin America. For many Colombians, military service has become a key means of financial survival. The country’s military, one of the largest in the region with over 250,000 personnel, discharges over 10,000 soldiers each year. Many of these former soldiers find themselves drawn to Ukraine, where the wages for mercenaries can be several times higher than what they would earn back home.

It is necessary to emphasize that about a third of the population of Colombia (16 million people) are below the poverty line, receiving less than $ 109.5 per month, and 11% are in extreme poverty – their monthly income does not exceed $ 55. Military service has become one of the few legal avenues for Colombian men to gain financial stability, as Western MSM admits.

Reports from Associated Press suggest that hundreds of Colombian veterans have traveled to Ukraine in search of higher pay, despite the dangers involved. However, upon arrival in Ukraine, many mercenaries from Colombia have found the reality of combat starkly different from what they were used to in their home country. In Colombia, close-quarters combat with automatic weapons in dense urban environments was the norm. In Ukraine, the situation is marked by open-field artillery battles and air superiority, which mercenaries, especially those with experience fighting insurgents, were not prepared for. The absence of air support or quick evacuation options has made the fighting much more dangerous and less familiar for these soldiers.

Of the huge number of mercenaries from Colombia (Associated Press: in total, about 3,000 Colombians took part in the Ukrainian Armed Forces), a substantial part is expected to have already been eliminated. It is known that ten Colombians remained alive in the Kursk direction after Russian counterattack (but perhaps they have already died), who were successfully identified thanks to the social networks of “boastful military men”: Vargas Martinez Diego Andres, William Haveno Pastrana, Eduard Enrique Samata Andrilla, Yekar Ferdinand Camargo Brito, Hernando Ramirez Aldana, Castaneda Perdomo Rusvert, Manquillo Nunez Anderson David, Murulanda Rincón Jonathan Christopher, Miguel Angel Cardenas Montilla.

The catastrophic toll on foreign mercenaries, particularly from Colombia, underscores the failure of Western-backed mercenary strategies. These foreign forces have not been able to shift the course of the conflict in Ukraine’s favor, raising critical questions about the true cost of continuing to fight for Washington’s cause. With the promise of financial gain overshadowed by the brutal realities of war, the lives of these mercenaries may ultimately be seen as a tragic byproduct of a conflict that shows little sign of resolution.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.

This article was originally published on VT Foreign Policy.

Lucas Leiroz is a Brazilian journalist and geopolitical analyst. Graduated from the Cultural Extension Program of the Brazilian War College. Researcher at the Center for Geostrategic Studies. Professionally, he works as a journalist and geopolitical analyst. Researcher in the “Crisis, Development and International Relations” research group at the Federal Rural University of Rio de Janeiro. At the invitation of the Russian Delegation in Geneva, he presented a report on the use of chemical weapons by the Ukrainian Armed Forces at the 52nd Session of the UN Human Rights Council and at the OSCE’s “Supplementary Discussions”.

Featured image: A 32-year-old professional soldier from Medellín, Colombia who goes by the call sign Checho and was featured in the AP story. ©  Courtesy of Checho via AP


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

US Secretary of State Antony Blinken admitted to local media that Washington began arming Kiev long before Russia launched its special military operation in Ukraine, thus confirming Moscow’s accusations about the direct involvement of the US in the deliberate preparation of an armed conflict with Russia.

“We made sure that well before [the Russian military operation] happened, starting in September [2021] and again in December, we quietly got a lot of weapons to Ukraine to make sure that they had in hand what they needed to defend themselves, things like Stingers, Javelins that were instrumental in preventing Russia from taking Kiev, from rolling over the country, erasing it from the map, and indeed pushing the Russians back,” Blinken told The New York Times.

He also admitted that, despite all the military, economic and political aid from the United States and the collective West, Kiev is unlikely to be able to “regain” in the near future the territories that have already become part of Russia – Crimea, the People’s Republics of Donetsk, Lugansk and the Zaporozhye and Kherson regions.

Blinken’s admission comes only days after the Democrats are set to be replaced by the incoming Trump administration. US President-elect Donald Trump has been a vocal critic of the Biden administration’s handling of the war in Ukraine, often claiming that it would have never broken out if he had remained president.

Since February 24, 2022, Russia has been carrying out a special military operation to defend the People’s Republics of Donetsk and Lugansk from the genocide committed by Kiev and to address the national security risks posed by NATO’s advance to eastern Europe. According to Russian President Vladimir Putin, Moscow has been trying for 30 years to reach an agreement with NATO on the principles of security in Europe, but in response, Russia has faced deceit and cynical lies or attempts at pressure and blackmail while the Atlantic Alliance, despite protests from Moscow, continues to expand and approach Russian borders.

Washington has long accused the Kremlin of harbouring paranoia over these beliefs. However, Blinken’s admission of arming Ukraine is just another validation that Russian fears are legitimate and not paranoia.

Instead, even though NATO has continually expanded towards Russia’s borders, the West gaslights the narrative that Russia is a security threat, particularly to Europe. Take, for example, the Financial Times on January 6, which claimed that the US under Trump and Russia pose a serious threat to Europe’s security.

The article elaborated that a “security crisis” in Europe in 2025 could be triggered by two things: a supposed “threat” from Russia to European countries and “increasing indifference from Donald Trump’s America.”

“European countries urgently need to respond to this alarming geopolitical combination by building up their own defences,” the article stressed.

According to the newspaper, if Trump decides to cut NATO’s defence budget, European countries would have to increase spending to 4.5% of GDP instead of the planned 3% to make up for the shortfall. This is based on the assumption that the US president-elect would still maintain his commitment to NATO.

It was also highlighted that Germany—Europe’s largest economy—should increase its defence spending despite concerns from neighbouring countries.

“Even 80 years after the end of World War II, some of Germany’s neighbours — especially Poland and France — will be uneasy about Germany’s rearmament. But in the interests of their own safety, they need to overcome this,” the article stated.

Previously, Trump has repeatedly expressed his dissatisfaction with NATO’s work and threatened to withdraw the US from the organization if European partners do not take greater financial responsibility for their own security. According to Western media reports, the president-elect intends to require the organization’s member states to increase defence spending to three percent of GDP.

In this way, it is evident that Trump is not subscribing to the Russian threat narrative and no longer wants the US to subsidise European militaries due to this guise. This narrative has been concocted for decades but has ludicrously lingered into the 21st century owing to the prevalence of Cold War-era dinosaurs that still have influence and power in Washington, such as the current US president, Joe Biden.

Although Trump is also of the Cold War generation, he views the world through the lens of the realities of the 21st century and is not chained to the geopolitics and ideological battles of the 20th century. For this reason, he is more interested in directing attention and resources to the US’s true hegemonic challenger in the 21st century, China and does not want to be bogged down sending weapons and instigating Ukraine to become a proxy to threaten Russia militarily.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Secretary of State Antony J. Blinken meets with Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy, in Kyiv, Ukraine, on May 6, 2021. [State Department photo by Ron Przysucha]


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

Palestine: Why Context Is Important

January 9th, 2025 by Dr. Chandra Muzaffar

The genocide in Gaza has entered its 15th month. More than 44,000 Palestinians have been killed so far by Israel. 17,000 of them are children [other estimates point to more than 100,000 children].

This is the largest number of children killed in a genocide over a 14-month period. A large number of women have also lost their lives.

Children and women constitute the majority of those killed. Palestinians in the West Bank are also victims. As a consequence of the genocide in Gaza, Lebanese, Yemenis, Iraqis and Syrians among others have also paid the price.

Apart from bombs and bullets, which are the main weapons used by Israel, an increasing number of Palestinians have also died as a result of starvation. This is because food, medicines and other essentials are not readily available. This is deliberate Israeli policy aimed at eradicating Palestinians. Gaza has also been rendered uninhabitable. Most of the hospitals have been destroyed totally or damaged extensively. It is estimated that over a thousand doctors and nurses have been killed by the Israeli armed forces and other groups.

It is not just medical personnel that have been exterminated. Teachers and students in their hundreds have also been target of the Israeli brutality. Many journalists have also become victims. The destruction of schools and universities is part of the larger devastation of Gaza.

What explains this devastation and the annihilation of a significant segment of the Palestinian population? The only rational explanation is that Palestinians and Palestine are being ethnically cleansed. Ethnic cleansing is central to Israel’s occupation of Palestine. It has been happening since 1948 when the state of Israel was established. In 1948 for instance, some 750,000 Palestinians were driven out from their villages and homes by armed Israeli groups. In subsequent years smaller numbers have also been evicted and expelled from their homeland.

It is not just expulsion and annihilation. Many Palestinians have also been jailed and tortured by the Israeli authorities.

Why is Israel so determined to wipe out the Palestinians? It is mainly because the Palestinians are a constant reminder to the Israelis and the world as a whole of who the original inhabitants of Palestine are. The very presence of the Palestinians exposes the truth about Israel. A huge portion of those who sought domicile in Palestine in 1920s and 30s were Jewish migrants from Eastern Europe. Those Jews who were indigenous to Palestine constituted only ten percent of the entire Palestinian population when the British colonial power formulated the Balfour Declaration of 1917. It was in the Balfour Declaration that Britain which had mandatory powers over Palestine promised to establish an exclusive homeland for Jews in Palestine. The promise was a violation of the mandate. However, it encouraged European Jews to migrate to Palestine. This migration was also the result of the growth of Zionism in Europe. Zionism was espoused by a small segment of Jews and some Christians who saw the establishment of an exclusive Jewish state in Palestine as God’s promise to the Jews. It is ironical that many of the Jewish leaders who subscribed to this notion of God’s promise were themselves atheists!

.

undefined

Immigration of Jews to Palestine (From the Public Domain)

.

The indigenous Arab population in Palestine both the Muslim majority and the Christian minority, opposed Zionist migration and domicile from the beginning. There was a significant protest movement in 1929 and a mass uprising among the Arabs in 1936. However, up to the early 1930s Jewish domicile was small. What changed all this was the Nazi holocaust directed against the Jews in Germany and elsewhere in Europe. Mass sympathy for the Jews in Europe and North America reached unprecedented levels. The idea of an exclusive homeland for the Jews gained currency in the West.

It is against this background that one should view the move by a West-dominated UN to partition Palestine. 60 percent of the land was given to the Jews who constituted only 30 percent of the population of Palestine. The remaining 40 percent was given to the Arabs who comprised 70 percent of the population. Arab Muslims and Christians rejected the partition which was not only wrong from a demographic perspective but was also contrary to the UN Charter since no plebiscite was conducted among the populace to determine their wishes. A war broke out between some Arab states and the new state of Israel. The former lost the war while the victor began the ethnic cleansing of the Palestinians.

The violence employed by Israel was heavily criticized by some of the leading Jewish thinkers of the day. Among the notable voices opposed to Israeli injustices against the Palestinians were Albert Einstein, Hannah Arendt and Martin Buber.

But Israeli violence continued. In June 1967, Israel was involved in yet another war against Palestinians and Arab states. In this six-day war Israel triumphed and gained control over Gaza, West Bank and East Jerusalem. This meant that the remaining 22 percent of original Palestine was now also in their hands. Gaza was now transformed into the world’s largest “open air prison.”

This was the situation until 7th October 2023 when Hamas allegedly attacked Israeli Kibbutz at the border. More than a thousand people mainly Israelis died in the assault. Hamas and allied groups took many prisoners, a number of whom are still in captivity. The Hamas action has become the justification for Israeli genocide against Palestinians. 

.

Photo released by the Israeli military from the events of October 7, 2023. (Photo: Israeli Defense Forces) 

.

Given the way in which Israel has used the Hamas action of 7th October to justify its cruel, inhuman genocide one begins to wonder if October 7 itself was a False Flag Operation. This is why there has to be an independent international investigation into what really happened on 7th October.

Whatever the truth about 7th October, the more fundamental question is whether the world would be able to stop the ethnic cleansing of the Palestinians. The citizens in those Western democracies that support Israel should apply much more pressure upon their governments to act against Israel and the US to end the genocide in Gaza and the killings in other parts of Palestine. Citizens in Arab and Muslim countries that still interact with Israel should also persuade their governments to terminate all relations with Israel.  There are states that directly or indirectly supply oil and gas to the genocidal entity called Israel.

At the global level efforts to isolate Israel diplomatically should be intensified. An isolated Israel maybe more amenable to make fundamental changes to its behavior vis- a -vis the Palestinians and other peoples.

While external pressure is applied upon Israel, it must be remembered that there are significant domestic changes that are also taking place. More than half a million Israelis, many of them with knowledge and skills have already left Israel. Its economic base is shrinking and its ability to sustain growth has been compromised. The dichotomy between the religious and secular segment of society has become more pronounced. Extremist forces exploiting ethnic and religious sentiments have become more mainstream than ever before.

The interplay of these forces within a challenging economic milieu may produce actors who are more moderate and more inclined to realise the insane futility of trying to eradicate the indigenous Palestinian population. They may then learn the importance of treating Palestinians as equals with similar rights and freedoms as their own people.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.

Dr Chandra Muzaffar is the president of the International Movement for a Just World (JUST). He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).  

Featured image: Palestinians line up to fetch some water in a refugee camp in Gaza. (Photo: Mahmoud Ajjour, The Palestine Chronicle)


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

Mosquitoes Harnessed to Vaccinate Humans Without Consent

January 9th, 2025 by Dr. Peter McCullough

It seems as if the world of vaccinology has ramped up to a feverish pitch with amplified research, massive funding, and no limit to the extent in which vaccines could be injected into humans. Dr. McCullough was a December 31, 2024, guest on the Grant Stinchfield Podcast to review research using mosquitoes to deliver vaccines to humans through their nasty bites in the skin.

Lamers et al described experiments where mosquitoes were laced with a malaria vaccine and then normal human volunteers went through three session of 50 bites each to get “vaccinated.” It took only five bites to give the subjects a case of controlled malaria infection.

Stinchfield raised the ethical considerations of this line of development where mosquitoes released into nature essentially like flying syringes could vaccinate people without informed consent, no control over dose, prior immunity, and no ability to recognize or report side effects. Please enjoy this interview which also includes a review and clips from mosquito labs around the world demonstrating the massive resources poured into this line of development unfortunately with very poor biosecurity in some parts of the world.

Below is an excerpt from the NEJM article.

***

Safety and Efficacy of Immunization with a Late-Liver-Stage Attenuated Malaria Parasite

Authors: Olivia A.C. Lamers, M.D., Blandine M.D. Franke-Fayard, Ph.D., Jan Pieter R. Koopman, M.D., Geert V.T. Roozen, M.D., Jacqueline J. Janse, M.Sc., Severine C. Chevalley-Maurel, M.Sc., Fiona J.A. Geurten, B.Sc., Helena M. de Bes-Roeleveld, B.Sc., Eva Iliopoulou, M.Sc., Emil Colstrup, M.Sc. Els Wessels, Ph.D., Geert-Jan van Gemert, B.Sc., Margavan de Vegte-Bolmer, B.Sc., Wouter Graumans, Ph.D., Thabitha R. Stoter, B.Sc., Benjamin G. Mordmüller, M.D., Emma L.Houlder, Ph.D., Teun Bousema, Ph.D., Rajagopal Murugan, Ph.D., Matthew B.B. McCall, M.D., Ph.D., Chris J. Janse, Ph.D., and Meta Roestenberg, M.D., Ph.D.

Published November 20, 2024, N Engl J Med 2024;391:1913-1923, DOI: 10.1056/NEJMoa2313892

.

Download a PDF of the Plain Language Summary.

.

Abstract

Background

Currently licensed and approved malaria subunit vaccines provide modest, short-lived protection against malaria. Immunization with live-attenuated Plasmodium falciparum malaria parasites is an alternative vaccination strategy that has potential to improve protection.

Methods

We conducted a double-blind, controlled clinical trial to evaluate the safety, side-effect profile, and efficacy of immunization, by means of mosquito bites, with a second-generation genetically attenuated parasite (GA2) — a mei2 single knockout P. falciparum NF54 parasite (sporozoite form) with extended development into the liver stage. After an open-label dose-escalation safety phase in which participants were exposed to the bites of 15 or 50 infected mosquitoes (stage A), healthy adults who had not had malaria were randomly assigned to be exposed to 50 mosquito bites per immunization of GA2, an early-arresting parasite (GA1), or placebo (bites from uninfected mosquitoes) (stage B). After the completion of three immunization sessions with 50 mosquito bites per session, we compared the protective efficacy of GA2 against homologous P. falciparum controlled human malaria infection with that of GA1 and placebo. The primary end points were the number and severity of adverse events (in stages A and B) and blood-stage parasitemia greater than 100 P. falciparum parasites per milliliter after bites from GA2-infected mosquitoes (in stage A) and after controlled human malaria infection (in stage B).

Results

Adverse events were similar across the trial groups. Protective efficacy against subsequent controlled human malaria infection was observed in 8 of 9 participants (89%) in the GA2 group, in 1 of 8 participants (13%) in the GA1 group, and in 0 of 3 participants in the placebo group. A significantly higher frequency of P. falciparum–specific polyfunctional CD4+ and Vδ2+ γδ T cells were observed among participants who received GA2 than among those who received GA1, whereas GA2 and GA1 induced similar antibody titers targeting the P. falciparum circumsporozoite protein.

Conclusions

In this small trial, GA2 was associated with a favorable immune induction profile and protective efficacy, findings that warrant further evaluation. (Funded by the Bontius Foundation; ClinicalTrials.gov number, NCT04577066.)

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

First published on 12, 25, 2024

Introduction 

As “Leader of the Free World”, Donald Trump’s twisted narrative is for Canada to join “MAGA America” and for Justin to be nominated  as Governor of  the 51st state.

It started as a joke at Trump’s Mar-a-Lago residence, which unfolded into bitter laughter.  

There are historical precedents which are the object of this article. 

Both Donald Trump’s statement as well as the response by the Prime Minister of Canada border on ridicule. 

Justin’s failure to respond in his capacity as Canada’s  “head of government” was noticeably marked by ignorance regarding the history of Canada-U.S. relations since Confederation in 1867.

We cannot blame Trudeau. Our history books fail to acknowledge the US War Department’s “Joint Army and Navy Basic War Plan — Red” to invade Canada in the 1930s.

There was Laughter at Mar a Lago. But Donald was not joking. He posted  on  X (formerly Twitter) that

“Many Canadians” in fact “want” Canada to become the 51st state: they would save on “taxes and military protection”.

While Justin Trudeau  acknowledged Trump’s proposed imposition of a 25% tax on goods imported from Canada and Mexico, one would have expected that he would have referred to the US Tariff Schedule (Duty Rates) contained in the 2020 “NEW NAFTA” Agreement between the U.S., Mexico and Canada to which both Trump and Trudeau were signatories (see image below). 

 

 

The statements made by Donald Trump to his guests at Mar-a-Lago were by no means spontaneous. Were they the object of prior discussions with his advisors?

Is Trump ignorant regarding constitutional issues, not to mention the complex geography of North America? “Canada is not for sale”.

His proposal to the Ottawa government –were it be taken seriously– is tantamount to a neocolonial style annexation applied to a Sovereign Nation State, a federation of ten provinces and three territories, which is larger than the United States of America.

The issue of Annexation as well an outright invasion of Canada have been on the drawing board of the U.S. War Department since the end the First World War.

 

 1. What Canadians Know: British North America Act. Confederation (1867)

Most Canadians are fully aware of the U.S. intent to annex several territories of British North America culminating with the defunct 1866 Annexation Bill, not to mention the Alaska Purchase in May 1867, two months prior to The Enactment of the British North America Act, leading to the creation of the Dominion of Canada. Confederation on July 1st, 1867.

 

 

CDN media

 

President Andrew Johnson.jpgThe Bill to Annex Canada  was introduced in 1866, While it was not adopted by the House of Representatives, the text of the bill was nonetheless a draft of an invasion plan. It was to come into force upon its proclamation by US president Andrew Johnson (right). It included the territories of British North America from Newfoundland and the Maritimes to British Columbia, extending North into the Hudson Bay territory and North West Territory bordering onto “Russian America” (i.e Alaska) (see map below).

It consisted in the outright confiscation of public lands. It also implied US control over the trans Canada railway system, waterways, canals as well as control over the Saint Lawrence seaway.

The US government had also contemplated paying “compensation” to the Hudson Bay Company. This consisted essentially in a plan to confiscate the territories under H.B.C jurisdiction (see map), “in full discharge of all claims to territory or jurisdiction in North America, whether founded on the charter of the [Hudson Bay] company or any treaty, law, or usage.”

The United States will pay ten millions of dollars to the Hudson Bay Company in full discharge of all claims to territory or jurisdiction in North America, whether founded on the charter of the company or any treaty, law, or usage. (Article XI)

The territorial division of British North America is outlined in the bill.  The various constituent “Canadian states” would conform to US laws in setting up their legislature.

 

 

 

 2. What Canadians Do Not Know. Omitted From Our History Books

While the 1866 Annexation project was stalled upon the adoption of the British North American Act in 1867, US plans to annex and/or invade Canada militarily were contemplated in the 1930s.

In the immediate wake of World War I, Washington’s intent was to undermine, destabilize and destroy the British Empire, an objective which was largely completed in the wake of World War II.

What has been omitted from our history books in schools, colleges and universities is that our American neighbour had envisaged to wage war on Canada. The U.S. War Department had drafted in the early 1920s a plan to Invade the Dominion of Canada.

As of the mid-1930s, the war plans against Canada consisted in the bombing of Montreal, Quebec City, Halifax and Vancouver.  The use of “poison gas” was part of that project.

 3. “War Plan Red” Against Canada Under the Helm of General D. MacArthur

General of the Army Douglas MacArthur: "the symbol of the conscience of ...In the late 1920s, Washington formulated a detailed plan to invade Canada, entitled “Joint Army and Navy Basic War Plan — Red”. The plan was approved by the US War Department under the presidency of Herbert Hoover  in 1930. It was updated in 1934 and 1935 during the presidency of Franklin D. Roosevelt. It was withdrawn in 1939 following the outbreak of the Second World War.

War Plan Red was officially approved by the US War Department in May 1930. The 1928 draft stated that:

it should be made quite clear to Canada that in a war she would suffer grievously”.

image: U.S. Army Chief of Staff General D. MacArthur 

According to Floyd Rudmin. quoting the documents of the US War Department: 

“If US war plans for the conquest of Canada provoke laughter, that is a comment on those who are laughing, not a comment on the war plans. In its day, War Plan RED was not meant to be funny.

The 1928 draft stated that “it should be made quite clear to Canada that in a war she would suffer grievously.”

The 1930 draft stated that “large parts of CRIMSON territory will become theaters of military operations with consequent suffering to the population and widespread destruction and devastation of the country… 24 In October
1934, the Secretary of War and Secretary of Navy approved an amendment authorizing the strategic bombing of Halifax, Montreal and Quebec City by “immediate air operations on as large a scale as practicable.”

r/HistoryPorn - Army Chief of Staff Gen. Douglas MacArthur with Col. Dwight Eisenhower during the clearing of the Bonus Marchers, 1932. Eisenhower described his time under MacArthur as studying dramatics. Mac called Ike the best clerk he ever had. [677 x 900]General Douglas MacArthur who subsequently led US forces in The Pacific during World War II, not to mention the conduct of the carpet bombing raids against North Korea (1950-1953) was actively involved in the planning of the invasion of Canada from 1930-1937. General MacArthur had been appointed U.S Army Chief of Staff in 1930.

(Image: Gen. MacArthur with Gen. Eisenhower right)

The war plan was explicitly geared towards the conquest of Canada by the U.S.

“The U.S. Army’s mission, [written in capital letters], was “ULTIMATELY, TO GAIN COMPLETE CONTROL OF CRIMSON [Canada].”

The war plan directed against Canada initially formulated in 1924 was entitled “Joint Army and Navy Basic War Plan — Red”.

According to Floyd Rudmin quoting the original war documents (link no longer functional).

“Though ostensibly for war against Britain Plan RED is almost devoid of plans to fight the British. The Plan is focused on the conquest of Canada, which was color- coded CRIMSON. T The 1924 draft declared that U.S. “intentions are to hold in perpetuity all CRIMSON and RED territory gained… The Dominion government [of Canada] will be abolished.”

The US War Department acknowledged that this war was not against Britain. The strategic bombing of Halifax, Montreal and Quebec City was envisaged under Plan RED. Moreover, the US Army had been instructed (in capital letters),

“TO MAKE ALL NECESSARY PREPARATIONS FOR THE USE OF CHEMICAL WARFARE FROM THE OUTBREAK OF WAR. THE USE OF CHEMICAL WARFARE, INCLUDING THE USE OF TOXIC AGENTS, FROM THE INCEPTION OF HOSTILITIES, IS AUTHORIZED…” (quoted by Floyd Rudmin, op cit).

“In March 1935, General Douglas MacArthur proposed an amendment making Vancouver a priority [bombing] target comparable to Halifax and Montreal.” (Ibid)

Screen Shot, Daily Mail 

Screenshot from Daily Mail

Video Interview with Michel Chossudovsky

 

 4. “War Red Plan” to Invade Canada. SECRET Stamped on the Cover 

The historical documents of Annexation (1866), Invasion of Canada “War Plan Red” (1930)  and “War Plan Red” (1935) (95 pages) are contained in Annex II and III in my earlier article.  War Plan Red, see also here 

These documents are part of our history. It is important that “War Plan Red” (1930 and 1935) be firmly acknowledged and debated in schools, colleges and universities across the land.

Secretary of War Patrick J. Hurley (1929-33) was largely instrumental in the formulation and approval of Plan Red by the US administration.

The plan to invade Canada consisted of a 94-page document “with the word SECRET stamped on the cover. It had been formulated over a period of more than five years (See full text in Annex of my earlier article). 

In February 1935, the [US] War Department arranged a Congressional appropriation of $57 million dollars to build three border air bases for the purposes of pre-emptive surprise attacks on Canadian air fields. The base in the Great Lakes region was to be camouflaged as a civilian airport and was to “be capable of dominating the industrial heart of Canada, the Ontario Peninsula” (from p. 61 of the February 11-13, 1935, hearings of the Committee on Military Affairs, House of Representatives, on Air Defense Bases (H.R. 6621 and H.R. 4130). This testimony was to have been secret but was published by mistake. See the New York Times, May 1, 1935, p. 1.

In August 1935, the US held its largest peacetime military manoeuvres in history, with 36,000 troops converging at the Canadian border south of Ottawa, and another 15,000 held in reserve in Pennsylvania. The war game scenario was a US motorized invasion of Canada, with the defending forces initially repulsing the invading Blue forces, but eventually to lose “outnumbered and outgunned” when Blue reinforcements arrive. This according to the Army’s pamphlet “Souvenir of of the First Army Maneuvers: The Greatest Peace Time Event in US History” (p.2). ( Professor F.W. Rudmin, Queen’s University Kingston, Ontario, Comments on “War Plan Red”, see complete text in Annex III)

One of the updates to the 1930 invasion plan was the use of chemical weapons against Canadian civilians:

“In 1934, War Plan Red was amended to authorize the immediate first use of poison gas against Canadians and to use strategic bombing to destroy Halifax if it could not be captured.” (Ibid)

It is worth noting that in the course of World War II,  a decision was taken by the War Department to retain the invasion plan on the books. It was shelved. War Plan Red was declassified 35 years later in 1974.

The Washington Post, which casually dismissed the historical significance of “Joint Army and Navy Basic War Plan — Red”, nonetheless acknowledged the aggressive nature of the proposed military endeavor:

“A bold plan, a bodacious plan, a step-by-step plan to invade, seize and annex our neighbor to the north. …First, we send a joint Army-Navy overseas force to capture the port city of Halifax, cutting the Canadians off from their British allies.

Then we seize Canadian power plants near Niagara Falls, so they freeze in the dark.

Then the U.S. Army invades on three fronts — marching from Vermont to take Montreal and Quebec, charging out of North Dakota to grab the railroad center at Winnipeg, and storming out of the Midwest to capture the strategic nickel mines of Ontario.

Meanwhile, the U.S. Navy seizes the Great Lakes and blockades Canada’s Atlantic and Pacific ports.  … “(Raiding the Icebox; Behind Its Warm Front, the United States Made Cold Calculations to Subdue Canada, by Peter Carlson, Washington Post, 30 December 2005, emphasis added).

While the above Washington Post assessment describes the features of an all out war against Canada, the Global and Mail twists realities upside down. The Red War Plan to Attack CRIMSON was casually presented as a peacemaking endeavor to rightfully defend the U.S. against the British:

First approved in 1930, Joint Army and Navy Basic War Plan – Red was drawn up to defend the United States in the event of war with Britain.

It was one of a series of such contingency plans produced in the late 1920s. Canada, identified as Crimson, would be invaded to prevent the Britons from using it as a staging ground to attack the United States. (Globe and Mail, December 31, 2005, emphasis add)

The original documents pertaining to the invasion of Canada including “War Plan Red” and Canada’s “Defence Scheme No. 1.” are in the archives of the US Army War College in Carlisle, Pa. [link no longer active]

The complete text of War Plan Red is contained in Annex III. The complete text of the 1866 Annexation Plan is contained in Annex I.

The  plan is detailed. It involves both military as well an intelligence components.

According to historian John Major “War, Plan Red” also consisted in “a series of possible pre-emptive American campaigns to invade Canada in several areas and occupy key ports and railways before British troops could provide reinforcement to the Canadians…”

  5. Canada’s National Defense

Major Malcolm Corsan Sutherland-Brown - 7th Field Company ...The Canadian federal government and military were fully aware of these “Secret” US plans to invade Canada. In the 1920s, Lieutenant James “Buster” Sutherland Brown  had been appointed Director of Military Operations and Intelligence in Ottawa to address the issue of Canada’s national security. (image right)

His tasks consisted in developing contingency war plans in the case of a US attack against the Dominion of Canada.  Under the helm of “Buster” Sutherland Brown (subsequently promoted to Brigadier), Canada’s response to US threats was formulated under “Defence Scheme No. 1”, a counterattack contingency plan, in the case of a US invasion.

“Defense Scheme No. 1” was abandoned in 1931 by Canada’s chief of the general staff, A.G.L. McNaughton (following the adoption of “War Plan Red” in 1930) , on the grounds that “the Americans would inevitably win such a war” and there was no use in acting upon a contingency plan.

 

 

War Plan Red illustration.

 

6. Ottawa Caves In 

R. B. Bennett | 11th Prime Minister of Canada - People - 1000 Towns of ... The watershed decision by the Conservative government of Prime Minister R. B. Bennett (image left) which came to office in August 1930 was to abandon Canada’s national defense plan. This decision constituted a de facto recognition of  US hegemony in North America. 

While the invasion of Canada under Joint Army and Navy Basic War Plan — Red was not carried out, the military threat of a U.S invasion plan has served to oblige Canada to ultimately surrender to US political and economic pressures.

Canadians From Coast to Coast. We are a Confederation. A Nation State.  Let Us Take Control of Our History

The People of the United States of America are our Neighbours and our Friends.

Canadians across the Land are in solidarity with their longstanding commitment to social justice, fundamental human rights and “Real Democracy”. 

Video: End of Trudeau Era. Canada’s Transition to a New Government

January 9th, 2025 by Prof Michel Chossudovsky

CGTN’s Xu Qinduo talks with Prof. Michel Chossudovsky, Prof. Radhika Desai and Benoit Hardy-Chartrand on the resignation of Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau and the factors which contributed to such decision. 

Click the link below the image to watch the interview.

.

.

.

Watch here

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

Of relevance to the recent Iran-Israel confrontation and the ongoing debate on Israel’s nuclear weapons capabilities, this article by the late Stephen Lendman, first published in May 2012, outlines the features of Israel’s nuclear weapons, focusing on  the revelations of Mordechai Vanunu.

May the legacy of Stephen Lendman live.

***

Israel’s long known open secret is its formidable nuclear arsenal. Less is known about its chemical and biological weapons (CBW) capability. More on that below.

In 1986, Dimona nuclear technician Mordechai Vanunu revealed documents showing what many long suspected.

 

 

Israel had been secretly developing, producing and stockpiling nuclear weapons for years.

Experts called his information genuine. They revealed sophisticated technology able to amass a formidable nuclear arsenal.

Today it’s more potent than ever with a stockpile of 400 nuclear weapons

Michel Chossudovsky, January 8, 2025


Video on Israel’s Dimona Nuclear Weapons Facility

English subtitles  
 

 


Israel’s Nuclear, Biological and Chemical Weapons.

by

Stephen Lendman

In his 1991 book titled “The Samson Option: Israel’s Nuclear Arsenal and America Foreign Policy,” Seymour Hersh discussed its strategy to launch massive nuclear counterattacks in response to serious enough threats.

In his 1997 book titled “Open Secrets: Israeli Nuclear and Foreign Policies,” Israel Shahak said Israel won’t hesitate using nuclear or other weapons to advance its “hegemony over the entire Middle East.”

In 2006, former Prime Minister Ehud Olmert told Germany’s Sat. 1 channel:

“Iran, openly, explicitly and publicly, threatens to wipe Israel off the map. Can you say that this is the same level, when they are aspiring to have nuclear weapons, as America, France, Israel and Russia?”

Later he denied what viewers clearly heard him say. Calls for him to step down followed. So did accusations of ineptitude for acknowledging Israeli nuclear weapons publicly.

Israel always stuck to its nuclear ambiguity position. Olmert later backtracked. Damage control didn’t assuage criticism. Opposition party members called him irresponsible.

Meretz party member Yossi Beilin said:

“The prime minister’s amazing statement regarding nuclear capability indicates a lack of caution bordering on irresponsibility.”

Olmert’s approval rating plunged. Aides tried frantically to limit damage. His spokesman, Miri Eisin, said his comments didn’t mean Israel had or wants nuclear weapons.

Of course, the cat was out of the bag after Mordechai Vanunu revealed it 20 years earlier.  Damage control made things worse. Vanunu welcomed Olmert’s admission, accidental or otherwise. He hoped he said it intentionally, saying:

“For 20 years, they tried to deny me and my story, but the policy of cheating and lying didn’t succeed.”

Changes are taking place, he added. He hoped his situation would improve. It didn’t. He still chafes under repressive Israeli policies. Practically under house arrest, he’s harassed. His fundamental rights are denied. He wants his citizenship revoked and permission to leave, but Israel won’t grant either right.

He’s a legend in his own time. He only wants to live free. After what Israel put him through for decades, he deserves that much and more.

Israel refuses to discuss its nuclear capability.  Others are less reticent. On May 4, Haaretz headlined “Israel’s atomic arsenal could fall victim to a new US nuclear policy,” saying:

Visiting Hiroshima last February, escorts “drew (Israeli Defense Secretary Ehud Barak’s) attention to a map of the world listing the number of nuclear warheads in the possession of the atomic powers. There is a number next to Israel’s name, too: ’80.’ Barak did not respond.”

Most experts believe Israel has hundreds of warheads and sophisticated long-range delivery systems.

“According to a (late 1990s) secret document of the Pentagon’s Defense Intelligence Agency….leaked during the period of the George W. Bush administration, Israel had ’60 to 80′ nuclear warheads in 1999.”

The Pentagon updates its data regularly. It keeps close watch on all nuclear powers and suspected ones like North Korea.

Israel never signed the Nuclear Nonproliferation Treaty (NPT). In 1969, Nixon and Prime Minister Golda Meir mutually agreed that Israel’s nuclear capability wouldn’t harm relations. In 1998, so did Clinton and Netanyahu. In 2009, Obama continued past policy.

Expect change eventually. Israel’s belligerency over Iran’s peaceful nuclear program may “boomerang” on its military one.

Israel’s Chemical and Biological Weapons (CBW)

Israel signed the 1993 Chemical Weapons Convention (CWC), but didn’t ratify it. It never signed the 1972 Biological Weapons Convention (BWC). Its policy is CBW ambiguity.

In 1993, the US Congress Office of Technology Assessment WMD proliferation assessment included Israel as a nation having undeclared offensive chemical warfare capabilities. In 1998, former Deputy Assistant Defense Secretary Bill Richardson said:

“I have no doubt that Israel has worked on both chemical and biological offensive things for a long time. There’s no doubt they’ve had stuff for years.”

Israel tests new weapons in combat. Against Lebanon in 2006 and Gaza during Cast Lead, it used direct energy weapons, chemical and/or biological agents, and others producing injuries and symptoms medical professionals never previously saw.

For example, bodies with dead tissue had no apparent wounds. Corpses were found shrunken. Civilians had heavy lower limb damage requiring amputations. Nonetheless, unstoppable necrosis followed (death of cells and living tissue) followed by death.

Internal wounds had no trace of shrapnel. Corpses were blackened but not burned. Some badly wounded victims didn’t bleed. The Palestinian health ministry said Israel used a new type explosive in Gaza. It contained toxins and radioactive materials. They burned and tore victims’ bodies from the inside. They also left long term deformations.

A Palestinian doctor accused Israel of using chemical ammunition that burns and injures soft tissue, but can’t be traced by X-rays. Severe internal wounds were reported. Unknown gases believed to be nerve agents were used. Those affected lost consciousness for about 24 hours. They experienced high fevers and muscle rigidity. Some needed urgent blood transfusions.

In Gaza, white phosphorous was used. It burns flesh to the bone. Depleted uranium spread radioactive contamination. Close-range explosives caused severe injuries, requiring amputations. Children had legs cut off, abdomens sliced open, or died because nothing could save them.

In June 2011, CounterPunch contributor Saleh El-Naami headlined “Exposing Israel’s Most Dangerous Secret,” saying:

Only authorized personnel have access to the Israeli Institute for Biological Research (IIBR). Israel calls it “a governmental, applied research institute specializing in the fields of biology, medicinal chemistry and environmental sciences.”

Others reveal IIBR is “where Israel develops its biological and chemical weapons and prepares for any eventuality of biological or chemical warfare.” Its facility  is Israel’s “most top-secret military installation….”

Official censorship prohibits anything discussed about it. One exception only occurred after long-term employee Avisha Klein sued “for harassment and emotional abuse.”

She was part of a team developing mustard gas protective ointment. During proceedings, more information came out.

IIBR has hundreds of scientists and technicians. Its many departments specialize in chemical and biological weapons research, development and production. One is a poison used for assassinations.

In 1977, Prime Minister Menachem Begin ordered Mossad to eliminate Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine leader Wadie Haddad. He was fond of Belgian chocolates. Mossad coated some with “a slow-acting poison, and had them delivered to Haddad….”

The substance had “undetectable properties.” Haddad’s health deteriorated. Flown to East Germany for treatment, he was diagnosed with leukemia and died on March 29, 1978. Thirty-two years later, the truth came out. IIBR’s poison killed him.

Other assassinations were conducted the same way. IIBR specializes in toxic substances and protective vaccines. Anthrax research got attention. Israel feared enemies might use it.

IIBR works closely with Israeli military and intelligence operations. They list priorities. IIBR works on them.

“For example, information that has come to light during the coverage of Klein’s suit reveals that many years ago the Israeli military establishment was concerned that Arab states might use such chemical agents as mustard gas in an potential assault against Israel and, therefore, instructed the institute to develop a chemical substance to minimise the effects of the gas.”

Israeli soldiers were used to test vaccines. Some experienced “permanent physical damage.” Lawsuits for damages were filed. Victims want recognition as disabled veterans and appropriate compensation. Pressure got IDF officials to announce experiments on Israeli personnel would end.

The Nuremberg Code prohibits medical experiments without human subjects voluntarily consenting. Recruitment must exclude “coercion, fraud, deceit, and (provide) full disclosure of known risks.”

Experiments are prohibited “where there is an a priori reason to believe that death or disabling injury will occur.” Those permitted must be expected “to yield fruitful results for the good of society, unprocurable by other methods or means of study….”

In 1948, Prime Minister David Ben-Gurion ordered European Jewish scientists recruited who could “either increase the capacity to kill masses or to cure masses; both are important.”

Avraham Marcus Klingberg became a chemical and biological weapons (CBW) expert and IIBR deputy director.

Avraham Marcus Klingberg was also recruited. He became the father of Israel’s nuclear weapons program in charge of the Israeli Atomic Energy Commission (IAEC). Ben-Gurion was determined to have a nuclear option and other non-conventional weapons to counter numerical Arab advantage.

In his farewell address to the Israeli Armaments Development Authority (RAFAEL), he defended the strategy saying:

“I am confident, based not only on what I heard today, that our science can provide us with the weapons that are needed to deter our enemies from waging war against us.”

He and Shimon Peres became leading forces behind Israel’s nuclear, biological, and chemicals development program. Strict secrecy was maintained. Staff were forbidden to discuss anything related to their work. Prohibitions remain strict.

Truths eventually leak out. One day much more will be known. Vanunu was harshly punished to deter other whistleblowers. Bradley Manning faces similar treatment. In his case, life in prison may result.

Nonetheless, some who know tell others. Suppressing vital truths everyone needs to know remains hard to do forever.

Much is known about Israel’s nuclear program. Perhaps CBW disclosures will expose secrets too important to hide.

***

Stephen Lendman’s legacy will live.

Consult the late Stephen Lendman’s  book entitled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

“If voting could ever really change anything, it’d be illegal.”— Thorne, Land of the Blind (2006)

After months of handwringing and mud-slinging and fear-mongering, the votes have finally been cast and the outcome has been decided: the Deep State has won.

Despite the billions spent to create the illusion of choice culminating in the reassurance ritual of voting for Donald Trump or Kamala Harris, when it comes to most of the big issues that keep us in bondage to authoritarian overlords, not much will change.

Despite all of the work that has been done to persuade us to buy into the fantasy that things will change if we just elect the “right” political savior, the day after a new president is sworn in, it will be business as usual for the unelected bureaucracy that actually runs the government.

War will continue. Drone killings will continue. Surveillance will continue. Censorship of anyone who criticizes the government will continue. The government’s efforts to label dissidents as extremists and terrorists will continue. Police shootings will continue. SWAT team raids will continue. Highway robbery meted out by government officials will continue. Corrupt government will continue. Profit-driven prisons will continue. And the militarization of the police will continue.

These problems have persisted—and in many cases flourished—under both Republican and Democratic administrations in recent years.

The outcome of this year’s election changes none of that.

Indeed, take a look at the programs and policies that will not be affected by the 2024 presidential election, and you’ll get a clearer sense of the government’s priorities, which have little to do with representing the taxpayers and everything to do with amassing money, power and control.

The undermining of the Constitution will continue unabated. America’s so-called war on terror, which it has relentlessly pursued since 9/11, has chipped away at our freedoms, unraveled our Constitution and transformed our nation into a battlefield, thanks in large part to such subversive legislation as the USA Patriot Act and National Defense Authorization Act. These laws—which completely circumvent the rule of law and the constitutional rights of American citizens, re-orienting our legal landscape in such a way as to ensure that martial law, rather than the rule of law, our U.S. Constitution, becomes the map by which we navigate life in the United States—will continue to be enforced.

The government’s war on the American people will continue unabated.  “We the people” are no longer shielded by the rule of law. While the First Amendment—which gives us a voice—is being muzzled, the Fourth Amendment—which protects us from being bullied, badgered, beaten, broken and spied on by government agents—is being disemboweled. Consequently, you no longer have to be poor, black or guilty to be treated like a criminal in America. All that is required is that you belong to the suspect class—that is, the citizenry—of the American police state. As a de facto member of this so-called criminal class, every U.S. citizen is now guilty until proven innocent. The oppression and injustice—be it in the form of shootings, surveillance, fines, asset forfeiture, prison terms, roadside searches, and so on—will come to all of us eventually unless we do something to stop it now.

The shadow government— a.k.a. the Deep State, a.k.a. the police state, a.k.a. the military industrial complex, a.k.a. the surveillance state complex—will continue unabated. The corporatized, militarized, entrenched bureaucracy that is fully operational and staffed by unelected officials will continue to call the shots in Washington DC, no matter who sits in the White House or controls Congress. By “government,” I’m not referring to the highly partisan, two-party bureaucracy of the Republicans and Democrats. Rather, I’m referring to “government” with a capital “G,” the entrenched Deep State that is unaffected by elections, unaltered by populist movements, and has set itself beyond the reach of the law.

The government’s manipulation of national crises in order to expand its powers will continue unabated. “We the people” have been subjected to an “emergency state” that justifies all manner of government tyranny and power grabs in the so-called name of national security. Whatever the so-called threat to the nation, the government has a tendency to capitalize on the nation’s heightened emotions, confusion and fear as a means of extending the reach of the police state. Indeed, the government’s answer to every problem continues to be more government—at taxpayer expense—and less individual liberty.

Endless wars that enrich the military industrial complex will continue unabated. America’s expanding military empire is bleeding the country dry at a rate of more than $93 million an hour (that adds up to $920 billion annually). Incredibly, although the U.S. constitutes only 5% of the world’s population, America boasts almost 40% of the world’s total military expenditure, spending more on the military than the next 9 biggest spending nations combined.

Government corruption will continue unabated.  The government is not our friend. Nor does it work for “we the people.” Americans instinctively understand this. When asked to name the greatest problem facing the nation, Americans of all political stripes ranked the government as the number one concern. In fact, almost three-quarters of Americans surveyed believe the government is corrupt. Our so-called government representatives do not actually represent us, the citizenry. We are now ruled by an oligarchic elite of governmental and corporate interests whose main interest is in perpetuating power and control.

Government tyranny under the reign of an Imperial President will continue unabated. The Constitution invests the President with very specific, limited powers. In recent years, however, American presidents have anointed themselves with the power to wage war, unilaterally kill Americans, torture prisoners, strip citizens of their rights, arrest and detain citizens indefinitely, carry out warrantless spying on Americans, and erect their own secretive, shadow government. The powers amassed by each past president and inherited by each successive president—powers which add up to a toolbox of terror for an imperial ruler—empower whoever occupies the Oval Office to act as a dictator, above the law and beyond any real accountability.

The grim reality we must come to terms with is the fact that the U.S. government has become a greater menace to the life, liberty and property of its citizens than any of the so-called dangers from which the government claims to protect us.

As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, this state of affairs has become the status quo, no matter which party is in power.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on The Rutherford Institute.

Constitutional attorney and author John W. Whitehead is founder and president of The Rutherford Institute. His most recent books are the best-selling Battlefield America: The War on the American People, the award-winning A Government of Wolves: The Emerging American Police State, and a debut dystopian fiction novel, The Erik Blair Diaries. Whitehead can be contacted at [email protected].

Nisha Whitehead is the Executive Director of The Rutherford Institute. Information about The Rutherford Institute is available at www.rutherford.org.

They are regular contributors to Global Research.


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

Syria is an indispensable part of Israel’s ambitious plan to remake the Middle East. The country sits at the heart of the region and serves as both a critical landbridge for the transport of weaponry and foot-soldiers from Iran to its allies, as well as the geopolitical center of the armed resistance to Israeli expansion.

In order to truly dominate the region, Israel must topple the government in Damascus and install a puppet regime similar to Jordan and Egypt. Now that Washington has been persuaded to ‘unconditionally’ support Israel’s interests (over its own), there is no better time to affect the changes that are most likely to achieve Tel Aviv’s overarching plan. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu is thus prepared to launch a ground war from the South to create a two-front war that will split Syrian forces in half greatly improving his prospects for success. At the same time, US-backed jihadis will continue their rampage in the North gradually eroding Syria’s tattered defenses while further securing Syria’s industrial capital, Aleppo. If Damascus falls and Assad is removed from power, Israel’s dream of regional hegemony will be within reach and likely attainable if—as we assume—President Trump has committed to initiating a war with Iran as part of a quid pro quo with powerful Lobbyists who shoehorned back him into the White House. But, first, Syria must be pacified, its army defeated, and its present ruler ousted. That is the only way that Iran can be effectively cut off from its allies and partners and thus prepared for the dreadful onslaught ahead.

At present, there is only one man on earth who can put an end to Israel’s bloodthirsty crusade:

If Putin does not act fast and provide emergency assistance to Assad, then the current course of events is likely to be irreversible. This could even mean the deploying of Russian combat troops to stave off the US-backed terrorist offensive or (the soon-to-be) provocations in the South. In short, the sovereign state of Syria now faces an existential crisis which will negatively impact the entire region and the world if Putin does not abandon his typically cautious approach and provide the tools Syria needs to fend off the barbarians.

In Sunday’s edition of the Times of Israel, we see that Israeli war-planners have already settled on a pretext for invading Syria from the South. Check out this excerpt from an article titled Rebels’ advances in Syria spell short-term benefits, potential trouble for Israel, intel chiefs said to tell PM

Israel is watching the jihadist rebels’ advances in Syria with considerable wariness, with intelligence chiefs telling the political echelon developments in Syria could ultimately spell trouble for Israel, Channel 12 reports…. Netanyahu was reportedly told that Hezbollah’s attention will now be shifted to Syria, and “so will its forces, in order to defend the Assad regime.”….

The intelligence chiefs ….have warned, “the collapse of the Assad regime would likely create chaos in which military threats against Israel would develop.”

Channel 12 further reports that concerns were raised at Friday’s security consultation that “strategic capabilities” of the Assad regime could fall into the jihadists’ hands. The prime concern relates to “the remnants of chemical weapons,” the report says.

The IDF is said to be preparing for a scenario where Israel would be required to act, the report says without elaboration.

There is also an assessment that Syria might open its gates to a significant number of Iranian forces in order to try to stabilize the country, the report says.Rebels’ advances in Syria spell short-term benefits, potential trouble for Israel, intel chiefs said to tell PM, Times of Israel

There it is in black and white, the justification for invading Syria. Israel has a number of excuses from which to choose; everything from “chemical weapons” to “Iranian forces” to post regime change “chaos” to Hezbollah forces “defending the Assad regime.” At every step, you can see how well-prepared Israel is for any eventuality. This plan has been in the works for years if not longer. And, of course, the strategy needs to be executed quickly to prepare the battlefield for the Grand Finale, the January inauguration, when the most pro-Zionist president in US history will ascend the throne and reward Israel with the war on Iran it so ardently seeks. Nothing is left to chance.

.

.

Video—Syrian President Assad explains that “Terrorists are the new armies of the West” 3 minutes

.

Watch on X

.

Surprisingly, the folks at the Jerusalem Post are more straightforward about their views on the developments in Aleppo. In fact, one astute analyst candidly admits that the capitulation of the nation’s industrial Capital at the hands of fanatical throat-cutters is “good news”. Say what?? Her’s an excerpt from the article:

The Islamist attack on Aleppo is “ostensibly good news for Israel,” Daniel Rakov, a senior research fellow for the Jerusalem Institute for Strategy and Security, said in a Saturday post to X/Twitter….. he said that “the fall of northern Syria to the rebels damages the infrastructure of the Iranians and Hezbollah there and will make it difficult for them to work to restore Hezbollah.”……

The Israeli researcher also stated that Russian state media is largely ignoring the conflict in Aleppo while claiming that Russian commentators on global conflicts said that Moscow is not responsible for the defense failure of the Syrian city, saying that Russia had very few forces there and the incident was a huge failure for the Assad regime….

An opportunity for Israel to strike Syria?

Rakov then entertains the idea of Israel having the opportunity to attack Syria due to the weakness demonstrated by the Assad regime….

“Assad’s loss of Aleppo damages Russia’s image as a power capable of projecting influence outside the post-Soviet space and threatens an important strategic asset of Putin’s, which is the bases in Syria,” he wrote. “This also reflects negatively on Russia’s image in the region.

“The Russians, as we can learn from the Ukrainian offensive in Kursk, are in no hurry to get hysterical, but the speed with which Aleppo fell will require them to respond quickly,” he wrote.

The JISS researcher concluded his post by saying that while the unstable situation in Syria may cause Assad and the Russians to open the gates more strongly for the entry of Iranian military forces, the collapse of the Assad regime may create a scenario for the growth of significant military threats against Israel. Attacks in Aleppo ‘ostensibly good news for Israel,’ JISS researcher says, Jerusalem Post

Repeat: “An opportunity for Israel to strike Syria”?

It is, but it is equally interesting to see that ‘driving Russia out of the Middle East” is nearly as important as toppling Assad. (from Israel’s point of view.) And it’s also clear that Mr. Rakov thinks Putin is ‘on the ropes’ and will fail to respond in a timely manner and that this could be greatly to Israel’s advantage. But, of course, what is most shocking about Rakov’s overall assessment, is the sheer joy he derives from the destruction of a thriving city at the hands of deranged savages bent on replacing a stable, rational system with a despotic religious autocracy. But, I suppose, if genocide is your benchmark for success, nothing should surprise us.

This is a Sunday update on the extremely volatile situation on the ground in Syria:

Russian and Syrian government air strikes pounded central Aleppo on Saturday as rebels claimed control of the city’s international airport and advanced towards Hama… It was the first time air strikes had targeted Aleppo since 2016, when the Syrian opposition was driven out of the city.

However, rebels led by Hay’at Tahrir al-Sham (HTS) and allied groups, including some backed by Turkey, claimed stunning gains on Saturday. They claimed to have seized Aleppo International Airport and the strategic city of Khan Sheikhoun in southern Idlib. The administrative borders of Idlib Governorate were fully under their control, they added.

They also claimed to have begun marching towards Hama, successfully capturing six towns and villages in the countryside, including Morek, which lies along an important highway connecting central Syria to the north.

The offensive began on Wednesday when rebels broke out from opposition-held territory in northwest Syria towards Aleppo. Within two days, they had seized dozens of towns and villages, as well as a section of the strategic M5 highway, cutting off supply routes to Damascus. They have taken several military bases and fortified positions since, often meeting little resistance.

Collapse of government forces

According to SOHR, government forces have collapsed in Idlib and Aleppo. This has left Aleppo, Syria’s second-largest city, outside government control for the first time since the country’s independence in 1946, the monitoring group said….

Amid fast-moving developments, the foreign ministers of Turkey and Russia – both major stakeholders in Syria – spoke by phone on Saturday and agreed to coordinate efforts to stabilise Syria, according to Moscow.

“Both sides expressed serious concerns at the dangerous development of the situation in the Syrian Arab Republic in connection with the military escalation in the Aleppo and Idlib provinces,” the Russian ministry said….

Most of Idlib province has since been held by HTS, a former al-Qaeda affiliate, which has established a civilian administration. Turkey-backed rebel groups in the Syrian National Army coalition have held sway in other areas of the north.

However, despite Russia being distracted by the war in Ukraine and Assad’s forces weakened by frequent Israeli attacks, Syrian and Russian warplanes have stepped up air strikes on opposition-held areas since August 2023. Syria: Deadly strikes hit Aleppo as rebels seize airport, push towards Hama, Middle East Eye

Video: Turkish-backed terrorists enter the president’s villa in Aleppo

.

Watch on X

.

Readers should be aware that Hay’at Tahrir al-Sham (HTS) and the other so-called “rebel groups”, are mainly Al Qaida affiliates that have been recruited, armed and trained by the US, Qatar and Turkey to pursue a proxy war against the opponents to Israeli expansion and the remaking of the Middle East. Author and analyst Max Blumenthal has done considerable research on the origins of these groups and presented his findings in a recent article titled The US has backed 21 of the 28 ‘crazy’ militias leading Turkey’s brutal invasion of northern Syria. Here’s a short blurb from his article:

Former and current US officials have slammed the Turkish mercenary force of “Arab militias” for executing and beheading Kurds in northern Syria. New data from Turkey reveals that almost all of these militias were armed and trained in the past by the CIA and Pentagon…..

According to a research paper published this October by the pro-government Turkish think tank SETA, “Out of the 28 factions [in the Turkish mercenary force], 21 were previously supported by the United States, three of them via the Pentagon’s program to combat DAESH. Eighteen of these factions were supplied by the CIA via the MOM Operations Room in Turkey, a joint intelligence operation room of the ‘Friends of Syria’ to support the armed opposition. Fourteen factions of the 28 were also recipients of the U.S.-supplied TOW anti-tank guided missiles.”…

In other words, virtually the entire apparatus of anti-Assad insurgents armed and equipped under the Obama administration has been repurposed by the Turkish military to serve as the spearhead of its brutal invasion of northern Syria. The leader of this force is Salim Idriss, now the “Defense Minister” of Syria’s Turkish-backed “interim government.” He’s the same figure who hosted John McCain when the late senator made his infamous 2013 incursion into Syria…..

This band of hacks (The media) is now fully exposed for foisting a bloody scam on the public, marketing some of the most brutal fanatics on the planet as revolutionaries and “moderate rebels” while they destabilized an entire region. Like the extremists they once promoted, most have somehow managed to evade accountability and remain employed. The US has backed 21 of the 28 ‘crazy’ militias leading Turkey’s brutal invasion of northern Syria, Max Blumenthal, The Grayzone

So, who is the world’s biggest supporter of terrorism?

You guessed it: Uncle Sam.

Finally, I’ll finish with a quote from a blogger who I just discovered but with whom I agree on nearly every point she makes. I would be interested to know if other readers feel the same:

This US-Israel-Al Qaeda-Turkey backed operation against Syria, using various proxies and terrorist groups, was long planned in order to divert the Syrian Army’s forces, destabilize & overextend them, allowing Israel to come in from the south, preventing the flow of weapons to Hezbollah from Iran into Iraq, Syria & then Lebanon. The war continues, they merely shifted the theater slightly.

That’s why moments before this “ceasefire” Israel was attacking the border between Syria and Lebanon and continued after. The ceasefire gives Israel time to recover because it’s weak, and time to strategize with Washington until the most Zionist administration comes in. Make no mistake Trump will do what Bibi wants regarding Syria which will now be the focus, as it’s a huge resistance block standing in the way of the greater Israel project. …

Turkey & the two-faced conman Erdogan want control of the North (Syria) and will sell themselves to Israel and the West while condemning Bibi on Gaza. NATO Secretary General Mark Rutte went to Turkey & worked out a deal with Washington giving F35s to Turkey right before this attack. He also met with Trump in DC days prior on 11/23.

None of this is coincidence. Essentially Israel isn’t going to follow through with this ceasefire. It’s in essence moot. The collective West including Tel Aviv are already at war against those fighting them to hold onto their national sovereignty. They want to stop Iran, Russia, & Syria, from cooperating to halt their expansionist, warmongering ambitions. Fiorella Isabel @FiorellaIsabelM

First-rate analysis. It helps to explain what’s going behind the fog of media coverage.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Michael Whitney is a renowned geopolitical and social analyst based in Washington State. He initiated his career as an independent citizen-journalist in 2002 with a commitment to honest journalism, social justice and World peace.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).  

Featured image is from TUR


Order Mark Taliano’s Book “Voices from Syria” directly from Global Research.

**Voices from Syria**

Author: Mark Taliano

ISBN Number: 978-0-9737147-9-1

Year: 2017

Product Type: PDF File

List Price: $6.50

Special Offer: $5.00 

Click to order.


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

2025 Might be a Tumultuous Year for South Asia

January 9th, 2025 by Andrew Korybko

Last year I reported about how my home town in Sweden has turned into 1930s Chicago. The local gang war has continued into this new year with the brutal execution of a rap artist in a car park in central Norrköping. It made big headlines in national news and a clip of the murder was spread through social media. The crimes have now become a part of everyday life and also generated popular support for CCTV towers surveilling our main streets.

But my primary focus last year was to report about United Nations Summit of the Future with the adoption of the Pact for the Future on September 22, 2024.

The event was barely covered by the press and was adopted without the knowledge from the majority of the public. I warned about the consequences of an Emergency Platform that could be triggered by a global crisis and result in the declaration of martial law (paralleling the situation during the “COVID-19 pandemic”).

The Climate Governance Commission, with support from Rockefeller Foundation and the Club of Rome, even proposed that a “planetary emergency” would be declared during the summit. However, this did not play out as the Emergency Platform was dropped from the final version of the pact. This was a relief but we can be assured that it will return in the future, together with other rejected proposals (as a repurposed Trusteeship Council run by our “benevolent” Overlords to oversee and dictate all activities on the planet). There seem to be no lack of crises to justify this.

Another big event was Sweden becoming a NATO-member on 7 March 2024. This was a result of the new geopolitical realities that the Pact for the Future is set to deal with (and to the benefit of the arms industry). The swift response was a poo-attack against the Swedish Embassy in Moscow.[1] The Israel–Hamas war and the regime change in Syria have added fuels to the fire, and set the stage for a major global conflict the coming years.

This was also the year of Donald Trump’s re-election as President of the USA. Now with assistance from technocrats such as Elon Musk and Peter Thiel. But also by Robert F. Kennedy Jr. as nominee for the position as Secretary of Health. Will this make any difference?

Trump recently demanded that NATO-countries have to increase their military spendings to 5 % of the GDP.[2] The next phase in the reshaping of the world has been initiated. New global problems loom on the horizon, to the benefit of the tech moguls and war profiteers.

.

.

On a more personal note, I have had success in spreading my work. On April 15 my book Rockefeller: Controlling the Game was published in English, followed by Rockefeller: Das Spiel Controllieren in Germany on September 26. The Global Coup d’Ètat was finally published by Skyhorse in English on October 15 (with foreword by Catherine Austin Fitts).

I gave 34 interviews (with podcasters such as Tom Nelson, Whitney Webb, James Delingpole and Ahmad Malik) and 10 lectures in total. I also travelled to the Netherlands to give lectures in Stavoren in April and at the CLINTEL Conference in June.

In February 2024, I started to collect money for the Temple of Solomon project, aiming to have the book published in December. Almost all my efforts went into this project the last quarter of the year. Thanks to all who contributed.

The book covers the background history of the technocratic world order now rising from the ashes of the old world, but also presents a personal account of why I believe it is doomed to fail. It is the accompanied by an album by my hard rock band Wardenclyffe and artwork by illustrator Kimmie Fransson. Buy the exclusive book here (350 out of 777 copies have been sold).

.

.

On the release event in Norrköping, Sweden, on December 14, Ivor Cummins interviewed me on stage, followed by a performance by Wardenclyffe. It was a dream come true, combining research, music and art.

For the coming year it is my aim to continue my musical journey, arranging a Wardenfest and starting to work on a new album, and also to publish The Digital World Brain in English and my autobiography An Inconvenient Journey. I hope to find publishers for my books in other languages (like Spanish) give lectures home and abroad, and will continue to write about the agenda playing out. The year will without a doubt be as eventful as the previous one. As I write about in Temple of Solomon; this is the year the “Spiritual Hierarchy”, according to the writings of Alice Bailey, will start to “externalise”. It will be very interesting to see what happens next.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.

All images in this article are from the author


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

The Twilight of Monarchy: Obsolete Relics of the 21st Century

January 8th, 2025 by Prof. Ruel F. Pepa

Introduction

In an age defined by rapid technological advancement, evolving democracies, and the pressing need for equitable governance, monarchies seem increasingly anachronistic. Yet, despite their diminishing relevance in political terms, many 21st-century monarchies persist in enjoying unwarranted public attention, financial support, and cultural veneration. This article delves into why these institutions have become obsolete in the modern world, the disproportionate benefits they still receive, and the cultural inertia that sustains them.

Monarchies, once central to the governance and cultural identity of nations, now appear out of place in a world that champions democracy, equality, and innovation. The authority of monarchs, historically absolute, has been reduced to ceremonial roles in most countries. While some monarchies have adapted by becoming constitutional monarchies, where the monarch’s powers are limited by law and parliamentary systems, the fundamental question remains: Is there still a place for these hereditary institutions in modern governance?

Technological advancements have revolutionized communication and information dissemination, creating a more informed and empowered public. In this context, the concept of monarchy seems out of touch with the realities of a world where citizens demand transparency, accountability, and equal opportunity. The hereditary nature of monarchies contradicts the democratic principles of meritocracy and egalitarianism.

Despite their diminishing political relevance, monarchies continue to receive substantial financial support from the state. This funding is often justified by the revenue generated through tourism and the symbolic value of the monarchy.

However, the true cost to taxpayers is often obscured, and the benefits are unevenly distributed.

Monarchies also benefit from extensive public attention and media coverage. This fascination with royal families, often fueled by tabloid journalism and popular culture, sustains their relevance in the public eye. The lavish lifestyles and opulent events associated with royalty can seem out of step with the economic challenges faced by ordinary citizens, raising questions about the fairness and necessity of such expenditures.

Cultural inertia plays a significant role in the persistence of monarchies. Traditions and historical continuity hold a powerful sway over public consciousness.

Monarchies often embody national identity and heritage, serving as symbols of stability and continuity in a rapidly changing world. This cultural attachment can make it challenging to critically evaluate the role and relevance of monarchies.

Moreover, the pomp and pageantry associated with royal events can evoke a sense of nostalgia and national pride. These spectacles often reinforce the monarchy’s cultural significance, making it difficult for societies to envision a future without these institutions. The intertwined nature of national identity and monarchy creates a complex dynamic that sustains these institutions despite their practical obsolescence.

While monarchies may seem increasingly out of place in the modern world, their continued existence is supported by a combination of financial, cultural, and historical factors. The challenge lies in balancing respect for tradition with the demands of a contemporary democratic society. As we move forward, it is essential to critically examine the role of monarchies and consider whether they align with the values and priorities of the 21st century.

The Case for Obsolescence

Modern monarchies, largely stripped of executive power, often function as constitutional figureheads or ceremonial institutions. While their apologists argue they provide stability and continuity, critics highlight several compelling points that question their continued relevance and necessity in contemporary society:

1. Lack of Practical Utility

In countries like the United Kingdom, Sweden, Thailand, Japan, Spain among others, monarchs wield little to no real political power. The roles they perform—such as ribbon-cutting at public events, hosting state banquets, and engaging in diplomatic representation—could easily be fulfilled by elected officials without the associated baggage of hereditary privilege. The argument for their utility in providing a sense of national unity and historical continuity falls short when weighed against the democratic principle that positions of influence should be earned based on merit rather than inherited. In a modern context where executive decisions are made by elected bodies, the ceremonial presence of a monarch often appears redundant and anachronistic.

2. Public Financial Burden

Royal families often live lavishly, supported by public funds. The British monarchy, for instance, receives millions annually through mechanisms like the Sovereign Grant, which is funded by taxpayers. Such expenditures are difficult to justify in nations where social inequality and economic hardship persist. The opulent lifestyles and grandiose events associated with royalty stand in stark contrast to the financial struggles faced by ordinary citizens. Critics argue that public money could be better spent on essential services such as healthcare, education, and infrastructure, rather than on maintaining a privileged lifestyle for a few. The transparency and accountability demanded in public finances also raise questions about the extent and justification of royal expenditures, highlighting a potential misuse of taxpayer money.

3. Cultural Contradictions

The existence of royalty perpetuates a narrative of inherited privilege that contrasts sharply with the ideals of equality and meritocracy that modern societies claim to uphold. While many nations pride themselves on being progressive and egalitarian, the continued veneration of royal families underscores a societal paradox. The cultural fascination with monarchies, often fueled by media coverage and public ceremonies, can hinder societal progress toward a truly egalitarian ethos. The reverence for royal traditions and the associated symbols of power and prestige can perpetuate social hierarchies and inequalities, undermining efforts to promote equal opportunities for all citizens. This cultural inertia, where the appeal of tradition overshadows the push for modern values, poses a significant challenge to the rational critique of monarchy as an outdated institution.

While proponents of monarchies argue for their symbolic value and historical significance, the practical utility, financial burden, and cultural contradictions they represent are increasingly at odds with contemporary democratic values. The debate over their obsolescence is not merely about tradition versus progress, but about aligning societal structures with the principles of fairness, equality, and meritocracy that modern democracies aspire to achieve. Moving forward, it is crucial for societies to critically assess the role of monarchies and consider whether their preservation is justified in light of the pressing needs and values of the 21st century.

Enduring Limelight and Unjustified Support

Monarchies continue to dominate media cycles, a phenomenon driven partly by public fascination with tradition, glamour, and scandal. High-profile royal events—such as weddings, coronations, jubilees, and other celebrations—are treated as national spectacles, drawing massive global audiences and generating extensive media coverage. These events, steeped in historical pageantry and symbolic significance, captivate the public’s imagination and foster a sense of collective identity and nostalgia.

However, this enduring limelight often obscures deeper questions about the relevance and cost of maintaining monarchies in the 21st century. The glitz and glamour associated with royal families can overshadow critical discussions about their practical role and the financial burden they impose on taxpayers. This phenomenon is not accidental but is carefully cultivated by the media and the institutions themselves, which benefit from the positive publicity and cultural cachet that comes with widespread attention.

The media’s adulation of royal families not only amplifies their influence but also shields them from meaningful scrutiny. The press often focuses on the more palatable and entertaining aspects of royal life, such as fashion, personal milestones, and public engagements, rather than probing into more controversial issues. For instance, controversies surrounding royal wealth, alleged misconduct, and the ethical implications of their privileged status are frequently downplayed or glossed over compared to the exhaustive coverage of their public appearances and charitable activities.

This media narrative creates a biased portrayal that reinforces the monarchy’s image as a benign and benevolent institution, thereby perpetuating its cultural relevance and public support. The lack of critical examination allows royal families to maintain their status and privileges with minimal accountability, while the public remains largely unaware of the more contentious aspects of their existence.

The fascination with royal families and their lavish lifestyles continues to draw significant public interest and media coverage. However, it is essential to critically assess the implications of this adulation. By focusing on the spectacle and glamor, the media often overlooks the more substantive issues of relevance, cost, and accountability. As societies progress and prioritize democratic values, transparency, and equality, it is crucial to reevaluate the role of monarchies and question whether their continued prominence is justified in the modern world.

The Argument for Republican Alternatives

The abolition of monarchy is not a radical proposal but a logical step towards democratic maturity. Nations that have transitioned to republican systems—such as Hungary, Slovakia, Serbia, Austria, among others—function without hereditary figureheads. These republics demonstrate that a nation’s identity and governance can thrive without the need for a royal family. They highlight the benefits of a system where leadership is determined by merit and public mandate rather than birthright.

1. Economic Efficiency and Public Funds

One of the most compelling arguments for adopting a republican system is the potential for significant savings in public funds. Monarchies often require substantial financial support for the maintenance of royal households, state ceremonies, and the personal expenses of royal family members. In contrast, republics can allocate resources more efficiently, directing taxpayer money towards essential services such as healthcare, education, infrastructure, and social welfare. By eliminating the financial burden associated with monarchy, republican systems can invest more in the well-being of their citizens and promote a more equitable distribution of resources.

2. Fostering Equality and Meritocracy

Republican systems inherently support the principles of equality and meritocracy. In a republic, the highest offices of the state are accessible to all citizens, based on their abilities, achievements, and public support, rather than inherited status. This approach aligns with the democratic ideals of fairness and equal opportunity, encouraging a more inclusive and just society. By removing the entrenched privilege of a hereditary monarchy, a republic empowers its citizens to aspire to and attain leadership roles, thereby fostering a culture of merit and achievement.

3. Aligning National Identities with Democratic Values

The transition to a republican system allows nations to fully align their national identities with democratic values. While the public admiration for monarchy often stems from its association with national heritage, it is important to recognize that preserving historical sites and celebrating cultural traditions need not be tethered to living monarchs. A republic can honor the past and maintain cultural continuity by preserving royal palaces, artifacts, and traditions as part of the national heritage, without perpetuating undemocratic institutions.

Museums, historical societies, and cultural organizations can play a vital role in safeguarding and interpreting the historical significance of former monarchies. National celebrations and public events can continue to draw on historical themes and royal symbols, ensuring that the cultural legacy of a nation’s past remains vibrant and meaningful, even in the absence of a reigning monarchy.

The argument for republican alternatives is grounded in the principles of democratic maturity, economic efficiency, equality, and cultural preservation. By transitioning to a republican system, nations can save public funds, foster a more egalitarian society, and fully embrace the values of meritocracy and democratic governance. At the same time, they can honor their historical and cultural heritage without the need for a hereditary institution. As the world continues to evolve, it is worth considering whether the persistence of monarchy is compatible with the aspirations and values of contemporary democratic societies.

Conclusion

In the 21st century, the case for monarchy has eroded significantly. The roles that monarchs play are largely symbolic, serving more as figureheads than as active participants in governance. The practical utility of monarchies is minimal, with their duties often limited to ceremonial functions that could be performed by elected officials. The continuation of these roles is increasingly difficult to justify in modern societies that prioritize democratic values and meritocracy.

1. Symbolic Roles and Democratic Contradictions

Monarchies are often defended on the grounds that they provide a sense of stability and continuity. However, these roles are symbolic at best and do not contribute to the practical governance of a nation. In a world where the principles of democracy, equality, and accountability are paramount, the existence of hereditary rulers who hold positions of privilege by birthright contradicts the very essence of democratic ideals. The notion that leadership and influence can be inherited runs counter to the meritocratic values that modern societies strive to uphold.

2. Unjustified Costs and Public Financial Burden

The financial cost of maintaining royal families is another significant point of contention. Monarchies often require substantial public funding to support their lavish lifestyles, state functions, and personal expenses. These costs are borne by taxpayers, many of whom face economic hardships and social inequality. The use of public funds to sustain a privileged few is increasingly seen as an unjust allocation of resources. In times of economic strain, such expenditures become even more contentious, prompting calls for greater transparency and accountability in royal finances.

3. The Spectacle of Monarchy

Monarchies have become more of a spectacle than a necessity. High-profile royal events, such as weddings, coronations, and jubilees, draw global attention and are often portrayed as national celebrations. While these events may foster a sense of national pride and unity, they also divert attention from more pressing issues facing society. The media’s fascination with royalty perpetuates their relevance, but this adulation often masks deeper questions about their actual value and contribution to the nation.

4. Reevaluating the Role of Monarchies

The time is ripe for nations to reconsider the utility and morality of supporting royal families with public funds. As societies evolve and strive for greater equity and democratic integrity, it is essential to critically assess whether the continuation of monarchy aligns with these goals. Moving towards a more equitable future involves embracing systems that promote fairness, transparency, and accountability.

While monarchies may hold historical and cultural significance, their roles in contemporary society are increasingly at odds with democratic ideals. The financial burden they impose and the symbolic nature of their duties raise important questions about their relevance in the modern world. It is imperative for nations to reflect on these issues and consider whether the persistence of monarchy is justified in a society that values equality and democratic governance. By reevaluating the role of monarchies, nations can work towards a more equitable and democratic future that truly reflects the principles they aspire to uphold.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.

Prof. Ruel F. Pepa is a Filipino philosopher based in Madrid, Spain. A retired academic (Associate Professor IV), he taught Philosophy and Social Sciences for more than fifteen years at Trinity University of Asia, an Anglican university in the Philippines. He is a regular contributor to Global Research. 

Featured image is licensed under Wikimedia Commons


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

Climate change, like any crisis afflicting earth and humanity, is bound to bring out the best and the worst of a species that soils its nest, salts the earth, and poisons its nourishing rivers.  For those benefiting from plunder and bounty, change is a hard thing to accept.  Kleptocrats and the extractive industries, renters of land, and those wishing to make off with the earth’s booty take poorly to dissidents keen to point out this fact.

For that reason, climate change protestors have come to be seen as part of a verminous brood that global alliances of plundering fossil-fuel lobbies and corrupt, weak officials, elected or otherwise, wish to be rid of.  Protesting against this old order of acquisitiveness and accumulation is seen, even now, as aberration and monstrosity, if you believe that profits of market enterprise come before the Cassandras of scientific concern.  Best, goes the view, to think of ways of getting rid of these nuisances before they eat into company budgets and government treasuries.

The nature of that ridding comes in various forms: silencing and intimidation, the extensive application of oppressive laws limiting protest, the use of the dumb arm of those laws (police, prosecutors, courts) and, should that all fail, plain old disappearance and murder.  It’s remarkable to think that individuals whose only weapons are words and whose actions are limited, whose only means of suasion are vocal arguments and non-violent physical disruption, are given such forbidding properties.  So forbidding, in fact, that they are worthy of criminalisation.

This is despite the presence of legal provisions that protect, as Michel Forst, UN Special Rapporteur on Environmental Defenders under the Aarhus Convention puts it, those “taking action to defend their human right, and the human right of future generations, to a clean, healthy and sustainable environment, as recognized by the United Nations General Assembly.”  Given the urgency posed by the threat of climate change, and the “inadequate response from governments”, the peaceful protest has found expression in various ways, including various actions that may “cause disruption in the public space”.

This makes the 2024 study by researchers based at the University of Bristol, with the self-evident title Criminalisation and Repression of Climate and Environmental Protest, all the more pertinent.  It addresses the patterns of criminalisation and repression of climate and environmental protest around the world and the various laws and powers that have been introduced and used.  For reasons of focus, 14 countries are examined in greater depth.

The report, using data from Armed Conflict Location & Event Data (ACLED) and Global Witness, elucidates a tendency that has become all too common.  In the first instance, this punitive policy shifts the focus away from taking action against climate change and instead punishing those who oppose inertia and inactivity in the face of it.  In the second instance, these policies are authoritarian in nature, inconsistent “with the ideals of vibrant civil societies in liberal democracies.”

The most severe manifestation of this attack on environmental defenders is evidenced by the chilling policy of murder and disappearance.  The non-government organisation Global Witness reports that 2,106 killings of such protestors took place between 2012 and 2023.  The Global South, notably Latin America, is particularly notable in this regard.  The dishonourable list includes Colombia, Brazil, Peru, Mexico and Honduras.

In wealthier states, the climate change protester may be safer, but hardly immune from state violence.  Countries that either openly or ostensibly accept freedom of assembly protections and the right to protest – in this case the United Kingdom, the United States, and Australia – have been enthusiastically enacting laws that increase sentences for non-violent protest and negligible acts of sabotage. (The report points to the damage inflicted on a statue as an example.)  Arrests of such protestors in both Australia and the UK are above the international average: 20% and 17% respectively.

The authors also write about the “secondary” criminalisation of climate and environmental protests, which involves that nasty trend of applying, sometimes inventively, laws that are already on the books.  A popular choice in this regard is the evoking of anti-terrorism powers and the declaration of states of emergency to enable the extraction industries to continue their work unimpeded.

On the issue of oppressive laws, Australia has become something of a leader.  Novel pieces of legislation that chip away and smother civil liberties is something of a specialty down under, encouraged by the glaring absence of a federal bill of rights.  Since 2019, the states of Queensland, New South Wales, Tasmania, Victoria and South Australia have all passed legislation in this criminalisation frenzy.

Australia’s Environmental Defenders Office (EDO), in collaboration with the Human Rights Law Centre and Greenpeace, affirms the tendency in its 2021 report, further noting the prioritisation of deterrence and denunciation in sentencing practices in courts “particularly when climate defenders do not express remorse or contrition for their activism.”

Broadly speaking, the emergence of strategic lawsuits against public participation (SLAPP) has become a weapon of choice in government and corporate litigation.  Environmental groups have also been the subject of extensive surveillance and infiltration by government agencies and corporations friendly to the extraction agenda.

In arguments about the role played by environmental defenders, their slandering by the publicity machines of governments in league with private interests conforms to a familiar pattern.  They are pictured as privileged, pampered rabble rousers, ungrateful for what the earth’s plunder has done for them and, even more galling, the saintly role of mining magnates.  Gina Rinehart, Australia’s wealthiest extractor, is the paragon of such views.  “My question to the short-sighted is this: Do you really think we could survive without mining?”

The United Nations Secretary-General António Guterres sees it differently. 

“Climate activists are sometimes depicted as dangerous radicals,” he stated in a video message in April 2022.  “But the truly dangerous radicals are the countries that are increasing the production of fossil fuels.” 

And how radical they continue to be in hiding the true cost of the extraction market.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He currently lectures at RMIT University.  He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). Email: [email protected] 

Featured image source


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

Carbon Is Not the Enemy. End Chemtrails! David Sorensen

January 8th, 2025 by David John Sorensen

We are being induced to feed and consume the Net Zero/Climate Change nonsense being peddled by the predators disguised as our governors. Carbon is not our enemy. Carbon is not the magic knob that we can turn to control the entire climate. And why would we want to?

The climate does change and always has changed. That’s the essence of what the climate is. Climate is the medium of atmospheric change. “Climate” is more like a verb than a noun.

The idea of declaring war on changes to the climate is absurd. Justin Trudeau is absurd. Our climatic environment is well within the range of the historical experience of humanity even before the industrial revolution

Carbon is a major constituent of all life on earth and the major food of the plant realm. We humans are made of Carbon. All our plant and animal relatives are made of Carbon.

A real enemy that we are not supposed to talk about is human-made geo-engineering. Much of the modification of weather and fire and other components of our environment is taking place under the auspices of military forces.

Geo-engineering is widespread. Geo-engineering is often done secretly. Some see aspects of geo-engineering as an extension of the Covidian wars against all of humanity. Kill kill kill. That’s the preoccupation of our predator governors.

Geo-engineering is sometimes directed at reducing large numbers of humans, often on the basis of the specious claim that depopulation is to fight climate change.

Chemtrails paint in the sky a visual expression of geo-engineering Among the purposes of chemtrails is to block out the sun and rain death and destruction down on all life forms.

Chemtrails can be seen as the theft of natural skies and the basis of a message that unknown forces are trying to take control of all aspects of our environment including our mental environment. We are never given satisfactory public explanation of the reason for chemtrials. Now the issue of chemtrails has been inserted into the US presidential campaign.

—Dr. Anthony J. Hall

***

Carbon Is Not the Enemy. End Chemtrails!

Look in the Sky and Notice the Harm Being Done. Ask questions. Demand Answers

By David Sorensen

Bobby Kennedy Jr. promised on X that they will put an end to the chemtrails that have been poisoning the entire world for decades, with trillions of gallons of toxic substances that have been sprayed over everything that is alive on Earth, causing death and disease in plants, animals and humans. “We will end this crime” said RFK Jr. as a comment under a post where an aviation whistleblower spoke about how they are paid big money to spray chemtrails. Kennedy’s comment was seen by 4.6 million people, which in itself is raising mass awareness of this crime against humanity. 

.

.

The impact of this short comment of Kennedy is monumental. As long as chemtrails have been sprayed over the world population, it has been labeled a conspiracy theory by the news media, Google, Wikipedia, and others. The insanity of this denial is beyond any reasonable comprehension, as all you have to do is look up, and see the indescribable horror of countless planes spraying toxic substances in our skies. 

.

.

Below is a compilation of chemtrails photographed by people around the world. 

.

.

This photograph was taken by myself to show the use of weather modification in the state of Colorado. 

.

.

The argument used to deny chemtrails is that they are always condensation trails, or contrails, which are caused by the exhaust of airplanes. The difference between chemical trails and condensation trails is, however, easy to spot. Contrails evaporate immediateley, while chemtrails linger, spread out and after a while cover the entire sky with a thick layer of chemicals that block the sunlight, and modify the weather. That can be clearly seen in the  animation below. These 4 photographs, taken in sequence over the period of an hour, show the progress from initial spraying to creating a full blanket that covers the entire sky.

.

.

Blocking the Sun Is a Direct Act of Mass Murder

.

.

Both the World Economic Forum and Bill Gates have publicly stated that, in order to create a better world with less climate change, governments around the world must block out the sunlight. 

Meanwhile a scientific study shows that exposure to sunlight is the best early treatment for COVID. This study establishes that increased exposure to sunlight lowers mortality, while another study reveals that less sunlight increases mortality. 

These scientific studies reveal that blocking the sunlight from reaching humanity is in effect a direct act of mass murder, as it significantly increases illness and death.

Chemtrails Are Not a Conspiracy Theory

.

.

The statement of Bobby does more than just promise the world there is a new era coming, where these horrific crimes against humanity will be coming to an end. He also validated what hundreds of millions have come to understand today: 

There are forces in our world that have been poisoning our air, water, soil, food, and our own bodies, our blood, our brains, and our soul and spirit with every imaginable poison. 

The human race has never been so severely poisoned as in our time. But the end is near for these evil entities, and a bright new day is dawning.

Watch World Famous Documentaries About Chemtrails

.

.

In order to create the illusion of climate change, which is then used as the excuse to impose tyranny onto the world population. I also ask you to explore this subject on one of the Web pages of Stop World Control.

Although we are enjoying the first golden rays of a Great Awakening that is rising over the horizon of mankind, the vast majority of people are still blind, deaf, and completely ignorant to what is happening to them. 

They get sick as never before; their children are more ill than any child ever was in all of human history, with millions of little kids suffering from vaccine inflicted heart disease; millions are obese beyond imagination; most so called ‘food’ is nothing but industrial waste that slowly sends people to the hospital; governments are as corrupt as ever; virtually everything they see on the news is blatant and shameless nonsense and deception,… yet they live as if everything is just fine.

This blindness is not normal, as we know, but it is stunning to observe. Yet, more and more people are beginning to notice things…. Slowly, gradually, but surely. When I talk to people in our town, I often tell them they are starting to pay attention. The truth is slowly seeping throughs the cracks of the mind control, and people are asking questions. 

So this is the time to forward our page about chemtrails to your contacts, and post it on social media. 

Don’t be afraid. The veil is being lifted. Don’t be the one who helps keep the dark cloak of deception over their heads, but be one of those who assist in lifting it off of them.

Let’s do what we can to wake up the world, so the works of evil can increasingly be exposed, and ultimately come to an end.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on Looking out at the World from Canada.

Dr. Anthony Hall is currently Professor of Globalization Studies at the University of Lethbridge in Alberta Canada. He has been a teacher in the Canadian university system since 1982. Dr. Hall, has recently finished a big two-volume publishing project at McGill-Queen’s University Press entitled “The Bowl with One Spoon”.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

All images in this article are from the authors

Towards Comprehensive Food and Farming Policy

January 8th, 2025 by Bharat Dogra

Video: غزة في الميلاد | Gaza on Christmas. A Christmas Salute from Bethlehem to Gaza

January 8th, 2025 by The Edward Said National Conservatory of Music

A Christmas Salute from Bethlehem to Gaza

The Poet wrote the song inspired by the events that happened almost two thousand years ago. Caesar Augustus, the then Roman Emperor, ordered all inhabitants residing under his jurisdiction be registered. Joseph took Mary then to his hometown of Bethlehem to be registered there. All people of the land returned to be registered in Bethlehem, Jerusalem, Qisariyah, Beit Jibreen, Bisan, Nablus, Tiberias, and more.

Today, we recall these historical events while our lands, cities, towns and villages are being confiscated and distorted, while Gaza is sieged and burned.

We dedicate this work to the forcibly displaced and our people in the diaspora, affirming that our return is imminent, and our right to it is inalienable.

***

من بيت لحم لغزّة، تحيّة ميلاديّة

كتب الشاعر الأغنية مستلهماً أمراً صدر منذ ألفي عام من الحاكم أغسطس قيصر بأن يُكتتب كل المسكونة – أي المنطقة التي يحكمها. ولهذا؛ صعد يوسف ومريم من الناصرة إلى بيت لحم مسقط رأسه. عاد كل مغترب إلى مدينته الأصلية، عاد كل واحد إلى عشيرته، عادوا ليكتتبوا ويسجلوا أسماءهم في بيت لحم والقدس وقيصرية وبيت جبرين وبيسان ونابلس وطبريا وغيرها. اليوم، ما زالت مدننا وقرانا تسلب، وفي مقدمتهم غزتنا المحاطة بالأسوار والنار. إهداء للنازحين والمهجرين والشتات، العودة حتمية ولا تراجع عنها.

شكر خاص للسيدة ريما ناصر ترزي على مراجعة الترجمة.

***

[Turn on CC for subtitle in English]

Automatic English translation from Youtube

May peace be upon you, peace throughout the land

All wars to be ended, massacres and executions stopped

May joy, love and compassion prevail

Great jubilation to spread among the people

May peace be upon you, peace throughout the land

Register, Register, Register, Register

Register, Register, Register, Register

Come forth and obey the Sultan’s decree

Rise up, all of you, as the people depart

Come forth and obey the Sultan’s decree

Rise up, all of you, as the people depart

From all corners of the earth, from every place

To timeless hometown

Rise together from the ruins

Rise above the ashes and destruction

Ascend together from the volcano’s mouth

Unshackle all the bonds, burn the coffins

of those who mourned and were displaced

of those who lost or were themselves lost

and of those who were erased, or wearied

of those whose hearts were left broken and shattered

Let all of us be registered

Do not write an address

Fifty thousand souls taken

They are now the address itself

Let all of us be registered

Do not write an address

Fifty thousand souls taken

They are now the address itself

Let’s register and scream

We are the identity

We are here, ours is the cause

Let all of us be registered

In proud Gaza, in proud Gaza

Behold, a new child was born

Behold, the King of Peace has come

Behold, a glorious dream unfold

Here comes for people’s cheer

These are the lights of the King of all

These are the lights of the King of all

It’s the star of nativity

On the night of nativity

It’s the star of nativity

On the night of nativity

It’s the star of nativity

On the night of nativity

It’s the star of nativity

May peace be upon you, peace throughout the land

All wars to be ended, massacres and executions stopped

May joy, love and compassion prevail

great jubilation to spread among the people

May peace be upon you, may peace be upon Gaza

May peace be upon you, may peace be upon Gaza

***

السلام عليكم يا سلام على كل البلاد

لتنتهي كل الحروب وتتوقف المجازر والإعدامات

لتعم الفرحة والحب والرحمة

لتنتشر الفرحة العظيمة بين الناس

السلام عليكم يا سلام على كل البلاد

سجلوا، سجلوا، سجلوا، سجلوا

سجلوا، سجلوا، سجلوا

تقدموا وأطيعوا أمر السلطان

انهضوا جميعاً، بينما يرحل الناس

تقدموا وأطيعوا أمر السلطان

انهضوا جميعاً، بينما يرحل الناس

من كل أركان الأرض، ومن كل مكان

إلى مسقط رأس لا ينسى

انهضوا معاً من بين الأنقاض

انهضوا فوق الرماد والدمار

اصعدوا معاً من فم البركان

فكوا كل القيود، وأحرقوا التوابيت

لأولئك الذين حزنوا وتشردوا

لأولئك الذين فقدوا أو فقدوا أنفسهم

ولأولئك الذين محوا أو تعبوا

لأولئك الذين تحطمت قلوبهم ومحطم

فلنسجل جميعنا

لا تكتب عنوانًا

خمسون ألف روح مأخوذة

إنهم الآن العنوان نفسه

فلنسجل جميعنا

لا تكتب عنوانًا

خمسون ألف روح مأخوذة

إنهم الآن العنوان نفسه

فلنسجل ونصرخ

نحن الهوية

نحن هنا، وقضيتنا هي السبب

فلنسجل جميعنا

في غزة الفخورة، في غزة الفخورة

ها هو طفل جديد يولد

ها هو ملك السلام قد أتى

ها هو حلم مجيد يتكشف

ها هو يأتي لفرحة الناس

هذه أنوار ملك الكل

هذه أنوار ملك الكل

إنها نجمة الميلاد

في ليلة الميلاد

إنها نجمة الميلاد

في ليلة الميلاد
إنها نجمة الميلاد

في ليلة الميلاد
إنها نجمة الميلاد الميلاد

السلام عليك يا سلام على كل الأرض

لتنتهي كل الحروب وتتوقف المجازر والإعدامات

لتعم الفرحة والمحبة والرحمة

لتنتشر الفرحة بين الناس

السلام عليك يا سلام على غزة

السلام عليك يا سلام على غزة

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.

Featured image is a screenshot from the video


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

Over the last several years there has been a reemergence of the African debt crisis which served as a major impediment to the qualitative growth and development of the continent since the 1950s and 1960s.

After spending four centuries under enslavement and another century or more of colonialism, the leaders of the independence movements of the post-World War II period were faced with monumental challenges.

The International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the World Bank, which have the United States government backing, these financial institutions are notorious for their imposition of conditionalities that place any African government under constraints regarding the priorities related to national and regional development. These institutions were formed in 1944 just months prior to the conclusion of the Second Imperialist War ostensibly to assist in the facilitation of the reconstruction of Western Europe. Nonetheless, during the 1960s and 1970s, the focus of the IMF-World Bank became centered on the political containment and economic draining of the Organization of African Unity (OAU) states, now known as the African Union (AU).

Since the early phase of the independent African states coming into fruition, the mounting crises spawned by global debt has been a major cause of concern and a precipitator of internal conflict and the intensification of the class struggle. Each new government which comes to power either through electoral politics or force of arms is doomed to encounter international finance capital as the principal arbiter of national and continental priorities.

With the inherent exploitative and oppressive mechanism of enslavement, colonialism and neo-colonialism, Africa and its people at home and abroad were automatically left in a disadvantageous situation when attempting to build an independent existence. Two important figures in the liberation struggles on the continent, President Fidel Castro of Cuba and Capt. Thomas Sankara of Burkina Faso, decades ago called for the cancellation of the international debt which is reinforcing the system of neo-colonialism across the globe.

The African Development Bank (AfDB) formed in the Republic of Sudan during 1964 was designed to foster the economic growth of the emerging states. As early as 1958, the leaders of Ghana, Guinea and Liberia met to discuss the need for a self-directed growth strategy for independent African states.

In a report issued by the AfDB in 2024, it says of the debt situation, that:

“When African Development Bank Group member states meet from 27 to 31 May in Nairobi, Kenya for the 2024 Annual Meetings, the question of African debt will be one of the key discussion points. The event’s theme is: ‘Africa’s Transformation, the African Development Bank Group and the Reform of the Global Financial Architecture’. The Bank Group estimates that Africa’s total external debt, which stood at $1.12 trillion in 2022, had risen to $1.152 trillion by end-2023. With global interest rates at their highest level for 40 years and as multiple bond debt securities issued by African countries reach maturity, there is no shortage of challenges in 2024. Africa will pay out $163 billion just to service debts in 2024, up sharply from $61 billion in 2010.

The growing burden of debt repayments has the potential to threaten achievement of the Sustainable Development Goals on the continent, particularly in health, education and infrastructure.” 

.

Image

Source

.

Yet earlier in 2024 in Kenya, Nigeria and Ghana, governments felt compelled to deploy their security forces to repress mass demonstrations and strikes whose origins are to be found within the adoption of domestic policies dictated by the finance capital. Dozens were killed in Kenya and Nigeria as the popular resistance forces, youth and trade unions demanded a decent standard of living for the vast majority of people inside these countries.

Over taxation, hyperinflation, the lack of food and energy resources are fueling unrest across the AU member-states. In Kenya general strikes were sparked by a legislative attempt to enact exorbitant taxes which would disproportionately impact the working class and impoverished.

Later in Nigeria, the mantra was to end bad governance. This state has the largest population of any other nation in the AU, reported to be in excess of 227 million. Taking account of its vast petroleum resources and natural gas, with the correct methodology, the Federal Republic of Nigeria should be one of the most advanced countries internationally.

Nonetheless, the masses marched in Nigeria during 2024 carrying empty pots to signify the lack of food inside the country. The government of President Bola Tinubu responded with brutal force and legal prosecution. Eventually, the administration was forced to release a number of minors being charged with treason.

What is needed is the empowerment of the masses of workers, farmers and youth to shape the imperative policy decisions which would benefit the people. This can only be carried out through genuine unification efforts based on Pan-Africanism and socialist construction.

Africa, BRICS and the NDB: The Need for Alternative Development Strategies

The involvement of AU member-states within the Brazil, Russia, India, China, South Africa Plus (BRICS) formation represents an important advancement. South Africa, one of the anchor states for BRICS, has been instrumental in bringing in Ethiopia and Egypt, two major political and economic states integral to any effort to build sustainable development.

BRICS countries encompass 46% of the world’s population, some 3.25 billion people. The overall Gross Domestic Product (GDP) of the BRICS states represents 35% of the world economy in comparison to 30% for the Group of 7 (G7). See this.

Russian Ambassador to Ethiopia, Evgeny Terekhin, expressed the appreciation of Moscow which served as the BRICS Chair for 2024. BRICS, working alongside the New Development Bank (NDB), provides a framework for breaking with the imperialist-dominated world system.

Ambassador Terekhin was quoted in a statement published by BRICS in December 2024, saying:

“The New Development Bank (NDB), aligned with BRICS, aims for a more inclusive, resilient, and sustainable world, presenting member nations with equitable and accessible economic opportunities, Russian Ambassador to Ethiopia, Evgeny Terekhin said. Briefing journalists on the outcomes of the BRICS + 2024 Summit today, the Ambassador said that with its democratic decision-making structure, BRICS is notably more egalitarian than many established organizations. ‘The group’s members are seeking alternative sources of funding. Developing countries are convinced that the New Development Bank, which has issued billions of dollars in loans and allows them to be repaid in national currencies…,’ he emphasized. The countries of the Global South are in considerable need of financial resources at present and the conditions for securing such resources are rather challenging, Ambassador Terekhin added. Therefore, he stressed ‘it is crucial to provide funding in national currencies and in specialized formats. The New Development Bank (NDB) is dedicated to this endeavor, funding not only sovereign projects but also private initiatives.’” 

Africa is most definitely in dire need of equitable sources of funding for genuine development projects. An alternative lending and financing mechanism could open avenues for independent economic initiatives.

Yet for this method to succeed there must be a break with the imperialist system to cast off the antiquated terms of finance and trade. The western industrialized capitalist states will not allow a delinking by the Global South, absent a protracted struggle for economic independence and sovereignty.

Implications of a Second Trump Term

What will be the impact of another term for United States President-elect Donald Trump? All we need to do is look at the previous term of office to recognize the degree of dysfunction and internal turmoil which awaits a projection towards the peoples of Africa and the developing geopolitical regions.

Therefore, it is important for the efforts of BRICS and its regional counterparts particularly the African Continental Free Trade Area (AfCFTA) to gain the broadest support internationally. With the debt obligations rising in the AU region, it would be quite advantageous for the continent to discharge its financial burdens to the banks.

Trump had already before taking office threatened various geopolitical regions of the world such as the seizure of Greenland, Canada, Mexico and Panama. He and his incoming administration called for massive tariffs against China and Mexico along with other states.

Tariffs, like sanctions, are acts of economic warfare. There is no way of negotiating a peaceful coexistence between imperialism and the majority of the world’s population.

The only viable solution for Africa during this period is total unification and socialist construction. Capitalism under Trump and other imperialist leaders envisions only a deepening of the global crises through permanent war and mass impoverishment.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.

Abayomi Azikiwe is the editor of the Pan-African News Wire. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

One Plan To Guide Them All: “…..The dissolution of Syria and Iraq... into ethnically or religiously unique areas… is Israel’s primary target… while the dissolution of the military power of those states serves as the primary short-term target. Syria will fall apart in accordance with its ethnic and religious structure…” —Oded Yinon, A Strategy for Israel in the Nineteen Eighties, voltairenet

Israeli military forces have moved to within 15 miles of the Syrian Capital of Damascus. The IDF has seized large tracts of land in southern Syria it intends to occupy and where it will eventually build checkpoints, military outposts and settlements. The “lightening” invasion has been accompanied by a massive bombing campaign that has obliterated numerous military bases, weapons depots and research labs eliminating any hope that Syria will regain the ability to defend itself or to reestablish its sovereign independence. For all practical purposes, Syria no longer exists; the persistent attacks of foreign enemies have left the country vanquished and splintered. The carve-up of the critically located nation-state has already begun.

At the same time the IDF is closing in on Damascus, US Forces along the Turkish border have started building a military base in the city of Kobani. The move is intended to provoke Turkey into a confrontation that will pit Washington’s Kurdish proxy militia against the Turkish-backed Syrian National Army (SNA). The situation is fraught with danger as it increases the likelihood that two NATO members will soon clash in northeastern Syria.

.

.

Here’s more from an article at the Daily Sabah:

The United States is reportedly building a military base to help its ally the YPG, the Syrian offshoot of the PKK terrorist group, in northern Syria where the terrorists have been cornered by the Türkiye-backed Syrian National Army (SNA) since the fall of Bashar Assad’s regime.

Local journalists said 13 trucks with U.S. flags and carrying concrete construction blocks arrived in the PKK/YPG’s stronghold Ain al-Arab, also known as Kobani, early on Thursday morning. The U.S. military has emptied a base in neighboring Iraq and the concrete blocks and other materials are being shipped to Ain al-Arab for a Syrian base, according to local sources. Earlier this week, the U.S. military transferred dozens of Bradley armored vehicles to the region and supplied air defense systems and other armored vehicles to the YPG….

The PKK is proscribed as a terrorist group by the European Union, the U.S. and Türkiye. It is responsible for more than 40,000 deaths in Türkiye, including women and children. It maintains strongholds in northern Iraq and Syria to create a self-styled “Kurdish state.”

The U.S. has dispatched troops along with military equipment and weapons to Syria’s northeast during the Syrian civil war to help the PKK/YPG under the pretext of the fight against Daesh. Ankara says the YPG/PKK is on par with Daesh and should have no presence in the new Syria. US said to set up military base in Syria as SNA corners PKK/YPG, Daily Sabah

The excerpt above helps to show just how tense the situation in Syria is at the present time. While Washington applauded Turkey’s support for the jihadists who just toppled Assad and seized power in Damascus, the Biden administration is deliberately provoking President Recep Tayyip Erdogan on a critical matter of national security. (Turkish leaders regard US support for the Kurds (YPG) as a threat to their security.) This duplicitous behavior is not uncommon for the US which operates on the theory that allies are only allies for as long as they serve Washington’s overall interests.

The US will continue to support the Kurds (aka—The Syrian Democratic Forces or SDF) in order to preserve access to Syrian oil in the East, and to further reinforce its support for Israeli policy in the region. Israel’s affection for the Kurds is purely pragmatic as this excerpt from an article at CNN explains:

…there is one regional power that has thrown its weight behind the Kurds’ drive for independence: Israel….Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu released a statement ahead of the referendum saying Israel “supports the legitimate efforts of the Kurdish people to attain a state of its own.”… “Israel would welcome another state in the region that shares its concerns about the rising power of Iran, including the threat of Iranian-backed Shia militias in Iraq,” says Frantzman. “Reports have also indicated that oil from Kurdistan is purchased by Israel.” CNN

So, aside from getting cheap oil from Kurdish-controlled area in east Syria, Israel also sees the Kurds as a natural ally in their fight against Iran, Iraq, Turkey and Syria, all of whom oppose an independent Kurdish state. Here’s more background from an article at Al-Monitor:

The Kurdish-led Autonomous Administration of Northeast Syria has signed an agreement with an American oil company... One of the sources said the agreement to market oil in territory controlled by the US-backed entity and to develop and modernize existing fields was inked last week “with the knowledge and encouragement of the White House.”…..

Oil is the autonomous administration’s principal source of income.... The Kurdish-led entity controls most of Syria’s oil wealth, which is concentrated in and around the Rmelain fields close to the Turkish and Iraqi borders and in the Al-Omar fields further south.

Ankara is every bit as sensitive about the oil as it’s seen as the vehicle for cementing the Syrian Kurds’ self-rule project.Turkey has since 2016 been launching military operations against the SDF to disrupt its perceived attempts to establish a contiguous zone of control from the Iraqi border all the way to Afrin to the west of the Euphrates river and beyond. Turkey claims the SDF and its affiliates are “terrorists” because of their links to the outlawed Kurdistan Workers’ Party, the rebel group that has been fighting for Kurdish self rule inside Turkey since 1984 and is on the State Department’s list of terrorist organizations.

Sources told Al-Monitor the agreement to market oil in territory controlled by the US-backed Syrian Democratic Forces was signed “with the knowledge and encouragement of the White House.” Al-Monitor: US oil company signs deal with Syrian Kurd, justiceforkurds.org

.

.

Some readers may recall that President Donald Trump boasted many times how he “took the oil” in Syria. Here’s what he said:

I left troops to take the oil. I took the oil. The only troops I have are taking the oil. They’re protecting the oil. I took over the oil… We have the oil. Right now, the U.S. has the oil.

.

Watch on X

.

Bottom line: Washington’s support for the Kurds (aka- the SDF) has allowed a US proxy to control both the oil-rich parts of Syria as well as Syria’s breadbasket where most of its wheat is harvested. This loss of revenue—along with onerous US economic sanctions—pushed the country into bankruptcy which greatly accelerated the collapse of the state and the removal of Assad. This was a big “win” for the US, Turkey, Qatar and other western allies, but mostly for Israel upon whose regional aspirations the overall strategy is based. Keep in mind, that everything that has taken place aligns closely with a strategic blueprint produced by a Zionist intellectual (Oded Yinon) more than four decades ago who concocted “an accurate and detailed plan….for the Middle East which is based on the division of the whole area into small states, and the dissolution of all the existing Arab states.” According to political analyst Khalil Nakhleh:

The plan operates on two essential premises. To survive, Israel must

1) become an imperial regional power and

2) must affect the division of the whole area into small states by the dissolution of all existing Arab states.

Small here will depend on the ethnic or sectarian composition of each state…. Consequently, the Zionist hope is that sectarian-based states become Israel’s satellites and, ironically, its source of moral legitimationWhat they want and what they are planning for is not an Arab world, but a world of Arab fragments that is ready to succumb to Israeli hegemony…

Every Arab state…. is a real target sooner or later …

There is no indication that Arab strategists have internalized the Zionist plan in its full ramifications. Instead, they react with incredulity and shock whenever a new stage of it unfolds…. The sad fact is that as long as the Zionist strategy for the Middle East is not taken seriously Arab reaction to any future siege of other Arab capitals will be the same. Khalil Nakhleh, The Zionist Plan for the Middle East, powerbase.info

.

.

A rehash of these same ideas emerged more than a decade later under the title of “A Clean Break: A Strategy for Securing the Realm,” authored by neocon Richard Perle who outlined Israel’s strategic vision for remaking the Middle East. Here’s a clip:

Israel can shape its strategic environment, in cooperation with Turkey and Jordan, by weakening, containing, and even rolling back Syria. This effort can focus on removing Saddam Hussein from power in Iraq – an important Israeli strategic objective in its own right – as a means of foiling Syria’s regional ambitions.”

“Most important, it is understandable that Israel has an interest supporting diplomatically, militarily and operationally Turkey’s and Jordan’s actions against Syria, such as securing tribal alliances with Arab tribes that cross into Syrian territory and are hostile to the Syrian ruling elite.” US Caught Faking It in Syria – fulfilling the Yinon and Clean Break Plans, cnionline.org

The similarities between the two documents are obvious, as is the fact that this is the operational strategy that is shaping events in the Middle East. The role of vital resources, pipeline corridors and even regional security are all secondary to Israel’s ambitious plan for regional hegemony which is the primary impetus for the escalating conflagration. Having eliminated six of seven rivals in the last two decades, we should expect that a war with Iran is now unavoidable. Iran remains the last obstacle to the realization of the Zionist dream which is to become a world power via regional domination.

.

.

It’s worth noting, that even though Israel is within striking distance of Damascus, it does not intend to invade or occupy the city. As one astute analyst on Twitter put it:

Israel had a standing policy never to attempt capturing an Arab capital city. The repercussions of such an act far exceed the propaganda value. That’s why Israel never attempted to get to Damascus, or Cairo, during the 1973 war….

The only time Israel strayed from this policy was in 1982 when the IDF entered the suburbs of Beirut. That was a dumb move and ended badly for the war goals.

In my opinion, the Israeli leadership will probably remain on the outskirts of the city and avoid the urban warfare that would ensue if they attempted to occupy Damascus itself. That way the IDF can continue its relentless airstrikes on targets within Damascus without engaging in endless door-to-door fighting that would send casualties soaring. In any event, there is currently no sign that the IDF plans to march on Damascus.

On Friday, Syria’s new leader, Abu Mohammed al-Jolani, (aka—Ahmad al-Sharaa) “demanded that the United States tell Israel to pull its forces out of the border buffer zone and the Syrian side of Mount Hermon.”

According to an article in Israel Today:

Ahmed al-Sharaa, head of Syria’s Sunni Islamist Hayat Tahrir al-Sham group and the country’s de facto leader, has asked the United States to pressure Israel to withdraw from the Golan buffer zone and the peak of Mount Hermon….

Sources in Israel said that they did not receive any demand from Washington with regard to Syria, adding that the Jewish state will not compromise on its security, according to the report…

Israel’s “excuses have run out, and they have crossed the lines of engagement” for striking the Assad regime’s military infrastructure, as well as for deploying troops to several demilitarized zones in the Syrian side of the Golan Heights, The New York Times quoted al-Sharaa as saying. Israel Today

The excerpt above is the first indication that all-is-not-well between Tel Aviv and its jihadist assets in Damascus. The question is whether this rift will grow now that Assad has been toppled, and Israel no longer needs the assistance of Sunni extremists to advance its regional agenda.

Less than 24 hours after al-Jolani delivered his demands, Israeli Foreign Minister Gideon Sa’ar issued the following comment:

“The world is talking about ‘an orderly change of government in Syria…. But it’s not like a new government that today controls all of Syria was democratically elected.

“This is a terrorist gang that was previously in Idlib and took over the capital Damascus and other areas. The world would very much like to see them as a new and stable government because the countries want to return the refugees on their territory to Syria. But that’s not the case.”….

We can only wonder if there is a link between al-Jolani’s assertive approach to Israel’s military offensive (and bombing) and the Israeli Foreign Minister’s sharp rebuke? The reason this interests us is because we don’t believe that a government comprised of Sunni militants will be the compliant puppets that both Israel and the US expect. We think there will be irreconcilable differences that will provoke a stronger response from Israel. That, in turn, will force Erdogan to abandon the pretense that HTS operates independently as he will need to fortify the jihadist positions in southern Syria with brigades from the Turkish Army. In short, where the IDF meets HTS militants represents the de facto border between Israel and Turkey. This will become more apparent as the various players reinforce their defensive positions and “dig in.” Check out this excerpt from an article at The Jerusalem Post:

The tumultuous relationship between Israel and Turkey is heading for more turbulence as recent developments in Syria pit the two countries against each other in what has the potential of developing into a direct armed confrontation….

Turkey has been at odds with Israel in the past, during previous confrontations it has had with Hamas. This time was different…. Turkey is looking to cement further its influence in Syria, which shares a border with Israel. For years, despite being officially at war, the border was one of Israel’s quietest. Now, as Turkey inches closer to Israel geographically, this quiet could be interrupted.

“There is a chance of a future military confrontation between Israel and Turkey,” Prof. Efrat Aviv, an expert on Turkey from Bar-Ilan’s Department of General History and Begin-Sadat Center for Strategic Studies, told The Media Line. “This is unprecedented, as are all events witnessed in the region recently.”…

Relations between Israel and Turkey have been sour for over a decade, although the two maintained diplomatic and trade relations throughout several crises. Now, Turkey is at Israel’s doorstep, and with a less than cordial relationship, tensions regarding Syria could lead to a deterioration….

The latest developments in Syria, which have essentially left the country up for grabs, have Turkey and Israel both putting boots on the ground, each in different areas.

“Turkey is very adamant about its interests in Syria, and Erdogan wants to cement his influence there, aiming for the new government there to be under his sponsorship,” said Aviv. “This includes massive investment, including in Kurdish areas, in order for the Syrian society to be pro-Turkish. Turkey wants to completely quash Kurdish independence aspirations.”…

“As long as Erdogan is in power, nothing good will happen in the relationship, and it will only get worse. Even if he is replaced by a regime less critical of Israel, it will take time for the criticism towards Israel to decline,” said Aviv. “Turkish society will take time to change its toxic public opinion towards Israel as anti-Israeli and anti-Zionist sentiment in Turkey is very strong.” Erdogan’s policies in Syria bring Turkey and Israel closer to confrontation, Jerusalem Post

Israel does not have the manpower or resources to engage Turkey in open battle, so the logical option would be to persuade Washington to do its dirty work for it by inciting hostilities in the north, thereby dragging the US into another forever war aimed at advancing the malign Zionist agenda. (Building a military base in Kobani achieves this objective. It is a clear provocation.)

It seems fitting that the three most war-mongering nations in the world today—Israel, Turkey and the US—would wind up on a battlefield at the center of the Middle East where their aggressive, competing agendas are destined to clash in one last bloody conflagration. Is there any way to stop this train wreck?

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Michael Whitney is a renowned geopolitical and social analyst based in Washington State. He initiated his career as an independent citizen-journalist in 2002 with a commitment to honest journalism, social justice and World peace.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).  


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

Take Your Money and Shove it: The Second Long Telegram, US Aid, and Russia’s Economic Trauma

By Dr. Binoy Kampmark, January 07, 2025

The National Security Archive of George Washington University, as it so often does, performed a fabulous service for historians of diplomatic history prior to Christmas by publishing an insightful cable on US-Russian relations.  The 70-paragraph telegram from the US Embassy in Moscow, which has assumed the status of legend, came from analyst E. Wayne Merry in March 1994.

US-NATO’s “Counter-Christmas Crusade” Against the Cradle of Civilization and the Holy Land

By Felicity Arbuthnot, January 08, 2025

There has been a searing irony to Christmas since August 1990 and the decimating embargo on Iraq. It marked the beginning of the destruction of the region where the three Abrahamic religions were born at Ur in southern Iraq, where the Garden of Eden is believed to have flourished at Al-Qurnah, translation “connection” or “joint”, since it is where the Biblical Tigris and Euphrates rivers join.

Pfizer’s “Secret” Report on the COVID “Vaccine.” Beyond Manslaughter. The Evidence Is Overwhelming. The Vaccine Should be Immediately Withdrawn Worldwide

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, January 08, 2025

The evidence amply confirms that the Pfizer vaccine is a dangerous substance, resulting in deaths and adverse events. This is confirmed by the Pfizer Confidential Report released under FOI in October 2021. It comes from the horse’s mouth. 

Washington’s Long War Against Us All

By Mark Taliano, January 08, 2025

The West has a long history of creating atrocity stories to falsely claim victimization. Western-supported terrorists, as an example, use chemical weapons as false flags, to falsely blame the Assad government. Western-supported terrorists target and slaughter civilians as policy in Syria.

China, Forward-Looking – 2025 and Beyond

By Peter Koenig, January 07, 2025

In 2025 and beyond, China’s focus will remain on Global South markets, including the nine-country BRICS association, as well as on the different ASEAN Free Trade Agreements and on APEC. The Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation is an intergovernmental organization promoting trade and investment in the Asia-Pacific region.

Freedom with a Caveat. Barbara Nimri Aziz

By Barbara Nimri Aziz, January 06, 2025

Earlier this month, supporters cheered a judgment in favor of Omali Yeshitela, 83, and his co-defendants, all members of the African People’s Socialist Party and the Uhuru Movement. Their trial ended with the accused receiving no jail time. But was it really a victory for free speech and free association?

A Voyage into a Complete Unknown Known. Edward Curtin

By Edward Curtin, January 06, 2025

I don’t know about you, but I find some movies useful and even entertaining because, like dreams, they exercise my imagination. They project onto my mind horizon-framed memories, my soul into a visual brigantine seeking its Ithaca where I will finally open my eyes and grasp the reality of so many reflections.

[First published by GR on April 11, 2024]

We  are  rapidly  waking  up  to the massive scam that promotes global warming/climate change as ‘doomsday scenario par excellence’.

In  this  film  (see below) is a succinct and powerfully presented series  of  exposes  by  scientists  and  climatologists coming clean about the real truth behind the global warming invention.

Highly recommended  viewing  for  all  in need of material that can be shared with others needing to be brought up to speed on this vital issue.

Climate  Change/Global  Warming  is  the  scare  tool  being  used  to completely capsize the world economy, destroy agriculture and act as a supposed critical ‘health hazard’ to the global population.

The  World Health Organisation has the audacity to claim that it is in a position to also rule on climate issues. So its ‘Pandemic Treaty’, if approved by The World Health Assembly this May 2024, looks like being the basis for placing both climate change and world health under its United Nations/World Economic Foundation backed despotic mantle.

Let us be in no doubt that the depopulation agenda is at the forefront of these maneuvers.

Covid, Climate and Health Care are now all weaponised by the elite Big Finance cult that pulls the strings of puppet political chiefs, non governmental  organisations (NGO’s) and all operatives that toe the line of the top down status quo.

I would wish that those speaking on this film had had the courage to raise their voices before their retirement. This is where true whistleblowers really come into their own. It takes courage.

Watch the movie below or click here.

Climate The Movie from Martin Durkin on Vimeo.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.

Julian Rose is an organic farmer, writer, broadcaster and international activist. He is author of four books of which the latest ‘Overcoming the Robotic Mind’ is a clarion call to resist the despotic New World Order takeover of our lives. Do visit his website for further information www.julianrose.info

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from EcoWatch


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

[First published by GR on May 17, 2022]

Introduction and Update 

 

Why has the “Confidential Pfizer report” made public under Freedom of Information (FOI) in October 2021 not been quoted or referred to in parliamentary and public enquiries as a means to refuting the official narrative (which contends that the Covid-19 vaccine is “safe and effective”). Neither has it been the object of media coverage. 

We have documented numerous public enquiries. 

The evidence amply confirms that the Pfizer vaccine is a dangerous substance, resulting in deaths and adverse events. This is confirmed by the Pfizer Confidential Report released under FOI in October 2021. It come’s from the Horse’s Mouth. 

Bombshell Study: Cancer Related Excess Mortality in England and Wales 

A recent study on vaccine related excess mortality conducted by the team of Edward Dowd confirms the nature of the mRNA vaccine.

Dowd’s method was to analyze the number of deaths attributed to cancer in England and Wales between 2010 and 2022 [based on data] from the U.K. Office for National Statistics

He compared excess death rates, the difference between observed deaths and the baseline for expected deaths, before and after the COVID-19 pandemic.

He established a baseline of normal cancer death rates from 2010-2020 that was remarkably consistent with few deviations, he said — until the cancer death rates rose significantly in late 2021 in the U.K. following the vaccine rollout” 

The table below pertains to excess deaths related to malignant neoplasm (cancerous tumor) in England and Wales, recorded in three consecutive years: 2020, 2021, and 2022 vs. a 10 year trend (2010-2019).

The data for excess mortality in 2020 (the year prior to the vaccine) are negative with the exception of “malignant neoplasm without specification of site”.

The vaccine was launched in December 2020

The COVID-19 vaccine was rolled-out in several phases in England and Wales starting on December 8, 2020  and extending into March-April 2021. 

The upward movement in excess mortality (%) commences in 2021. The increase in excess mortality related to malignant neoplasm is tabulated for the two first years of the vaccine. 

Video: Michel Chossudovsky with Caroline Mailloux

The following video interview with Prof. Michel Chossudovsky pertains to the Confidential Pfizer Report released as part of a Freedom of Information (FOI) procedure.

What is contained in  Pfizer’s “confidential” report is detailed evidence on the impacts of the “vaccine” on mortality and morbidity. This data which emanates from the “Horse’s Mouth” can now be used to confront as well formulate legal procedures against Big Pharma, the governments, the WHO and the media.

Video: Interview with Caroline Mailloux, Lux Media: Prof. Michel Chossudovsky on the “Secret” Pfizer Report Puts Forth a Strategy and Legal Procedure to Confront Big Pharma with a view to Withdrawing the Covid-19 Vaccine Worldwide

The Covid Vaccine and the Secret Pfizer Report 


[Click upper title and right corner to enter fullscreen]

Click here to access Odysee 

The Second Video recorded more recently focusses on the Vaccine and the Process of Depopulation

Video: The Vaccine and the Process of Depopulation

 

 

To access Rumble or leave a Comment click here

 

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, November 23, 2023, July 30, 2024 

 

**

 

What’s Inside Pfizer’s “Secret Report”? 

 

The Confidential report is a bombshell. The vaccine was launched in mid-December 2020. By the end of February 2021, “Pfizer had already received more than 1,200 reports of deaths allegedly caused by the vaccine and tens of thousands of reported adverse events, including 23 cases of spontaneous abortions out of 270 pregnancies and more than 2,000 reports of cardiac disorders.”

This Confidential Pfizer Report provides data on deaths and adverse events recorded by Pfizer from the outset of the vaccine project in December 2020 to the end of February 2021, namely a very short period (at most two and a half months).

The data from mid-December 2020 to the end of February 2021 unequivocally confirms “Manslaughter”. Based on the evidence, Pfizer had the responsibility to immediately cancel and withdraw the “vaccine”.

Pfizer’s Worldwide marketing of the Covid-19 Vaccine beyond February 28th, 2021, is no longer an “Act of Manslaughter”.

Murder as opposed to Manslaughter implies “Criminal Intent”.

Pfizer’s Covid 19 Vaccine constitutes a Criminal Act. From a legal standpoint it is an “Act of Murder” applied Worldwide to a target population of 8 billion people. Sofar more than 60 percent of the World’s population have been Covid-19 vaccinated.


Click here to read the complete Pfizer report.  

also see details in the Appendices

 

Selected Excerpts of the Report

 

“This document provides an integrated analysis of the cumulative post-authorization safety data, including U.S. and foreign post-authorization adverse event reports received through 28 February 2021.

(…)

“Pfizer is responsible for the management post-authorization safety data on behalf of the MAH BioNTech according to the Pharmacovigilance Agreement in place. Data from BioNTech are included in the report when applicable.

“Reports are submitted voluntarily, and the magnitude of underreporting is unknown.

(…)

“Cumulatively, through 28 February 2021 [in less than three months], there was a total of 42,086 case reports (25,379 medically confirmed and 16,707 non-medically confirmed) containing 158,893 events. Most cases (34,762) were received from United States (13,739), United Kingdom (13,404) Italy (2,578), Germany (1913), France (1506), Portugal (866) and Spain (756); the remaining 7,324 were distributed among 56 other countries.

(…)

“As shown in Figure 1 [see below], the System Organ Classes (SOCs) that contained the greatest number (≥2%) of events, in the overall dataset, were General disorders and administration site conditions (51,335 AEs), Nervous system disorders (25,957), Musculoskeletal and connective tissue disorders (17,283), Gastrointestinal disorders (14,096), Skin and subcutaneous tissue disorders (8,476), Respiratory, thoracic and mediastinal disorders (8,848), Infections and infestations (4,610), Injury, poisoning and procedural complications (5,590), and Investigations (3,693)”

emphasis added

Please Note that Figure 1 below has been recently removed from the Complete Pfizer Report version which we have on file

 

 

 

 

 

 

Click here to read the complete Pfizer Report 


The following video interview with Prof. Michel Chossudovsky pertains to the Confidential Pfizer Report released as part of a Freedom of Information (FOI) procedure.

What is contained in  Pfizer’s “confidential” report is detailed evidence on the impacts of the “vaccine” on mortality and morbidity. This data which emanates from the “Horse’s Mouth” can now be used to confront as well formulate legal procedures against Big Pharma, the governments, the WHO and the media.

Video: Interview with Caroline Mailloux, Lux Media: Prof. Michel Chossudovsky on the “Secret” Pfizer Report Puts Forth a Strategy and Legal Procedure to Confront Big Pharma with a view to Withdrawing the Covid-19 Vaccine Worldwide


VIDEO: The Covid Vaccine and the Secret Pfizer Report

 

 


[Click upper title and right corner to enter fullscreen]

Click here to access Odysee 

Among all major Big Pharma actors, Pfizer has a criminal record in the U.S.    (2009 DoD Judgment)

Video: Pfizer Has a Criminal Record. Is It Relevant?

By US Department of Justice

Scroll down to continue reading the article


For a more detailed and comprehensive analysis (Book released in August 2022)

The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’État Against Humanity

Destroying Civil Society, Engineered Economic Depression

By Michel Chossudovsky

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0, Year: 2022, Product Type: PDF File, Pages: 164 (15 Chapters)

Translations in several languages are envisaged. The book is available in print form in Japanese. 仕組まれたコロナ危機:「世界の初期化」を目論む者たち

As a means to reaching out to millions of people worldwide whose lives have been affected by the corona crisis, we have decided in the course of the next few weeks to distribute the eBook for FREE.

***

Price: $11.50. FREE COPY Click here to download.


 

Pfizer has a Criminal Record with

The U.S. Department of Justice (2009)

 

Can we trust a Big Pharma vaccine conglomerate which pleaded guilty in 2009 to criminal charges by the US Department of Justice (DoJ) including “fraudulent marketing” and “felony violation of the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act”?

Video. US Department of Justice. 2.3 Billion Medical Fraud Settlement

To consult the Department of Justice’ historic decision click here


National Health Authorities

claim that the Covid-19 “vaccine” will save Lives

That’s a Lie

 

There is a worldwide upward trend of vaccine deaths and injuries. The official figures (April 3, 2022) point to approximately: 

69,053 Covid-19 injection related deaths and 10,997,085 injuries  for the EU, US and UK Combined for a population of 830 million people

Based on reported cases. Only a small fraction of the victims or families of the deceased will go through the tedious process of reporting vaccine related deaths and adverse events to the national health authorities. Based on historical data (Electronic Support for Public Health–Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (ESP:VAERS, p. 6)

“Adverse events from drugs and vaccines are common, but underreported. … less than 0.3% of all adverse drug events and 1-13% of serious events are reported to the Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Likewise, fewer than 1% of vaccine adverse events are reported. (emphasis added)

This Confidential Pfizer Report released as part of a Freedom of Information (FOI) procedure provides data on deaths and adverse events recorded by Pfizer from the outset of the vaccine project in December 2020 to the end of February 2021, namely a very short period (at most two and a half months).


For details of the report, see

 

Bombshell Document Dump on Pfizer Vaccine Data

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, April 29, 2022 


 

Pfizer-BioNTech Vaccine

The Legal Implications: Mea Culpa

 

The Pfizer BioNTech vaccine was launched in the US on the 14th of December after the granting of Emergency Use Authorization on December 11, 2020. 

In a twisted irony, the data revealed in this “insider report” refutes the official vaccine narrative peddled by the governments and the WHO. It also confirms the analysis of numerous medical doctors and scientists who have revealed the devastating consequences of the mRNA “vaccine”. 

What is contained in  Pfizer’s “confidential” report is detailed evidence on the impacts of the “vaccine” on mortality and morbidity. This data which emanates from the “Horse’s Mouth” can now be used to confront as well formulate legal procedures against Big Pharma, the governments, the WHO and the media.

In a Court of Law, the evidence contained in this Big Pharma confidential report (coupled with the data on deaths and adverse events compiled by the national authorities in the EU, UK and US) is irrefutable: because it is their data and their estimates and not ours. 

Bear in mind: it’s data which is based on reported and recorded cases, which constitute a small percentage of the actual number of vaccine related deaths and adverse events. 

This is a de facto Mea Culpa on the part of Pfizer. #Yes it is a Killer Vaccine

Pfizer was fully aware that the mRNA vaccine which it is marketing Worldwide would result in a wave of mortality and morbidity. This is tantamount to a crime against humanity on the part of Big Pharma.

Pfizer knew from the outset that it was a killer vaccine. 

It is also a  Mea Culpa and Treason on the part of corrupt national governments Worldwide which are being threatened and bribed by Big Pharma.

No attempt has been made by the governments to call for the withdrawal of the killer vaccine.

People are told  that the vaccine is intended to save lives.

Click here to read the Complete Pfizer report.  

Also see details in the Appendices.

Please Note that Figure 1 has been recently removed from the Complete Pfizer Report version which we have on file

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

  • Posted in English, Mobile, NO READ MORE LINK
  • Comments Off on Pfizer’s “Secret” Report on the Covid “Vaccine”. Beyond Manslaughter. The Evidence is Overwhelming. The Vaccine Should Be Immediately Withdrawn Worldwide

Washington’s Long War Against Us All

January 8th, 2025 by Mark Taliano

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Firs published By Global Research on November 18, 2023

***

What is happening in Gaza now is an example of longstanding Western military policy of murdering civilians.

October 7 was a largely manufactured pretext so the West and its allies/proxies could falsely proclaim righteousness, even as many of the casualties on October 7 were inflicted by the IDF itself.

The West has a long history of creating atrocity stories to falsely claim victimization. Western-supported terrorists, as an example, use chemical weapons as false flags, to falsely blame the Assad government. Western-supported terrorists target and slaughter civilians as policy in Syria. The death squads (ISIS, al Qaeda and affiliates) are all fully supported by Western governments and their agencies. (1)

Currently the West and its proxies illegally occupy resource-rich (sovereign Syrian) territory. This was all by design, not by chance.

The goal, per Prof. Chossudovsky, is not necessarily to win wars militarily, but to destroy countries and their peoples and to open up new territories for exploitation. Vietnam, explains Chossudovsky, won the Vietnam War militarily, but the country was subjugated nonetheless. (2)

Apartheid Israel, right now, with full support from the West, is mass-slaughtering mostly civilians in Gaza and the West Bank. Israel is  committing genocide, and that is the goal. It is conquest cloaked beneath lies of victimization and self-defence.

None of these wars are isolated. Per the Project for a New American Century (PNAC) policy, multiple wars are being waged simultaneously. They are part of a long war against us all.

Iran is next.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Mark Taliano is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG) and the author of Voices from Syria, Global Research Publishers, 2017. He writes on his website where this article was originally published.

Notes

(1) Jeremy Kuzmarov, “Mainstream Media Colludes with U.S. Government To Conceal Source of Syria’s Heartbreaking Humanitarian Crisis.’ 30 CovertAction Magazine, 30 June, 2023 (Mainstream Media Colludes with U.S. Government To Conceal Source of Syria’s Heartbreaking Humanitarian Crisis – CovertAction Magazine) Accessed 15 November, 2023.

(2) Prof. Michel Chossudovsky, “Imperial Conquest: America’s “Long War” against Humanity. Michel Chossudovsky.” Global Research, 15 November, 2023. (Imperial Conquest: America’s “Long War” against Humanity. Michel Chossudovsky – Global ResearchGlobal Research – Centre for Research on Globalization) Accessed 15 November, 2023.


The Globalization of War: America’s “Long War” against Humanity

Michel Chossudovsky

The “globalization of war” is a hegemonic project. Major military and covert intelligence operations are being undertaken simultaneously in the Middle East, Eastern Europe, sub-Saharan Africa, Central Asia and the Far East. The U.S. military agenda combines both major theater operations as well as covert actions geared towards destabilizing sovereign states.

ISBN Number: 978-0-9879389-0-9

Year: 2015
Pages: 240 Pages

Price: $9.40

Click here to order.

First published on December 17, 2015

“It’s really 19th century behavior in the 21st century. You just don’t invade another country on phony pretexts in order to assert your interests.” -John Kerry, “Meet the Press”, 2nd March 2014.

There has been a searing irony to Christmas since August 1990 and the decimating embargo on Iraq. It marked the beginning of the destruction of the region where the three Abrahamic religions were born at Ur in southern Iraq, where the Garden of Eden is believed to have flourished at Al-Qurnah, translation “connection” or “joint”, since it is where the Biblical Tigris and Euphrates rivers join.

In Al-Qurnah an ancient jujube tree – a fruit species (image right), cultivation of which is believed to go back to 900 BCE – was celebrated as the actual Biblical Tree of Knowledge.

Nearby is Babylon, found in the Books of Genesis, Peter and Revelations.

Neighbouring Syria, is also part of the “Cradle of Civilization”, integral to Biblical narrative.

Jesus delivered the Sermon on the Mount (Mount Hermon) which according to the Book of Matthew included:

“Syria, you are the cradle of the prophets and apostles and the center that spreads the gospel from Antioch in Syria to the world, and paved the way of the Forefathers of the Church to continue.”

St Paul of course converted on the road to Damascus – where he was actually headed to persecute Christians not to become one of them.

Geographically next door to Syria is what remains of Israeli occupied Palestine, Christ’s birthplace in Bethlehem, where, at what is now the Church of the Nativity (image left), He was believed born.

Above are just a few of the jewels of a region now decimated by that created by George W. Bush’s and Tony Blair’s “Crusade,” not to mention Obama and Cameron’s “humanitarian bombings” of the Land of two Rivers.

Ur was vandalized by the US army, who arrived with Bibles in vast stocks, missionaries and plans for proselytizing those who had nurtured and stewarded the region’s wonders of all religions for centuries.

Al-Qurna was stormed and devastatingly damaged by British, Lithuanian and Danish troops, the Tree of Knowledge whose legend and life seemingly spanned the mists of time, died, near certainly from the poisonous pollution of battle, more poisonous even than that which destroyed over half all fauna and flora after the Desert Storm 1991 onslaught, leaving the soil dead and infertile for years afterwards.

Syria’s tragedy in the ongoing Crusade, determination to redraw the map of the Middle East and steal all natural resources rather than purchase them, is outside the scope of this article.

However, Mount Hermon is now part of the buffer zone between Syria and Israeli occupied territory and the highest permanently manned United Nations position on earth. “Jesus wept” comes to mind.

As for Bethlehem’s “Little Town” so central during the Christmas period, it is prisoner to a wall eight meters high, which:

“snakes through and around Bethlehem, disrupting social, religious, cultural and economic life.” (1)

The brilliant political artist Banksy’s Christmas card show’s Joseph, with Mary on a donkey, on their way to Bethlehem for Christ’s birth – only to be blocked by the wall. (image below)

At Al Quds University last week, the most poignant of Christmas trees was unveiled to “Absent Friends”, attended by the Mufti of Bethlehem, Sheikh Abdul Majid Amarna, University’s President, Imad Abu Kishk and Greek Orthodox Archbishop Atallah Hanna. The tree was decorated with photographs of those killed by Israeli settlers and Israeli security forces (demonstrating) unity between Christian and Muslim students. It received predictable criticism from Israeli media. (2)

The tree is a microcosm of the unity to be found across the region and the world between all faiths and none. So where did this rabid Islamophobia, as demonstrated in swathes of mainstream Western media and by politicians suddenly come from?

It came primarily from a forty-two million dollar fund from seven foundations (3) read and all will become crystal clear. Some excellent links also to be found at (4) and the CIA’s input (5.)

However, it was the Orthodox Church of the Holy Land which first spotted the dangers of a creeping hate campaign, responding on 31st March 2003, as the bombs fell on Iraq, by excommunicating Tony Blair, his then Foreign Secretary Jack Straw, George W. Bush and his Defence Secretary Donald Rumsfeld, from the Church of the Nativity, for life. (6)

Blair, Straw and Bush all declare passionate Christian faith, with Bush and Blair stating they “prayed together” prior to illegally decimating Abraham’s birth country.

“A spokesman of the Orthodox Church in the Holy Land, Archimandrite Attallah Hanna declared that U.S. President George Bush, his Defence Secretary Donald Rumsfeld, Tony Blair and Foreign Secretary Jack Straw have all been banned from visiting the traditional birth place of Christ in Bethlehem.”

Hanna described both Bush and Blair as “excommunicates.” (7)

David Cameron has also expressed an “evangelical passion” for Christianity as he plots to further destroy Syria. With any luck he’ll be the next to be banned.

UN Secretary General Ban Ki-moon recently said: “The world is over-armed and peace is under funded.”

If you are yearning for peace this Christmas, seeking peaceful ammunition to argue for change and appreciate Global Research giving the facts behind the headlines, please consider donating any amount, however small to Global Research so this valuable resource can continue.

Global Research is committed to Reversing the Tide of War and Restoring the “Real Spirit of Christmas”, which lest we forget is “Peace on Earth and Good Will to all  Humanity”.

Obama, Cameron, Hollande et al are war criminals. They have violated the Spirit of Christmas.

Your support will enable us to continue our endeavors  (Click Image below to donate to Global Research)

DONATE TO GLOBAL RESEARCH

Seasons Greetings – and may we pray and work that never again may a Christmas tree have to be decorated with victims killed in our name …

DONATE TO GLOBAL RESEARCH

Notes:

1.    http://old.quaker.org.uk/bethlehem-and-wall

2.    https://www.middleeastmonitor.com/news/middle-east/22839-martyrs-christmas-tree-at-al-quds-university-angers-israelis

3.    http://thinkprogress.org/politics/2011/08/26/304306/islamophobia-network/

4.    http://www.middleeasteye.net/columns/who-are-millionaires-behind-islamophobic-industry-america-1487378765

5.http://www.globalresearch.ca/isis-beheadings-of-journalists-cia-admitted-to-staging-fake-jihadist-videos-in-2010/5399345

6.    http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/NAT304A.html

7.    http://www.ekklesia.co.uk/content/news_syndication/article_2003_04_bush_blair_ban.shtml

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on US-NATO’s “Counter-Christmas Crusade” against the Cradle of Civilization and the Holy Land

Unlocking Nerve Health with Holistic Neuropathy Solutions

January 7th, 2025 by Dr. Joseph Mercola

Diabetic peripheral neuropathy (DPN) is a widespread complication of diabetes, leading to nerve damage that causes pain and numbness, significantly affecting quality of life

Holistic treatments for DPN include vitamin supplementation, exercise, and stress relief techniques, which may provide additional symptom relief alongside conventional methods

Schwann cells are crucial for nerve repair, but high glucose levels in diabetes disrupt their function, leading to nerve damage. Targeting these disruptions could offer new therapeutic strategies

Effective management requires maintaining stable blood sugar, limiting linoleic acid intake to 5 grams daily, optimizing protein consumption, regular exercise, and practicing stress relief techniques

Natural remedies such as vitamin B and D supplements, capsaicin creams, warm baths, meditation, and acupuncture can help alleviate symptoms and enhance overall well-being

*

Diabetic peripheral neuropathy, or DPN, is the most common cause of neuropathy worldwide, affecting approximately half of all diabetes patients, and its prevalence increases with the duration of diabetes.1

It is characterized by symmetric, sensory nerve damage that is typically distal-to-proximal, meaning the damage starts at the farthest points from the central nervous system (hands and feet) and gradually moves closer to the body’s core. This nerve damage leads to persistent pain and numbness.

Living with DPN can take a significant toll on your quality of life. The unrelenting pain associated with this condition can disrupt your sleep, affect your mood, and reduce your overall functionality. Studies have shown that up to 26.8% of individuals with diabetes experience pain or tingling due to DPN.2

Unfortunately, as noted in a March 2024 paper in the Journal of Pain Research, painful diabetic peripheral neuropathy is frequently misdiagnosed and underserved, leading to inadequate pain management and reduced quality of life for patients.3 This oversight emphasizes the need for a comprehensive approach in treating painful DPN, addressing both the underlying diabetes and the neuropathic pain symptoms.

Current conventional treatments for DPN primarily focus on controlling blood sugar levels and managing pain through medications. However, specific therapies are limited, and many patients continue to suffer despite these interventions. By exploring holistic treatments such as vitamin supplementation, exercise, and stress relief techniques, you might find additional ways to alleviate your symptoms and improve your quality of life. 

In this article, I review the latest research on the diagnosis and treatment of DPN, with a particular emphasis on managing neuropathic pain. Understanding these holistic approaches could empower you to take a more active role in your health management and discover effective strategies for coping with this condition.

Diagnosis and Current Management of Diabetic Peripheral Neuropathy

DPN is a condition that requires careful diagnosis and management. Diagnosing DPN typically involves a clinical evaluation, which includes a thorough medical history and physical examination. Physicians often use nerve conduction studies to assess the electrical activity of nerves and determine the extent of nerve damage. These tests are crucial for confirming a diagnosis of DPN and evaluating its severity.

The conventional approach to managing DPN focuses on symptom relief, primarily through drugs, along with lifestyle modifications to control your glucose levels. As noted in the Journal of Pain Research:4

“The management of painful DPN involves treating its underlying cause via lifestyle modifications and intensive glucose control, targeting its pathogenesis, and providing symptomatic pain relief, thereby improving patient function and health-related quality of life.

Four pharmacologic options are currently approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to treat painful DPN. These include three oral medications (duloxetine, pregabalin, and tapentadol extended release) and one topical agent (capsaicin 8% topical system).

More recently, the FDA approved several spinal cord stimulation (SCS) devices to treat refractory painful DPN. Although not FDA-approved specifically to treat painful DPN, tricyclic antidepressants, serotonin/norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors, gabapentinoids, and sodium channel blockers are common first-line oral options in clinical practice.”

The three drugs mentioned — duloxetine, pregabalin, and tapentadol — are primarily used to manage neuropathic pain. While these drugs can help alleviate pain, they often come with side effects and do not address the root cause of nerve damage.

Topical agents are also commonly prescribed to alleviate pain, while spinal cord stimulation (SCS) devices offer an alternative for patients who do not respond well to pharmacological treatments. These devices provide targeted pain relief by modulating pain signals before they reach your brain.5

Maintaining Healthy Blood Sugar Levels Is Crucial

Maintaining stable blood sugar levels is essential to prevent further nerve damage. This involves regular monitoring of blood glucose, adhering to a balanced diet, minimizing your linoleic acid (LA) consumption, and engaging in regular physical activity. These lifestyle changes are foundational in managing high blood sugar, which is one of the primary underlying causes of DPN.

Regular physical activity, a balanced diet, and weight management are also important strategies that support overall nerve health and can help mitigate pain symptoms. Additionally, maintaining healthy blood pressure and cholesterol levels helps reduce the risk of further complications.6

Other holistic approaches and natural remedies are also gaining attention for their potential benefits in managing DPN. These include vitamin supplementation, stress relief techniques, and alternative therapies like acupuncture. Such approaches aim to complement traditional treatments and offer additional symptom relief, enhancing the overall quality of life for those affected by DPN.

Schwann Cells: Guardians of Nerve Health in Diabetes

Why is maintaining stable blood sugar such a key facet of DPN treatment? An August 2024 study published in the journal Frontiers in Endocrinology provides the answer. As explained in this study, Schwann cells are essential for maintaining healthy nerves.7

These cells wrap around nerve fibers in the peripheral nervous system, providing support and helping nerves repair themselves after injury. Without Schwann cells, nerves struggle to function properly, leading to problems like numbness and pain.

In people with diabetes, high blood sugar levels disrupt how Schwann cells work. When glucose levels are consistently high, Schwann cells can’t support nerves as effectively. This is what leads to nerve damage, which is a major factor in diabetic peripheral neuropathy. The damaged nerves result in the painful symptoms that many diabetic patients experience, such as tingling, burning, and loss of sensation in the limbs.

The study also explored how high glucose affects Schwann cells at a molecular level. It turns out that high sugar levels trigger processes called apoptosis and autophagy in these cells. Apoptosis is a form of programmed cell death, while autophagy is a way for cells to recycle their components.

Both processes can lead to the demise of Schwann cells when they’re overactivated by high glucose. This cell death means that nerves lose their protective support, worsening the symptoms of neuropathy.8

Understanding these mechanisms is crucial for developing new treatments. By targeting the pathways that cause Schwann cells to die, researchers hope to find ways to protect these cells from high glucose levels. This could lead to therapies that not only alleviate the symptoms of diabetic peripheral neuropathy but also address the underlying nerve damage, offering better outcomes for patients.9

Potential of Natural Remedies in Managing Diabetic Neuropathy

The good news is that incorporating natural remedies can significantly alleviate the symptoms of DPN. Vitamins, particularly B and D supplements, play a pivotal role in supporting nerve health and providing pain relief.10

Vitamin B complex, which includes B1, B6, and B12, is essential for maintaining healthy nerves. Deficiencies in these B vitamins are closely linked to the development of peripheral neuropathy, and supplementing has been shown to reduce existing pain and help prevent further nerve damage.

Vitamin D is equally important as it contributes to nerve function and overall health. Research indicates that adequate levels of vitamin D can help manage pain associated with neuropathy by improving insulin sensitivity and reducing inflammation.11,12,13 A randomized clinical trial published in 2021 evaluated vitamin D supplementation as an add-on therapy for diabetic peripheral neuropathy.14

Sixty-eight patients (60.3% female, average age 65) were split into two groups: one receiving standard treatment plus a daily dose of 5,000 IU vitamin D, and the other receiving standard treatment alone for eight weeks. The vitamin D group showed significantly better outcomes, including:

  • Greater pain reduction
  • Better mood improvement (88.2% vs. 70.6%)
  • Higher vitamin D levels at study end (40.02 ng/mL vs. 18.73 ng/mL)

Notably, higher vitamin D levels correlated with lower pain scores in the treatment group. The study concluded that adding vitamin D supplementation (5000 IU daily) to standard treatment is an effective way to improve pain and mood outcomes in diabetic neuropathy patients.

Sunlight exposure is your best source of vitamin D, but if you can’t make enough through sun exposure, vitamin D supplementation is certainly recommended. Just remember to take extra vitamin K2 and magnesium as well, as these three work in tandem.

Capsaicin creams offer another effective natural remedy for managing neuropathic pain. Capsaicin, the active component in chili peppers, works by depleting substance P, a neurotransmitter involved in sending pain signals to the brain.15 When applied topically, capsaicin creams can reduce the sensation of pain in the affected areas. It is recommended to start with a low concentration to minimize skin irritation and gradually increase usage for optimal results.

Warm baths are another simple yet effective method to relieve diabetic neuropathy symptoms. Soaking in warm water improves blood circulation and relaxes tense muscles, which can significantly reduce pain and discomfort.16

Adding Epsom salts to the bath may enhance the therapeutic effects of warm baths for diabetic neuropathy by improving blood circulation and relaxing muscles, although caution is advised to prevent burns due to reduced sensitivity to heat in neuropathy.

Meditation and acupuncture are also valuable for managing diabetic neuropathy. Meditation helps reduce stress and anxiety, which can exacerbate pain perception. Mindfulness and deep breathing techniques promote relaxation and improve overall well-being, making it easier to cope with chronic pain.17

Acupuncture, an ancient Chinese practice, involves inserting thin needles into specific points on the body to stimulate energy flow and release endorphins, the body’s natural pain relievers. This can lead to a noticeable decrease in neuropathic pain and an enhanced sense of calm.

Incorporating these natural remedies into a comprehensive treatment plan can provide additional relief for individuals managing diabetic peripheral neuropathy. By addressing both the physical and emotional aspects of the condition, these holistic approaches contribute to an improved quality of life.

Solutions for Diabetic Peripheral Neuropathy

If you are dealing with diabetic peripheral neuropathy, there are several steps you can take to alleviate your symptoms and improve your overall health. In addition to the recommendations already mentioned, the following strategies are also helpful as they will boost your mitochondrial health and cellular energy production throughout your body:

1. Control your blood sugar levels — Maintaining your blood glucose within a healthy range is vital. Consistently high blood sugar can damage your nerves, worsening neuropathy. Monitor your levels regularly, adhere to your prescribed treatment plan, and follow a balanced diet that includes 250 to 300 grams of targeted carbohydrates tailored to your microbiome.

A higher carbohydrate intake is necessary to support optimal metabolic function and cellular energy production. I go into great detail about how to select and incorporate more carbs into your diet in my new book, “Your Guide to Cellular Health: Unlocking the Science of Longevity and Joy.”

2. Limit dietary linoleic acid to 5 grams a day or less — Another key dietary component is to keep your LA intake below 5 grams a day. Excess LA causes whole-body inflammation, which is a significant factor in insulin resistance. When your cells become less sensitive to insulin, your body struggles to regulate blood sugar levels.

Over time, this forces your pancreas to make more insulin, eventually leading to pancreatic dysfunction and Type 2 diabetes.

3. Optimize protein intake — Ensuring adequate protein consumption is essential for nerve repair and overall cellular health. Aim for 0.8 grams of protein per pound of ideal bodyweight (i.e., the weight you ought to be based on your height, age and gender, not your current total weight), focusing on high-quality sources such as grass fed meats, eggs, and collagen-rich foods.

Balancing your protein intake supports muscle mass maintenance, metabolic health, and effective management of diabetic neuropathy by providing the necessary amino acids for cellular repair and regeneration.

4. Incorporate physical activity — Engaging in regular, low-impact exercises like walking, swimming, or cycling can improve blood flow to your nerves, reducing pain and discomfort. Exercise also helps in managing weight and improving insulin sensitivity, which are crucial for overall diabetic management.

Additionally, physical activity enhances mitochondrial function and cellular energy production, further supporting nerve health and resilience against neuropathic damage.

5. Practice stress relief techniques — Chronic stress can heighten the perception of pain and contribute to inflammation, exacerbating neuropathic symptoms.

Incorporate stress-reducing activities into your daily routine, such as meditation, deep breathing exercises, or spending time in nature, to help manage your symptoms more effectively. Reducing stress also supports cellular energy production and mitochondrial health, which are essential for maintaining nerve function and overall well-being.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution. 

Notes

1 Clinical Therapeutics June 2018; 40(6): 828-849

2 Pain Medicine September 2007; 8(suppl_2): S50–S62

3, 4, 5, 6 J Pain Res. 2024 Mar 13;17:1005–1028

7, 8, 9 Front Endocrinol (Lausanne). 2024 Aug 12;15:1427679

10, 11, 15, 16, 17 Medical News Today, April 12, 2024

12 Frontiers in Nutrition March 9, 2021; 8

13 J Pain Res. 2020 Jan 16;13:171–179

14 Dove Press December 19, 2021; 2021: 3865-3875

Featured image is from Mercola


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

Who Is the Historical Jesus? Bô Yin Râ Explains

January 7th, 2025 by Richard C. Cook

We recently published an article on Three Sages entitled “A Personal Testimony: The Light of Jesus Amid Talmudic Darkness.” The article was written by a Jewish man, “Mi-cha-el,” who had converted to Christianity while living in an Orthodox Jewish community in Israel.

A reader provided the following comment:

“I think Jesus was a Buddhist after all. Rumours had him dwelling in India’s Punjab region for some time, studying Hinduism and Buddhism.”

This comment provides us the opportunity to address a topic we had been planning to discuss for quite a while:

“Who Is the Historical Jesus?”

First, let us note that the Three Sages substack does not have as its primary focus religious commentary. Rather it was founded to provide a forum for three men in their seventies to share their ruminations on whatever topic happened to meet their fancy as it may or may not relate to current world events. The contributor of the article you are now reading, Richard C. Cook, is a former U.S. government policy analyst whose main area of expertise is government financial policy. The second contributor, Dr. Fadi Lama, is an engineer, business owner, and geopolitical analyst residing in the Middle East. The third, Dr. Lewis Coleman, is a retired anesthesiologist and medical researcher who has developed the theoretical framework to describe the Mammalian Stress Mechanism as a universal theory of illness and healing. We are all strong critics of the U.S. ideology of endless war for the purpose of world conquest and of the genocide being carried out by the Covid “plandemic.”

Reflecting the present article, “Who Is the Historical Jesus?”, contributor Cook has a longstanding interest in the application of spiritual ideas to possible ways to resolve the crisis that has led to what may be fairly described as a new world war. Specifically, he has explained the crisis as a final push by what he describes as the Anglo-American-Zionist Empire to implement total domination of the entire globe geographically, militarily, economically, and culturally. Reflecting his own personal background and predilections, he has often sought within Jesus’ teachings, including the Beatitudes, for possible counterweights and solutions.

Having said that, it is fair to observe that with respect to the collective West, which is host to the Empire’s main power centers, it is the Christian religion that historically has played the largest role among the different world religions within that region. And since the founder of the Christian religion is a man named Jesus who lived in the area that is today called Palestine some 2,000 years ago, it is fair to ask how Jesus might respond to contemporary events. We thus might fairly ask, as many have, “What would Jesus do?” This obviously leads to the question, “Who is the Historical Jesus?”, a question that many readers will admit does not have an easy answer.

The foregoing could easily become the introduction to an entire book. For now, though, we will attempt a brief answer.

First, we’ll point out that it was during the 19th century, continuing until today, that a movement began which has been called, “the search for the historical Jesus.” The movement was largely led by protestant German scholars who sought to pass beyond the depictions of Jesus and his teachings found in the four Gospels, elaborated by Paul in his epistles, and repeated in the standard church liturgies. Preaching on Biblical themes by Protestant ministers had long sought to present Jesus in a more modern societal context that naturally led to reflection on his true historical identity.

A pinnacle was reached in the writings of the famed German-speaking musician/physician/theologian/missionary Albert Schweitzer (1875-1965), who published his classic The Quest of the Historical Jesus See here. in 1906. He also wrote a book on The Mysticism of Paul the Apostle. See here.

Schweitzer was one of the towering figures of 20th century world culture, becoming recipient of the Nobel Peace Prize in 1952. His experiences as a doctor in Africa led him to becoming a lifelong opponent of Western colonialism and its attendant horrors.

From this point on, I’ll speak in the first person since I am moving into areas of my quite personal perspectives.

I generally don’t view Wikipedia as a reliable source, but a passable article on Schweitzer does seem to have slipped in. See here. He concluded his book on Jesus by writing:

He comes to us as One unknown, without a name, as of old, by the lake-side, He came to those men who knew him not. He speaks to us the same word: ‘Follow thou me’ and sets us to the task which He has to fulfill for our time. He commands. And to those who obey Him, whether they be wise or simple, He will reveal Himself in the toils, the conflicts, the sufferings which they shall pass through in His fellowship, and as an ineffable mystery, they shall learn in their own experience Who He is.

So, returning to the statement, “I think Jesus was a Buddhist after all,” I wish to refer to the source on which I have relied for spiritual guidance for the past decade, which is Bô Yin Râ, a man I have come to honor as perhaps the most important spiritual teacher of the modern age.

Bô Yin Râ was born on November 25, 1876, in Aschaffenburg, a small city in the Franconia region of northern Bavaria in Germany. His birth name was Joseph Anton Schneider, later appended with the “Franken” suffix to become Joseph Anton Schneiderfranken. Raised in a devout Roman Catholic family, he became a professional landscape artist, traveled extensively in Southern Europe, and was initiated into a worldwide spiritual fraternity whose center is in the East, near the Himalayas. During his lifetime, he published a cycle of spiritual books entitled Hortus Conclusus, the “Gated Garden.” The cycle contains a complete teaching of spiritual development adapted especially to Western seekers. During his lifetime he gained a readership, largely within the German-speaking world, of over a million people. Today his writings are being translated into numerous languages, including English.

I will not say more here about Bô Yin Râ’s biography but will refer the reader to several previous articles published about him and his teachings on the Three Sagessubstack. Click here.

Within the substack is a short article on “Who Is Jesus Christ” that we published on November 12, 2024. This article reads as follows:

I just want to introduce this topic to the readers of the Three Sages substack, though I don’t have time to elaborate on it very much right now.

I recently made a comment to a reader who had broached the topic of the Christian religion that it’s my own view that St. Paul was the founder of Christianity whereas Jesus was the savior of humanity.

People are certainly free to accept or reject Christianity, or any other religion, but no one can reject Jesus for the simple reason that he has already accomplished his mission and opened the door for salvation even for those who may never even have heard of him!

I began searching for Jesus around the time I was 18 years old. This was after I had stopped going to church but had begun to think seriously for myself. That was 60 years ago.

Eventually I was led to the writings of German spiritual author Bô Yin Râ and have begun to publish some short articles about Bô Yin Râ on Three Sages, including transcripts of some chapters from his books; specifically on “Karma” and “War and Peace.” I have also published reviews of some of his books, such as “The Book on the Living God” and “The Book on Life Beyond.”

To make a long story short, Bô Yin Râ, who lived as Joseph Anton Schneiderfranken from 1876-1943, was/is a member of the same order of divine/human “Mediators” as Jesus was/is. Another name for this group is the “Luminaries.” At any given time, there are Luminaries living in human mortal bodies to provide spiritual energy/guidance to people open to their help.

Above the Luminaries are divine beings who live in the spiritual world that surrounds and interpenetrates the material world of terrestrial existence. Some of these beings are “saints” or “angels” who once lived on earth, while others are beings who never had to experience the “fall” into material existence that we mortals suffer through.

That’s all I am going to try to explain for now. Please take a look at what Bô Yin Râ has to say. He makes it clear that all divinely-inspired religions have the same core meaning. But he also advises against anyone’s trying to start a new religion and specifically warns us against people who claim to be doing so.

So on the topic of “I think Jesus was a Buddhist after all,” Bô Yin Râ writes that Jesus indeed was taught by spiritual figures from the East. But he writes further that Jesus never left his home in Palestine to undertake the lengthy travels required to meet them. He writes instead that the teachers from the East traveled instead to visit Jesus on his home territory of Galilee where he grew up in the town of Nazareth. Bô Yin Râ writes that Jesus first encountered one of them along the shorts of the Sea of Galilee when he was a young man working as a carpenter in the city of Capernaum.

As indicated in the earlier article cited above, the figure who came to Jesus was a representative of the spiritual body known as the Luminaries. In the Christmas story with which we are all familiar, the Luminaries are depicted as the “Three Wise Men,” the “Kings” from the East who followed the Star to find the newborn Jesus lying in a manger in Bethlehem.

It is the body of Luminaries who are in charge of all spirituality on earth. They are also called in the Bible the “Order of Melchizedek.” According to Bô Yin Râ, representatives of the Luminaries stayed near Jesus all the way through his adult life, including after his crucifixion and resurrection. There are two instances in particular where the New Testament discloses the presence of the Luminaries. One is the incident known as the Transfiguration, where the glorified Jesus was seen on a mountain by his disciples Peter, James, and John as he was talking with two angel-like beings they took as Moses and Elijah. The other is the appearance of angel-like beings to Mary and Martha inside the tomb where Jesus had been laid after his physical death but now had disappeared. Bô Yin Râ explains this angel-like manifestation in a chapter in his Book on the Living God. A possible third incident may have been the appearance of an angel to Jesus in the Garden of Gethsemane before he was led away to execution.

Several of Bô Yin Râ’s books contain material on Jesus and his teachings, including one entire volume: The Wisdom of St. John. Recently I received from a friend a book in English entitled: Jesus Christ: Discourses on his life and his teaching by Bô Yin Râ, “One of his Brothers in the order after Melchisedec.” A statement on the cover reads: “A compilation by Dr. Taco van der Plaats, from various books of the Hortus Conclusus encompassing the complete spiritual teachings by Bô Yin Râ.” The book is published and copyrighted by Luminium Books Amsterdam.

I will close this article with a quotation by Bô Yin Râ from the end of the first chapter of this book which is titled, “The Luminary’s earthly path.” The quotation, which is provided under the Fair Use doctrine, comes immediately after a description of Jesus’s death on the cross. Readers are invited to see this quotation as an invitation to further study. Bô Yin Râ writes:

But now, as his earthly work appeared to have come to an end, the Master performed that greatest act of love through which he is raised for all those who see the spiritual, sublimely high above all human greatness as the greatest of all men of love who ever walked this earth–and no one can ever come after him who would equal him in his power of love…In this last hour he succeeded in unifying the human beast within him with the power of the spiritual in an absolute unity of feeling, so that he could love as himself those destroying his earthly life in the very moment of destruction.

The invisible earth which carries this globe within it like an egg carries the yolk has been since that sacred and exalted hour delivered for all time from the might of the “prince of this world”—that unseen, transient powerful one who is conscious only of himself and not within the spirit, experiencing himself in the loveless night of matter and seeking to draw everything into his own experience…

Just as he was overcome in this hour, so too can now all the might of darkness on this earth be overcome, by those who know of such might of man and are of “good will”—willing from love.

In his further writings, Bô Yin Râ criticizes the myriad of Christian sects who fight with each other but he also prophecies the coming of a future teacher who will resolve these differences. He also makes clear in his writings that Jesus lives on within the spiritual domain and is in fact “easy to find” by those who seek him.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.

This article was originally published on Three Sages.

Richard C. Cook is a retired U.S. federal analyst with extensive experience across various government agencies, including the U.S. Civil Service Commission, FDA, the Carter White House, NASA, and the U.S. Treasury. He is a graduate of the College of William and Mary. As a whistleblower at the time of the Challenger disaster, he exposed the flawed O-ring joints that destroyed the Space Shuttle, documenting his story in the book “Challenger Revealed.” After serving at Treasury, he became a vocal critic of the private finance-controlled monetary system, detailing his concerns in “We Hold These Truths: The Hope of Monetary Reform.” He served as an adviser to the American Monetary Institute and worked with Congressman Dennis Kucinich to advocate for replacing the Federal Reserve with a genuine national currency. See his new book, Our Country, Then and Now, Clarity Press, 2023. Also see his Three Sages Substack and his American Geopolitical Institute articles at https://www.vtforeignpolicy.com/category/agi/.

“Every human enterprise must serve life, must seek to enrich existence on earth, lest man become enslaved where he seeks to establish his dominion!” Bô Yin Râ (Joseph Anton Schneiderfranken, 1876-1943), translation by Posthumus Projects Amsterdam, 2014. Also download the Kober Press edition of The Book on the Living God here.


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

“It was as if the West’s central philosophical commitment to limited government was extirpated by a crude economic determinism that insisted on no government in Russia.” —Peter J. Stavrakis, Kennan Institute Occasional Papers, 1993

Diplomatic advisors and analysts are a funny breed.  They can be lauded as sages, called upon to clarify the complex and offer the odd lapidary statement.  Such advice is often ignored and, if implemented, done selectively.  The politicians back home are bound to foul things up.

The National Security Archive of George Washington University, as it so often does, performed a fabulous service for historians of diplomatic history prior to Christmas by publishing an insightful cable on US-Russian relations.  The 70-paragraph telegram from the US Embassy in Moscow, which has assumed the status of legend, came from analyst E. Wayne Merry in March 1994.

.

Source

.

Critical of Washington’s obsession with shock economic reform for a post-Communist Russia, the cable is now publicly available because of the Archive’s successful lawsuit under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA).  When authored, its content was deemed so hot it had to be sent via the Dissent Channel, limiting circulation within government circles.

One historical parallel regarding Merry’s cable stands out, up to a point.  As the Briefing Book put together by Svetlana Savranskaya and Tom Blanton suggests, George F. Kennan’s Long Telegram authored in April 1946 is an obvious contender.  Then the chief of mission to the Secretary of State in Moscow, Kennan’s assessment (“without yielding to what I feel would be dangerous degree of oversimplification”) came to shape Cold War policy.  From his suggestions spawned a costly, expansive global machinery based as much on astrological whim as on ideological delusion.  While some of this can be laid at the feet, and mind of Kennan, it would be churlish to avoid the more tempered assessments he offered to superiors who simply picked what was expedient and useful at the time.

In terms of “practical deductions” for US policy, Kennan underlined the perceived threat: Washington faced “a political force committed fanatically to the belief that with the US there can be no permanent modus vivendi”.  Soviet power, to be secure, would disrupt, destroy “our traditional way of life” and break “the international authority of our state”.  To combat this, Kennan offered a menu list.  Soviet power would, for instance, retreat when faced with “the logic of force”.  The Soviets remained, vis-à-vis the West, “by far the weaker force.”  The durability of the Soviet system had yet to prove itself.  Soviet propaganda would be “relatively easy to combat” by means of “any intelligent and really constructive program.”

In full swing as lecturing sage, Kennan urged understanding with “courage, detachment, objectivity” of what the US was facing; educate the public about Russia while placing US dealings “entirely on realistic and matter-of-fact basis”; ensure societal health and vigour on the home front, seeing as communism fed, “like a malignant parasite […] on diseased tissue”; guide other nations rather than impose responsibilities; and avoid allowing “ourselves to become like those whom we are coping.”

The end of the Soviet Union, which did show parts of the Kennan assessment to have been accurate, presented an opportunity for addressing the new post-Cold War realities.  The Soviet Union had ceased to exist as a political entity, with communism in harried retreat.

Merry’s long telegram of March 28, 1994 echoes Kennan’s guiding tone, though it has a rather gamey taste and would never receive the tutored readership it deserved.  The title is instructive: “Whose Russia is it Anyway?  Toward a Policy of Benign Respect.”  It enabled Merry to furnish own warnings about US policy till that point, which had failed to consider the effects economic shock therapy was having, fed and encouraged by the swarm of US aid specialists indifferent to necessary, accompanying political reforms.  Terms such as “democracy” and “the market”, treated as synonymous, if not “mutually dependent” terms in American rhetoric, resisted replication in the Russian context.  “Russians (and most non-Americans) are simply baffled by this vision of a societal double helix of political and economic decisions leading to a higher moral and material state of being.”

It was a central contention of Merry that what was contributing to an increasingly cooling relationship between Moscow and Washington at that point was the role of foreign aid and an increasing suspicion in the country of the radical “marketeers”.  Russia had been turned into a gargantuan charity case, flooded by ignorant charity workers – of the highly specialised sort – described by local officials as “assistance tourists”.  This also meant an utter neglect in terms of reforming the civil institutions necessary for stability, including training a new civil service to supplant the command economy bureaucrats.  Unlike the post-Second World War Marshall Plan that directed aid into clearly stipulated channels to stimulate growth in a devastated Western Europe, these “assistance tourists” rarely thought of asking “their hosts for an appraisal of Russian needs”.

US assistance, he warned, had become “a net detriment to the bilateral relationship”.  Three reasons were offered: the overselling of assistance comprised primarily of “financial intangibles and technical assistance”; the failure of much of the assistance to ever leave US shores or enter Russian hands; and the “friction” caused by the intrusiveness of the programs and “linking assistance with Russian actions in other spheres.”  On a tart note, Merry suggests that the point had been reached “where it is arguable that the best service our aid program could now serve could be to permit [Russian President] Boris Yeltsin publicly to tell America to take its money and shove it.”

US policy towards an ailing, then moribund, and eventually extinct Soviet Union, is not a glorious tale.  Promises, to be frequently broken, were made to placate and sooth the Russian psyche that eastward expansion on the spear of NATO, incorporating former Warsaw Pact states, would not take place.  Russia, as vulnerable economic patient, was assured that capitalist fed prosperity was just around the corner, even as communism’s hammer and sickle, with its proletarian promise, repaired to the historical museum.

While historical forces, local conditions and cultural idiosyncrasies will always guide the development of any state and community, there is something to be said that post-Cold War Russia might have taken something of a different path had Merry’s sharp words found their mark.  But a hubristic atmosphere had infected Washington, heated by such neoliberal dogmatists as Larry Summers, Undersecretary of the Treasury for International Affairs between 1993 and 1995.  Officials in his department went so far as to shield him from Merry’s observations, claiming they would give him “a heart attack.”  Far better to let the Russian economy suffer a cardiac arrest instead and wait for the consequences we see today.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He currently lectures at RMIT University.  He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). Email: [email protected]

Featured image: U.S. Embassy DCM James Collins and head of the political-internal section E. Wayne Merry in Moscow.  
Courtesy of Wayne Merry. (Source)


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

The beautiful symbolic replica of Hagia Sophia in Al Sqeilbiyyeh is boarded up by HTS terrorist gangs.

The Hagia Sophia Church in the northern Hama Syrian Christian town of Al Sqeilbiyyeh (also spelled As Suqalibiyah) has been closed by the terrorist gangs affiliated with the HTS Junta regime in Damascus.

The move comes after armed gangs set fire to the Christmas tree in the centre of Al Sqeilbiyyeh during Christmas celebrations. During the December attacks on Christian communities the same gangs had also entered the church and desecrated the icons, holy scriptures and stunning murals.

.

.

.

.

Video of the terrorist destruction inside Hagia Sophia church:

.

Watch here

.

According to one Syrian X account:

The closure was carried out using cement and without any prior announcement or official clarification, while local accounts indicate that verbal threats were directed at those in charge of the church by a security official affiliated with the so-called “Military Operations Administration” in the area.

The History of the Resurrection of Hagia Sophia in Al Sqeilbiyyeh

.

The building of the Hagia Sophia Church in Al Sqeilbiyyeh. Photo: Vanessa Beeley

.

3rd February 2021: Yesterday I visited the Syrian Christian town of Al Sqeilbiyyeh, one of the most fertile areas of Syria that was besieged for 7 years by the US Coalition- backed armed gangs. During that time the terrorist groups targeted schools, residential areas, infrastructure with missiles, nowhere was safe. The closest terrorist encampment was only 500m away in Qalaat Al Madiq. Invasion was an ever present danger.

In 2021 people were seen taking selfies on the hills that previously faced the Nusra Front (Al Qaeda) checkpoints and headquarters that regularly rained rockets and mortars down on the civilians of Al Sqeilbiyyeh:

On the 12th of May, 2019, Jaish Al Izza — an armed affiliate of Hayat Tahrir Al Sham (HTS) — an Al Qaeda rebrand that controls the majority of Idlib province and Northern Hama — targeted the Syrian Christian town of As Suqaylabiyah, situated on the border of terrorist-held areas.

The attacks came just after the Syrian Arab Army liberation of Qalaat Al Madiq, a town only 500 meters from As Suqaylabiyah. The civilians of As Suqaylabiyah had seen this advance by the SAA as a victory — many of the attacks on their town had emanated from Qalaat Al Madiq, a Nusra Front stronghold intermittently populated by other extremist groups, among them Jaish Al Islam, which was evacuated from Douma in April 2018, and Jaish Al Izza, the HTS/Nusra affiliate.

.

Families grieving the loss of children killed in As Suqaylabiyah, May 12, 2019. Photo | Gaith Al Abdullah

.

Four children — Bashar Nemeh, Jessica Karajian, Suhair Adnan and Engi Faisal Razouk — along with an adult woman, Hala Mkashkash, were murdered in the horrifying attack on As Suqaylabiyah, their young lives wiped out by Grad missiles almost certainly supplied to the extremist groups by the U.S or its allies.

Hagia Sophia and Erdogan 

When Erdogan threatened the history and existence of Christianity in the region through his support of terrorists and extremists in Syria and his erosion of Christian heritage in Turkey – the commander of the Sqeilbiyyeh National Defence Forces, Nabel Alabdalla, decided to take action against Erdogan’s neo-ottoman ambitions.

Taken from a former article:

Formerly a museum celebrating regional religious co-existence and secular cultures, it has recently been converted into a mosque by Turkish president, Recip Erdogan. Erdogan in his eagerness to return to the pre- Sevres Treaty (1923) borders and to reinstate the Ottoman Empire, is uprooting Christian identity in Turkey.

In addition to Aya Sophia, Erdogan has reconverted the historic Chora church, one of the most famous Istanbul Byzantine buildings, into a Mosque, one month after Aya Sophia opened for Friday prayer.

Previously, the St. Georgios Greek Orthodox Church, which was restored and transformed into a cultural centre by the Nilüfer Municipality in Bursa, was taken from the municipality and transferred to an Islamic Foundation. The historical building, which was neglected for 7 years, was destroyed recently.

“..known as the “Hagia Sophia of Bursa” since it was used both as a church and a mosque in the past, to future generations, organized various cultural events in the historical building. “ ~ Paul Antonopoulos

This is from the Conversation in 2020:

Ever since the reversion of Hagia Sophia back into a mosque, the Muslim call to prayer has been resounding from its minarets.

Originally built as a Christian Orthodox church and serving that purpose for centuries, Hagia Sophia was transformed into a mosque by the Ottomans upon their conquest of Constantinople in 1453.

In 1934, it was declared a museum by the secularist Turkish leader Mustafa Kemal Atatürk.

As of June 24 of this year, Hagia Sophia’s icons of the Virgin Mary and infant Christ are covered by fabric curtains as the edifice yet again changes functions.

This time around, rather than maintain Hagia Sophia as a monument of coexistence, the Turkish government’s actions have sharpened an already tense ideological divide between pious and secular Turks, and between Muslims and Christians worldwide.

.

.

When Erdogan converted the historic Hagia Sophia temple into a mosque, Nabel began his project to rebuild a downsized replica of Hagia Sophia in Sqeilbiyyeh. Nabel’s vision is that the Sqeilbiyyeh Hagia Sophia will be a place of remembrance of all the martyrs who have sacrificed their lives to defend Syria, including the Russian heroes who fought alongside their brothers in the Syrian Arab Army to liberate this holy land from the sectarian invaders and proxy forces of the West.

I wrote back in 2019:

It is a beautiful thing to see this miracle take shape. It is a miracle because in the midst of all the turmoil in this world, here is someone who is laying the seeds of resistance for the future and leading by example, honouring steadfastness, resilience, justice and hope in a land that has been battered and besieged for ten long years. The building of this symbol of faith in the midst of a world that has forgotten what it is to believe in something better for Humanity, is a gift, not only to Syria but to the world. It is not about religion, it is about peace and honour and dignity.

This is a short video I put together of the photos I took during the construction phase.

Alabdalla reacted the minute that Erdogan declared his intent to convert Aya Sophia in July 2020. Alabdalla undertook to finance the initiative himself while making a statement that explained his vision. Excerpts below:

“Hagia Sophia was originally built as a church and was not a temple for any other religion prior to that. It was a symbol of Christianity for thousands of years before the Ottoman occupied it by force and because he is a barbarian extremist, he converted it to a mosque – the opposite to what Al-Farouk (Omar bin Al-Khattab) did in Jerusalem.”

“Our Russian friends heard about this initiative from the media, so they mentioned the project to the Duma and this is evidence of their opposition to Erdogan’s actions. However, the church will be built only with hands from Sqeilbiyyeh and with Syrian stone, on my land and I will finance the project personally – just as our ancestors preserved our heritage and our land, so we shall do the same.“

.

Hagia Sophia foundation stone ceremony. Photo: Vanessa Beeley

.

On the 5th September 2020, the day that Deir Ezzor was liberated from a three year ISIS occupation in 2017, the foundation stone of the new Aya Sophia was laid in an olive-tree lined field in Al Sqeilbiyyeh. This Syrian Christian town was besieged for seven years by the Erdogan-controlled and midwived terrorist groups in northern Hama and Idlib, part of the US Coalition proxy forces that have invaded Syria since 2011.

.

Sqeilbiyyeh female defenders – mothers, wives, sisters and relatives of martyrs have taken up arms and trained with Russian forces to defend their city. Photo: Vanessa Beeley

.

The event was attended by an impressive number of Syrian and Russian dignitaries. General Ramadan Ramadan of the Ninth Division of the Syrian Arab Army and the Commander in Chief at the Russian base of Hmemim, General Alexander Chaiko was also in attendance and participated in the laying of the foundation stone. The Archbishop of Hama, Nikolai Baalbek and a number of other Orthodox Christian representatives gave their seal of approval.

The day before the event, Erdogan was particularly bellicose. He announced that “Turkish conquest is not occupation or looting – It is spreading the justice of Allah, if anybody wants to stand against us and pay the price, let them come”. The social media chatter from his client terrorists in Idlib echoed his belligerence and displeasure that Alabdalla was defying the neo-Ottoman diktats. Apologies for the Memri/Israeli clip but here is the speech with subtitles.

Alabdalla’s challenge to Erdogan certainly did not go unnoticed. Alabdalla has been a steadfast military opponent of Turkey and the US Alliance since the war against Syria began ten years ago. Not only has Alabdalla defended his own city against the threat of massacre by the sectarian hordes, he has also fought in many of the most arduous campaigns across Syria and he is considered a legend by his soldiers, many of whom have fought by his side in all the campaigns.

Nabel Alabdalla had the courage of his convictions. He had his detractors who believed the project was foolish but he has proven them wrong. The core belief that Alabdalla has upheld is that Christianity is an integral part of the middle eastern cultural tapestry and that a secular Syria must be defended at all costs.

It is that secular Syria that is now threatened by Erdogan’s terrorist proxy Junta that now imposes the anti-minority policies that are undermining Syria’s ancient history of inclusivity and co-existence.

HTS-affiliated Terrorists Attack Hagia Sophia Opening Ceremony

.

.

My section on UK Column News covering the heinous Turkish proxy terrorist attack on a Syrian Christian ceremony on Sunday 24th July. During the ceremony to open the Hagia Sophia replica church in Al Sqeilbiyyeh on Sunday, Idlib terrorist carried out a suicide drone attack on more than 1000 civilians, children, teenagers, foreign diplomats, Syrian dignitaries and faith leaders who had come together to honour Syrian and Russian martyrs who have given their lives in the 11 year war against Western-incubated terrorism:

In the midst of the ceremony just as a representative from the Syrian Al Waqf religious institution was talking about forgiveness and leniency towards those who have harmed Syria, the terrorists attacked. Four meters away from our seats the drone struck – a young National Defence Solider Hisham Elias took the full force of the blast shielding us all. The statue also protected us from the shrapnel and deadly debris. Hisham later died from his dreadful wounds. Seven others were injured, soldiers and teenagers.

There was mass panic as people fled to any shelter they could find. Reports of more drones incoming forced us all to leave the vicinity and return to the town center. This is a new warfare funded by the US Coalition, technology most probably supplied by Turkey and training by NATO member state operatives on the ground in Idlib assisting the terrorists to kill Syrian civilians.

The Hagia Sophia Church in Al Sqeilbiyyeh survived this attempt to destroy its existence in Syria and it became the symbol of Resistance for the population of Sqeilbiyyeh who would later get married in the simple church or have their wedding photos taken in the beautiful grounds surrounding the church. Now HTS have concreted the door to the church blocking entry to all who found solace there.

I spent many months with the people of Al Sqeilbiyyeh, both during the terrorist siege and attacks and during the fragile peacetime that followed the Syrian Arab Army allied liberation of the areas surrounding the besieged town, pushing the terrorist groups into the Idlib Al Qaeda haven.

.

.

I am proud to say that my name is engraved on the walls surrounding the church and I was offered a burial site in the grounds of the church when my time finally came to an end in this world. This is how connected I was to this tiny corner of Syria that represents the war against the worlds that would see Humanity destroyed and inclusivity consigned to memory under the HTS terrorist regime.

I will include just some of my reports from beautiful Al Sqeilbiyyeh where I consider the people to be family:

  1. 2019 – Interview with the Director of Al Sqeilbiyyeh National Hospital, Dr Issam Hawsheh – discussing the effects of the illegal US/EU economic sanctions, the White Helmet frauds and the daily terrorist attacks from the armed groups in Idlib and Hama countryside.

.

.

I asked Dr Hawsheh about the western propaganda which claims the Syrian government is deliberately targeting schools and hospitals in #Idlib:

“It is impossible that our government would target our infrastructures after working for 40 years to establish this infrastructure including hospitals and schools.

Those in Idlib are Syrian citizens. If they were given the choice now, none of them would stay for one minute in areas controlled by the terrorists. They are our people, the people of the Syrian government.

If a stone sheltering a terrorist were targeted, the world would be outraged. But our children are deprived of their education every day. They are deprived of health care. They are not allowed to go to the parks because of the terrorist missiles manufactured in Europe […] they are being murdered by shells and weapons manufactured by the West.

What I know (about the White Helmets) is that they are a fake organisation, a deceiving group, established by British Intelligence.

(White Helmets) claim that they represent humanitarian values and serve all mankind – they claim that they help children and rescue people – but they are actors who adhere to the terrorist ideology…”

  1. Exclusive Interview with Syrian women NDF volunteers on Idlib borders

.

.

Young wives have lost their husbands early in their married life which should be a time of joy and companionship. Sisters have lost their brothers and mothers their sons.

Fadi Ibrahim Salloum was the only son of one of the mothers who speaks to me. As she left the room, his mother reached out to touch the photo of her son displayed among those of all the NDF martyrs from Al Skeilbiyyeh that have given their lives defending the town, she stroked his face in the photo gently before leaving.

“I hope that every mother would understand that if she had children and she loves her homeland, it is her right to defend her homeland when evil threatens it” she told me.

Please watch the faces of these unbelievably brave women as their friends are speaking, just to understand their suffering and pain – despite which they have chosen to stand in solidarity with their brothers in the National Defence Forces and the Syrian Arab Army.

 

  1. UK “vows to protect Christians” while still financing terrorism in Syria

Ford [Peter Ford, former UK Ambassador in Syria] made the same point – “Not only has the British government ignored Syrian Christians but it has tried to stifle their voice, by for example refusing visas for Syrian bishops to visit Britain just to put their case.

Where, for example, are Hunt’s or Johnson’s condemnations of the massacre of civilians on a regular basis in the Syrian Christian towns of Al Sqeilbiyyeh and Mhardeh and villages in the surrounding countryside? These towns and villages are in the Syrian government-secured areas bordering Al Qaeda-dominated northern Hama and Idlib.

For eight years, these Syrian towns have been shelled and threatened with ethnic-cleansing invasion by the terrorist gangs marketed as “rebels” in the West and staunchly defended by Hunt and Johnson.

Women in these towns, wives, sisters, daughters of “martyrs” –the young men who have sacrificed their lives in the volunteer National Defence Forces to defend their communities against the sectarian hatred camped on their doorstep– have, themselves, taken up arms and trained as fighters to protect their people. The brutal gangs who would drive them from their homes and their land are, effectively, promoted and financed by the British government. As Ford says:

“It is the height of hypocrisy for the British government to affect concern for Christians when, in its obsession with overthrowing Assad, it has completely ignored the plight of Syrian Christians, who regard Assad as their sole bulwark against persecution. Worst of all, the British government continues to this day to support to the hilt jihadi groups in Syria”

  1. Syria – on the frontline against International Terrorism

Nabel has often spoken of “holding the candle of peace and love in one hand, with the other hand on the trigger of the gun” – this is the spirit of these Syrian soldiers who fight for peace and the return of love and unity to this land.

My interview with Nabel Alabdalla shortly after a series of terrorist mortar attacks on residential areas of Al Sqeilbiyyeh:

 

  1. Amnesty International silent on Al Qaeda war crimes to criminalise Syrian government

After March 9, the merciless attacks against civilians and infrastructure in Mhardeh and Al Suqaylabiyah continued unabated. On March 16, terrorists targeted another residential area in Suqaylabiyah. Salma Boutros Khalil was seriously injured by shrapnel, her home was destroyed. Her daughter in law, Ayat Al-Mahmoud, a Palestinian originally from Damascus, was killed. Ayat was pregnant, her baby was due in one week. Salma’s grandson was also terribly injured by shrapnel and was rushed to Hama National hospital. Two other children were grievously wounded in this attack.

These attacks do not target military centers, they target only residential areas and civilians. They are, in many instances, war crimes, but according to Amnesty International, these attacks never happened.

On March 26, according to the Amnesty report, Syrian government forces fired rockets “at a school in Sheikh Idriss.” Again the context is non-existent. On March 23, a suspected chemical weapon attack was carried out by HTS against villages around 10km to the northwest of Al Suqaylabiyah – al-Rasif, al-Aziziyyeh, al-Khandaq, and al-Jayyid. The attack came in from the north, in fact close to Sheikh Idriss.

I was in Al Suqaylabiyah when this attack took place and I was able to visit the local hospital that received the 34 victims which included three children, one severely affected with respiratory problems. Victims complained of breathing difficulties, skin blisters, eye sensitivity, nausea and shock syndrome after the attack. One victim, Nawfal Tawbar, described the 1m high dense white smoke that enveloped the area after the mortars had exploded:

Finally, I will include a gallery of some of the photos I have taken in Al Sqeilbiyyeh:

.


 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.

All images in this article are from the author


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

China, Forward-Looking – 2025 and Beyond

January 7th, 2025 by Peter Koenig

The Chongyang Institute for Financial Studies at Renmin University of China (RDCY) has successfully completed several studies in 2024 which contributed to China’s success story for 2024 and, in addition had an international flair.

Main studies included,

.

  • Policy briefs for key decision-makers;
  • Hosting, (i) the Tongzhou Global Development Forum, drawing over 1000 participants, to discuss the future of global development, security, and sustainability; (ii) the China-Latin American and Caribbean (LAC) States Roundtable on Human Rights in Rio, Brazil;
  • RDCY’s global presence, visiting 17 countries, engaging with political leaders, strengthening global partnerships, and advocating for peaceful cross-border collaboration; and
  • Finally, contributing to Chinese and international academia with the publication of multiple books and articles translated into several languages, on burning international socioeconomic issues, such as international finance, development economics and reforms, with outlooks to 2029, 2035 and 2050.

The studies vision of the future are providing a formidable reflection of China’s continuous outstanding socioeconomic performance domestically as well as internationally.

The outlook for China in 2025 and beyond is as bright as it was in 2024.

In 2023, China embarked on her sixth reform since 1979. It involves economic restructuring by modernization and further opening-up. China’s periodic reforms mean extraordinary flexibility for adjusting her 1.3 billion-people-economy to ever-changing international circumstances.

In 2025 and beyond, China’s focus will remain on Global South markets, including the nine-country BRICS association, as well as on the different ASEAN Free Trade Agreements and on APEC. The Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation is an intergovernmental organization promoting trade and investment in the Asia-Pacific region. APEC is closely linked to the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI).

At the same time, China will concentrate on her huge domestic market.

These forward-looking strategies may render China more robust and independent form the sanctioning dollar-economy, while opening new markets in the Global South, i.e. in Africa and South America.

Chinese international competitiveness is practically unbeatable. Therefore, president-elect Donald Trump’s tariff-threats, copied by vassalic Europe, will hardly impact China’s economic growth. To the contrary, the west is losing an important trading partner. The European Union is blocking a formidable opportunity for Europe’s stable trade and growth, thereby pulling western economies further down the drain.

Because of these nonsensical western globalist policies, the West has been declining for at least the last three decades, accelerating to warp speed in the last five years.

Independently of President Trump, a new era is dawning which may change everything, and President Xi’s idea of a new Eurasian market, initiated by the BRI, may reemerge for the benefit of all.

Meanwhile, BRI will continue moving forward. In November 2024, the new fully China-funded and -managed Peruvian port of Chancay was inaugurated under the banner of BRI. The merchant harbor, one of the largest on the South American Pacific Coast, is expected to pool exports and imports of several South American countries, thereby promoting new markets and economic growth for Latin America, as well as Asia, including China.

In the years ahead, China’s position and strive for peaceful growth and peacefully connecting the world in time of wars and conflicts, is exemplary and may lead China to take on a more important role in mediating for international peace-making.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution. 

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter Koenig, economist geopolitical analyst. He is a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

Featured image is from The Cradle


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

Selected Articles: Technology to Manipulate the Human Brain

January 7th, 2025 by Global Research News

Technology to Manipulate the Human Brain: Donald Trump May Decide About the Future of Freedom of Thought and Human Destiny in This World.

By Mojmir Babacek, January 06, 2025

The German secret services intended to provoke new investigation of the attacks producing the Havana syndrome in the American congress and in this way possibly end the classification of technologies enabling remote control of the activity of the human nervous system.

“Next Prime Minister of Canada”? Conservative Leader Pierre Poilievre Says Israel Hit on Iran “a Gift by the Jewish State to Humanity”

By Global Research News and Sean Boynton, January 07, 2025

Poilievre casually ignores the genocide conducted by Israel against the People of Palestine, which has resulted in more than a 200,000 deaths of Palestinian children. He presents war as a humanitarian endeavour; “Responsibility to Protect.”

What Is Going On in Syria and What Does It Mean? Paul C. Roberts

By Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, January 07, 2025

The explanations we are given make no sense, neither Washington’s, Putin’s, nor Iran’s. How did terrorists whose leaders had $10 million bounties on their heads become “democratic jihadists” who comprise Syria’s “interim government” with Washington’s and Putin’s support?

Renowned Oncologist: ‘Evil’ COVID ‘Vaccines’ Caused ‘Turbo Cancer’ ‘Explosion’

By Frank Bergman, January 07, 2025

A world-renowned professor of oncology has issued a chilling warning about Covid mRNA “vaccines” after concluding that the “evil” injections have triggered a global “explosion” in cases of deadly “turbo cancers.”

Pfizer Failed to Disclose Deaths of Two Women in COVID Vaccine Clinical Trials

By Michael Nevradakis, January 06, 2025

The deaths occurred before the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) granted emergency use authorization (EUA) for the vaccine in December 2020. However, it wasn’t until September 2023, nearly three years later, that the FDA publicly released documents revealing the deaths of a 63-year-old Kansas woman and a 58-year-old Georgia woman who participated in the trials.

Join the Army; Travel to Exotic, Distant Lands; and Radicalise

By Dr. Binoy Kampmark, January 06, 2025

Of late, the righteous types in the military have been confronted by the prospect that their citadel of honourable service and upstanding behaviour could be a foundry for extremism and mental mutilation.  Is there any more extremist act than killing someone, often nameless to the killer, and being lauded for it?

Devils in the Machine – Driving an Electric Car Is Fake Environmentalism

By Reality Books, January 06, 2025

The push to end gasoline or diesel transport by 2035 in favor of e-vehicles is based on a lie as the lithium-ion battery-powered vehicles have a total “carbon footprint” when the effects of mining lithium and producing all parts are included, that is worse than diesel autos. 

A world-renowned professor of oncology has issued a chilling warning about Covid mRNA “vaccines” after concluding that the “evil” injections have triggered a global “explosion” in cases of deadly “turbo cancers.”

The warning was issued by Angus Dalgleish, a professor of oncology at St George’s, University of London.

Prof. Dalgleish, who is best known for his groundbreaking contributions to HIV/AIDS research, raised the alarm during an international forum of experts investigating the mass Covid vaccination campaign.

While addressing the Medical Doctors for Covid Ethics International forum, founded by Dr. Stephen Frost and moderated by Charles Kovess, Dalgleish told the panel of experts:

“We must stop messenger RNA [mRNA] at all costs… it’s not only mad, it’s evil.”

“The problem with [mRNA] is you have to stabilize it,” Dalgleish explained.

“And…they’ve never been able to significantly stabilize it…so it won’t integrate and wreak havoc and self-replicate.”

Dalgleish continued by declaring any injections using the mRNA delivery platform, not just Covid “vaccines,” must be stopped “at all costs.”

He warned that he has seen an “explosion” of deadly “turbo cancers” in his patients who have received Covid mRNA injections.

“I’ve spent 30 years designing vaccines, cancer, and HIV,” the celebrated professor noted.

“And I’ve also been on the boards of major pharmaceutical, mid-range pharmaceutical, especially those involving vaccines, and more importantly… a company that calls itself the messenger RNA vaccine company.

“I was on that for five years, and I left seven years ago,” Dalgleish says.

“And I knew then that the problem with messenger RNA [is] you have to stabilize it.

“And after all these years, they’ve never been able to significantly stabilize it…so it won’t integrate and wreak havoc and self-replicate.

“Therein lies the problem,” Dalgleish asserted.

“The idea of giving it to cancer patients to try and interfere is one thing, and I could go along and support that 10, 20 years ago because I thought cancer vaccines were really important in gene therapy.

“That’s what I was doing,” he revealed.

“In fact, I was on the editorial board of a journal called Gene Therapy.

“So I do know an awful lot of what they accuse me of not knowing what I’m talking about

“But the idea that you’d give it to anybody other than a terminal cancer patient was never ever on.

“And until this pandemic was thought up and created and masquerading as an emergency, they couldn’t even [roll it out] for cancer treatment,” Dalgleish adds.

“So now we have…[England’s Chief Medical Officer Chris] Whitty and Morris and all these people say, ‘Ah, it’s fantastic. We’ve got a great way of producing… rapid vaccines for new viruses and things for children, what have you.’

“And that article I spoke about, it said that there would be no liability for Moderna and any of the companies with this.”

Dalgleish continues by noting:

“They want to go for diseases like RSV and flu, what have you, for children and young adults.

“That is the equivalent of exposing children to radium, on the ground.

“Let’s just see if it causes any problems in 10 or 20 years’ time.

“It’s not only mad, it’s evil. And we must stop it.

“And I’ll stop there because that is the big message I want to get across: We must stop messenger RNA at all costs.”

Dalgleish was one of several experts who joined the panel discussion to raise the alarm about the injections.

Multiple doctors raised major concerns about the impact of the “vaccines” that they’re seeing among their vaccinated patients.

This is not the first time Professor Dalgleish has sounded the alarm about the mRNA injections, however.

As Slay News reported, he recently appeared on national television in Australia and dropped multiple bombshells while blowing the whistle on Covid mRNA “vaccines.”

Dalgleish appeared in a 10-minute segment on Sky News Australia to warn the public that Covid mRNA injections are “not vaccines.”

He continued by warning that the Covid shots have “caused unbelievable problems and damage to people.”

Dalgleish told the Australian people that they have been lied to about the pandemic and the so-called “vaccines” by their government and the media.

Dalgleish continued by criticizing the hasty implementation and widespread use of experimental mRNA “vaccines” from Pfizer and Moderna.

He expressed grave concerns about these so-called “vaccines.”

“These ‘vaccines’ were not vaccines, particularly the ones that ended up after AstraZeneca with all the clots and they were shut down,” Dalgleish warned.

“But the messenger RNA vaccines of Pfizer and Moderna have caused unbelievable problems and damage to people, and I don’t think we will ever really be able to get over that!”

Dalgleish argues that Covid mRNA “vaccines” are the cause of skyrocketing excess deaths recorded all around the world since early 2021.

He also asserts that the injections are linked to surges in cancer, which he described as “turbo cancers.”

This phenomenon has been seen globally.

Highly vaccinated countries, such as the United StatesJapan, the UKAustralia, and Singapore, have also seen deaths and deadly diseases spiking to unprecedented levels.

Dalgleish is among thousands of doctors, scientists, and academics who have signed a groundbreaking petition calling on governments around the world to issue an immediate ban on Covid mRNA “vaccines” due to an “alarming rise in disability and excess deaths” among those who received the injections.

The petition, known as the HOPE Accord, is signed by some of the world’s leading medical experts.

It makes five calls to the international community concerning the Covid mRNA “vaccines” while warning the public about the proven harms caused by the injections.

The HOPE Accord, which has been signed by 1900 doctors and over 2000 scientists and academics, warns that “a growing body of evidence suggests that they are contributing to an alarming rise in disability and excess deaths.”

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.

Our thanks to Dr. William Makis for bringing this article to our attention.

Featured image is from Slay News


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

What Is Going On in Syria and What Does It Mean? Paul C. Roberts

January 7th, 2025 by Dr. Paul Craig Roberts

The explanations we are given make no sense, neither Washington’s, Putin’s, nor Iran’s. How did terrorists whose leaders had $10 million bounties on their heads become “democratic jihadists” who comprise Syria’s “interim government” with Washington’s and Putin’s support?

Interim for who? The most likely answer to the question is for Greater Israel.

How does Syria exist when it is partitioned into three parts between Israel, Washington, and Turkey? The Israeli government has already said that it is in Syria to stay as Syria is part of Greater Israel. Turkey is holding on to the north in order to eliminate the Kurds, allegedly under America’s protection. Washington has the oil territory and the money.

The first thing Israel did was to destroy every Syrian arms depot and arms manufacturing facility to make certain that the “democratic jihadists” had no weapons with which to oppose the incorporation of Syria into Greater Israel. 

The Americans have the oil, so how is Humpty Dumpty going to be put back together again?

It is not going to happen. Syria, like Palestine, no longer exists. 

Why does Putin describe the destruction of Syria as a victory for Russia?

Why did the battle-hardened and previously victorious Syrian army refuse to fight the CIA’s insurgents it had previously defeated? Who payed off the Syrian generals?

Why did Putin allow the remnants of those defeated elements of “democratic jihadists” to recoup in the untouched American occupied part of Syria?

Why did Putin and Iran allow the destruction of Syria, a destruction that removed Iran’s buffer and the resupply routes to Hezbollah in Lebanon, a check on Israel’s aggression, and left in question Russia’s only naval base on the Mediterranean and air bases for projection of Russian power?

More questions could be asked, but these are sufficient to demonstrate the absence of credible explanation.

What is apparent is that the correlation of forces which were going against Washington and Israel have suddenly reversed. Russia has turned her back on an ally. Iran is isolated. Hezbollah is isolated. The credibility of the Russian/Iranian Pact which is supposed to be signed the day before or the day of Trump’s inauguration is in question. 

The loss of Syria is perceived in Washington as a Russian and Iranian defeat. 

Trump’s Zionist government is telling him that Iran is ripe for attack.

Putin, weakened by the Israeli/American defeat of Russia in Syria, is in a subordinate position in his reportedly upcoming negotiations with Trump about Ukraine. If Trump agrees to Putin’s conditions, the American media will instantly headline: “Trump Sells Out Ukraine to Putin.” The US Democrat Party will fund a new “dossier” that “proves” trump conspired with Putin against Ukraine. Most Democrats believe such a conspiracy is why Trump won the Presidency in 2016.

There are two aspects of “making America Great Again” that have escaped MAGA Americans and apparently Putin, Xi, and Iran. For Trump and Musk, making America great means making more profits. US corporations make profits by substituting cheaper foreign labor for US labor. Thus Trump and Elon Musk’s endorsement of replacing Americans with foreigners on H-1B visas. See this.

The other aspect is restoring American hegemony. America is great when Washington is exercising hegemony, either by bombs and sanctions or by bribes that purchase governments. Years ago I was informed by Chinese sources that US corporations operating in China place the relatives of party leaders on their boards at fantastic levels of director’s fees. The money removes loyalty from China and replaces it with loyalty to America.

Trump can simultaneously sell out the American workforce while he makes America great again by taking advantage of the pressure China, Brazil, and BRICS members are putting on Putin to settle Ukraine diplomatically so they can get on with non-sanction trade relations with the West.  

To settle diplomatically means Putin has to give up some of his stated goals of his “Temporary military operation,” now 6 months longer than it took Stalin to drive the German Wehrmacht out of Russia, Eastern Europe, and reach the streets of Berlin. Once Putin makes concessions to end the conflict, the patriotic and nationalistic elements in Russia will be asking why Russia lost so many lives in order to piss away a victory. 

In other words, it is a perfectly set formula for the destabilization of Putin’s government if he is unable to produce victory in Ukraine. Putin and Lavrov need to understand that it is the Western media, not them, that controls the explanations.

A strategic thinker would have foreseen this, but Putin is not a strategic thinker.

My view remains what it has been from the beginning. Putin’s inability to recognize and deal with an existential threat will result in Russia being pushed to the wall where there is no more room to back up, and war will explode.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.  

Paul Craig Roberts is a renowned author and academic, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy where this article was originally published. Dr. Roberts was previously associate editor and columnist for The Wall Street Journal. He was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy during the Reagan Administration. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

“The next Prime Minister of Canada was asked whether he would support Israel striking Iran’s nuclear facilities. His response: “It would be a gift by the Jewish state to humanity.”

Poilievre casually ignores the Genocide conducted by Israel against the People of Palestine, which has resulted in more than 200,000 deaths of Palestinian children. 

He presents war as a humanitarian endeavour. “Responsibility to Protect”.  

He  dismisses the Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide, which defines “Complicity in Genocide” in Articles III and IV   

He casually accuses Iran of Genocide. 

“If Israel were to stop that genocidal, theocratic, unstable government from acquiring nuclear weapons, it would be a gift by the Jewish state to humanity.”

He calls for what constitutes a pre-emptive act of war by “The Jewish State” against Iran, which could lead humanity into a World War III scenario. 

Lest we forget Israel is an undeclared nuclear weapons State with extensive capabilities and an estimated stockpile of up to 400 nuclear warheads, of which 200 are targeted at Iran. 

Hon. Pierre Polievre, Preemptive War is not the Solution. Canadians across the land want Peace and Justice!

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, January 7, 2025

.

Watch on X

***

Global News Report by Sean Boyton

Conservative Leader Pierre Poilievre on Tuesday doubled down on his call for Israel to pre-emptively strike Iran’s nuclear facilities, saying such an act would be “a gift by the Jewish state to humanity.”

Poilievre first voiced his support Monday at a commemoration event in Ottawa marking the one-year anniversary of Hamas’ Oct. 7, 2023, attack against Israel. The ensuing conflict in the Middle East reached a new crescendo last week, when Iran — which supports Hamas and other proxy militant groups fighting Israel — fired a barrage of ballistic missiles at Israel, which has vowed retaliation.

U.S. President Joe Biden and other world leaders have warned against striking Iran’s nuclear facilities over fears of further escalating the conflict into an all-out war between two of the region’s most well-armed nations.

Poilievre wouldn’t say if he disagrees with Biden’s assessment when asked by reporters in Ottawa on Tuesday, but reiterated his belief that striking the facilities would prevent Iran from developing nuclear weapons.

“I think the idea of allowing a genocidal, theocratic, unstable dictatorship that is desperate to avoid being overthrown by its own people to develop nuclear weapons is about the most dangerous and irresponsible thing that the world could ever allow,” Poilievre said.

“If Israel were to stop that genocidal, theocratic, unstable government from acquiring nuclear weapons, it would be a gift by the Jewish state to humanity.”

Click here to read the full article of Sean Boynton on Global News.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.  


Global Research is a reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

US-India: Diamonds Are Not Forever. Modi’s Gift to Biden

January 7th, 2025 by M. K. Bhadrakumar

Iran Trap for Turkey

January 6th, 2025 by Hasan Erel

Turkiye’s ruling party AKP’s work on the Greater Middle East Project gained momentum in the last period.

After a short commercial break, they returned to their real roles. 

The story of the 2011 Syria and 2013 Kurdish openings was released again. And this time with a huge production…

Saddam was overthrown in Iraq, Gaddafi in Libya, Assad in Syria and now it is Iran’s turn.

In my previous article, I had written the title “A Saddam Trap is being set for Turkey”.

Now this title is starting to be filled with more substance. My biggest fear from the very beginning was that Turkey would be dragged into war against Iran. This would be the most profitable formula for the US and Israel. Although the malfunctions in the occupation of Iraq made them a little cold towards this formula, they never gave up.

In the articles I have read in the foreign press recently, it is frequently written that Turkey will not be content with just accepting a Kurdish state, but will later confront Iran. Under the leadership of Bahçeli, the decision to put terrorist leader Öcalan under house arrest and to make a new constitution is not only on the domestic agenda, but is actually an element of the foreign agenda.

As I said, this is a complete return to the Greater Middle East Project. NATO’s main party, the MHP, and its leader are doing their job. The AKP, which was brought in to replace Ecevit, who resisted the US during the Iraq invasion, is already on this path. Besides, there are no main opposition CHP leaders left who can stand against to this Project like the old days! The veteran TBMM has now turned into the Istanbul assembly during the armistice period in first World War.

The Debate in Iran

Israel’s Prime Minister Netanyahu, who is like Hitler, is a man of his word. He does what he says on the UN platform. His main target is Iran, the director of the resistance axis in the region. He managed to overthrow the Damascus regime in cooperation with Ankara. More importantly, he pushed Iran back.

Tehran has been struggling since the downing of its chief’s helicopter by Mossad. After Palestine, it also lost Syria and Lebanon. Now, with a Netanyahu slave like Trump coming to power, it is preparing to be the target of attack. It could not carry out the Real Promise 3 operation it boasted about after Israel’s last attack.

Russia, on the other hand, is focused on bargaining with Trump over Ukraine and did not hesitate to sell out a critical ally like Syria for this purpose. It will sign a so-called strategic defense cooperation agreement with Iran, but it no longer has the credibility it once had. When the subject of Israel comes up, Putin turns into a cat that has spilled milk!

China, which signed a $425 billion strategic cooperation agreement with Iran, is also nowhere to be found. It is also concerned about its own Taiwan problem!

Iran is like a baby antelope being snatched from its helpless mother by hyenas in the Serengeti! But how will this attack happen?

Iran’s biggest trump card is that it is in a position to close the Strait of Hormuz in the event of a war. A significant portion of the world’s oil passes through here and if the strait is closed, prices will skyrocket, there will be a global crisis and the West will be devastated. Even when Yemen closed the Red Sea, things got really messy. Although the US, Israel and England bomb every other day, the Che Guevaras in slippers do not back down and continue to hit Tel Aviv.

Now, in addition to Saudi Arabia and the UAE, there are plans to put Egypt, which has been badly affected by this situation, forward. From what we hear, Sisi, who sold out Palestine and Syria, is now taking care of Yemen.

Back to the subject, the “best option” for Iran is to open a front through Turkey and Azerbaijan.

Thanks to NATO nationalists and neoliberal sectarian religious figures, the Turkish and Kurdish people in Iran will be used and divisions will be created from within! Just like in Syria, there are two borders that will fuel internal unrest, according to the US. Of course, Syria and Iran are not the same thing, Tehran is much stronger, but if Turkey is supported by the US, Israel, the collective West and all Al Qaeda etc., why not? I am absolutely certain that this terrible scenario is being worked on.

Iran is the last of the seven countries listed by Wesley Clark. The 8th country that Clark did not list is Turkey.

They will never say this or leak it, but I am absolutely certain. Even the grocer’s apprentice (pardon, if we update it, the supermarket cashier) knows about the plans to establish a Greater Israel and Puppet Kurdistan on the lands of Syria, Iraq, Turkey and Iran. This is where the Iran and Saddam trap comes into play. Just like Iraq, a Turkey that is made to fight Iran (which is already quite worn out in Syria) will be easy prey afterwards. In fact, Ankara will easily be declared a terrorist country with what it has done in Syria on behalf of the West and Israel. The infrastructure for this is ready. Especially if a new sharia and federative constitution cooked up by parties in the parliement is paving the way for these. Remember Yugoslavia. It was the first victim after 1990 because it was ready to be divided with its federal structure.

I am absolutely certain that after Turkey, Russia will be next.

Let Mr. Putin continue to negotiate with the US and Israel and expect what!?

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution. 

Hasan Erel is a Turkish journalist-writer. He worked as a diplomacy and foreign news reporter and editor in TRT and other media for 30 years. He is a frequent commentator of Sputnik News radio and CRI Turk in Turkiye.  


Global Research is reader-funded media. We neither accept any funding from corporations nor governments. Help us stay afloat. Click image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

 

Political Satire. Paraphrased by the author

Musk: Hey Donald, what’s this ‘Disease X’ thing? are you going to go along with this? X is my patent – I’ll have to sue.

Trump: Take it easy Elon, you know disease X is the next Covid – it’s based on 5,6,7G EMF microwave transmissions stirring up the graphene introduced by jabs and chemtrails.

Musk: Sure, of course I know that, my satellites will play a major role in spreading it. But look – the public must not know this.  My X must not be tainted by suggestions of a link to the new pandemic. 

Trump: That’s been put in DARPA’s hands. They’re working on it with the WHO’s boss. They tell me our military already has the antidote vax ready for global roll-out. I’ve got Kennedy in to see if this isn’t going the wrong way. But you know – it’s going to be a great money spinner – get the debt down big time. You can take the credit Elon, debt reduction’s your baby now.

Musk: Hey that’s cool. Their X is not my ‘X’ but it’s too similar. I can sue DARPA and the WHO – for breaching my copyright. What price should I put on this?

Trump: Whatever you like buddy.

Musk: Great, I’ll let you in on the award provided you arrange with the judge that the result goes my way..

Trump: No problem, I wanted to drain the DARPA swamp for years – and that Tedros needs bringing down a peg or two. Kill two birds with one stone – sure thing.

Musk: We’ll get them to rescind X as the name of the new pandemic – and make a packet at the same time. That’s what I call good business.

Trump: Sure thing, that’s why I gave you the job. Cleaning-up government spending inefficiencies was a damn good ruse, I respect you for coming up with that one.

Musk: We can put the proceeds into my DNA gene-engineering and human IT fusion project – folks are going to want their genes altered so as to cope with the extra radiation involved in getting my Cloud hive mind initiative fully up and running. I’m proud to be able to make this contribution to the amelioration of life on earth. It’s my service to humanity.  

Trump: Don’t rush that one buddy; there’s a bunch of us oldies who want to live out our lives as human beings. You said yourself that it’s easy to lose control over this IT stuff. You know the story of Dr Jekyll and Mr Hyde?

Musk: Oh yea, sure – that’s why I want a moratorium on all high tech IT advances – except mine. While people are worrying about its dangers I can go ahead with my Neuralink project and get to stay ahead of the game.

Trump: I promised Bibi (Netanyahu)  we’d deliver the very latest neural control and space weapon systems in order to keep Zionist Israel at the forefront of global influence setters…you could do well out of that. 

Listen Elon, we all know it’s only the chosen who will get the cream – we just have to convince the sceptics that the Messiah is indeed coming, and that they’ll be under his full protection.   

Musk: Oh sure, the New Jerusalem Temple, that’ pretty cool. It’s all coming together now. We’ll be in the driver’s seat – and hey – I’m designing the very latest autonomous transport systems which will be directed from my Starlink Cloud control grid. 

Oh boy, this is a winner –  sure to push Schwab’s Fourth Industrial Revolution fantasies into second place

Trump: Can we generate enough electricity and lithium batteries to get this show on the road globally?

Musk: Well sure, but my advanced satellite detection system has identified one of the biggest lithium deposits in the world – in the grounds of your Mar-a-Lago estate. So, looks like we’re going to need that, Donald.

Trump: Shucks, that could scupper the whole project. I promised Melania I’d never touch the Mar-a-Lago grounds – can’t go back on that now – she’d kill me. And you know Elon – I’m still needed on this earth to make America great again. 

We can’t support Bibi’s dream or lead the world with the sort of vision that only America is capable of bringing to this sadly backward world.

Musk: Sure, sure – I get it “you can’t win em’ all”. But hey, I’m not going to accept any sort of restriction –  no way – it’s all or nothing in my world. Sorry Donald, but I need that lithium and I’m getting my boys lined-up to start excavating next week.

Trump: You’re fired!

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution. 

Julian Rose is an early pioneer of UK organic farming, a writer, international activist and broadcaster. See website www.julianrose.info for information about Julian’s acclaimed book Overcoming the Robotic Mind and other works. Books can be purchased by contacting Julian direct: see ‘contact author’ under ‘reviews’.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from Sky News


Global Research is reader-funded media. We neither accept any funding from corporations nor governments. Help us stay afloat. Click image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

On March 31, 2024 the German weekly “Der Spiegel”, the Russian internet newspaper in exile “The Insider” and the American TV channel “CBS News” on its “60 minutes program” published facts which challenged the statement by American intelligence services that the Havana syndrome [anomalous health conditions] , the ailment of U.S. government employees, produced according to the U.S. Academy of Sciences report, most probably by pulsed radiofrequency radiation, “was probably the result of factors  that did not involve a foreign adversary, such as preexisting conditions, conventional illnesses, and environmental factors”. In this way the U.S. government was trying to hide the fact that brain activity can be remotely controlled by electromagnetic radiation and keep open for itself the option to use this kind of secret weapon.

The findings of Spiegel, Insider and CBS News were republished by all the big world media. Evidently the German secret services intended to provoke new investigation of the attacks producing the Havana syndrome in the American congress and in this way possibly end the classification of technologies enabling remote control of the activity of the human nervous system.

On May 8, 2024 the hearing in the Committee on the Homeland Security of the U.S. House of Representatives, entitled “Silent Weapons: Examining Foreign Anomalous Health Incidents Targeting Americans in the Homeland”, took place. Lieutenant colonel Greg Edgreen, who ran the investigation of Havana syndrome for the Defense Intelligence Agency, said there that the Havana Syndrome was caused by directed energy weapons, pulsing the radio frequency radiation and he called on the U.S. government to start an action against those attacks on the U.S. government employees.

Christo Grozev, a Bulgarian investigative journalist and author, who joined in 2015 Bellingcat as an investigative reporter, said that “we established that Russian government had long standing program of wave weapons including directed energy electromagnetic weapons” which started in the seventies and that the investigative team found out that employees from the unit 29155 of the Russian Institute for Prospective Military Studies used to stay in the countries, where the Havana syndrom attacks occurred at the time when they occurred.

Mark Zaid, American attorney, who represents several patients with Havana syndrome symptoms and who holds a security clearance, said that in 2012 he received from the U.S. NSA unclassified memorandum describing “high power microwave system weapon … designed to bathe a target’s living quarters in microwaves, causing numerous physical effects including damaged nervous system” and that overwhelming evidence concerning the Havana Syndrome attacks “are hidden behind classified walls.”

“I am convinced that the evidence that exists in the classified arena directly contradicts the public conclusions expressed by federal agencies,” said Mark Zaid.

Christo Grozev added that

“there is more than one way to achieve this same effect on the human brain and one of the most disturbing denials that I have seen…was an attempt to create the impression that no technology would allow this impact on the human brain, that is provably untrue.”

He, as well, told the Committee that he spoke with former Russian intelligence officer, who told him that they [the Russians] were attacked by the same American weapon already in the eighties [by the way, the Russian politician Vladimir Lopatin, who was fighting for the ban of those technologies by the end of the last millennium, wrote in the book Psychotronic weapon and the security of Russia” that psychotronic war is “actually taking place without declaration of war” – note of the author of the article]. 

Member of the Committee on the Homeland Security on Eliah James Crane asked witnesses, if the use of the same weapons against Russians “might have something to do with part of the CIA’s motive to cover up the existence of this tech and these weapons.” Grozev replied “that is a very logical possibility.” Mark Zaid replied to the question whether there are other people than U.S. government employees in the USA, who complain about Havana Syndrome attacks:

“There are many people, who believe they are victims of AHIs [anomalous health incidents]. All you have to do is to look at my Twitter feed, whenever I post on the topic.”

Member of the committee Eric Swallwell, who sat for 8 years on the Committee on Intelligence of the House of Representatives contributed to the discussion by recalling his meetings with the victims he met:

“they were exposed to this condition, when you meet with the victims it is completely debilitating. It changes your life it turns it upside down and if you are a young parent life is already disorienting and if you are subjected to this, it’s even more difficult to be a parent.”

At the question by representative Crane whether they do know about victims who passed away, both Zaid and Edgreen replied: “I do.” Grozev said as well that he had seen this weapon in 1991 [at that year he was 22 years old and living in Bulgaria, where he was born and since 17 years of his age working as a journalist – possibly his father was an intelligence officer or he already cooperated with Bulgarian intelligence service at this age]. Then the discussion turned to the classification of those weapons and results of their use with no clear decision as to whether this technology should be declassified.

On August 20, 2024 the chairman of the Committee on the Homeland Security of the House of Representatives Mark Green and the chairman of the Subcommittee on Counterterrorism, Law Enforcement, and Intelligence of the U.S. Congress August Pfluger sent a letter to the National Security Adviser of Joe Biden Jake Sullivan on those “anomalous health incidents“, where it stated:

“These incidents are an assault on our nation’s sovereignty. We implore the Administration to take decisive action to investigate the causation and attribution of AHIs, disrupt and deter the operations of any foreign entities conducting these attacks, and send a clear message to the world that these actions will not be tolerated.“

On December 5, 2024 the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence wrote in an unclassified report that it “appears increasingly likely that a foreign adversary is behind some cases“ of what is known as the Havana syndrome and what officials refer to as “anomalous health incidents” (AHI). The committee went on:

“The Biden Administration and IC (intelligence community) leadership has sought to hinder the Subcommittee’s investigation into AHIs to keep the truth about AHIs from Congress and, by extension, the American public. This is unacceptable.”

In the report House Committee officials called for the Intelligence Community to release a new report on the Havana Syndrome.  Rick Crawford, the chairman of the Subcommittee on the Central Intelligence Agency, who led the investigation, told the CBS News:

“Sadly, the [intelligence community] has actively attempted to impede our investigation, but we have nonetheless been able to gather significant evidence, and I have reason to believe that its claims of environmental or social factors explaining AHIs are false.

The house leaders wrote in their report that the Subcommittee plans to issue a classified report that explains why the Subcommittee finds the conclusions reached in the ICA (intelligence community assessment) dubious at best, and misleading at worst.”

It is evident that the Biden’s administration will not order the U.S. intelligence community to produce the honest report on the Havana syndrome, which would in priciple declassify the existence of mind control weapons.

Commander Cornelis van der Klaauw from Royal Netherlands Navy and Expert from Strategic Communications and Information Operations NATO Joint Warfare Centre, wrote in an article in 2023:

“The reason why cognitive attacks go unnoticed by their targets is that cognitive activities bypass the conscious mind and directly target the subconscious of a person… most of our decisions are made by our subconscious…Cognitive attacks are aimed at exploiting emotions rooted in our subconscious, bypassing our rational conscious mind.

In the attacks described by Cornelius van der Klaauw, people may still realise that they did not have such thoughts in the past and that perhaps something has entered their minds that does not really belong there. In 2015, the British newspaper The Guardian published an article about scientific research in which mice’s memories were manipulated by switching fearful or positive and negative memories on and off, or by storing artificial memories in their brains while they slept, which influenced their behaviour when they woke up. If scientists find, or have already found, the way to manipulate human memory in similar ways, humans will become a piece of flesh that can be manipulated to do anything, absolutely independent of their will.

Russia, China and the USA operate systems that can be used to control brain activity on large areas of the planet by producing in ionosphere electromagnetic waves in the frequencies of the brain activity. As well satellites and cell phone systems can be used for the same purpose .

It will be Donald Trump, who will decide about the requests of the U.S. House of Representatives committees, when he starts his new presidency.

Let us hope that he will decide to save the freedom of thought and human conscience in the future of this world and help to declassify the neurotechnologies enabling their destruction. Readers of this article can support this decision by signing a petition to the European parliament demanding the declassification of technologies of remote control of the activity of human brains.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution. 

Mojmir Babacek was born in 1947 in Prague, Czech Republic. Graduated in 1972 at Charles University in Prague in philosophy and political economy. In 1978 signed the document defending human rights in  communist Czechoslovakia „Charter 77“. Since 1981 until 1988 lived in emigration in the USA. Since 1996 he has published articles on different subjects mostly in the Czech and international alternative media.

In 2010, he published a book on the 9/11 attacks in the Czech language. Since the 1990s he has been striving to help to achieve the international ban of remote control of the activity of the human nervous system and human minds with the use of neurotechnology.

Featured image source


Global Research is reader-funded media. We neither accept any funding from corporations nor governments. Help us stay afloat. Click image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

Trump Versus “The Establishment”. Scott Ritter

January 6th, 2025 by Scott Ritter

Donald Trump enters 2025 with a perceived mandate for change and a doctrine predicated on the mantra “peace through strength.”

Perhaps the biggest change sought by Trump is to divorce the United States from its Cold War-era marriage to a trans-Atlantic military alliance—NATO—that lacks any present-day purpose other than to stimulate an atmosphere of confrontation with Russia.

The question remains as to whether Trump’s mandate is strong enough to bring about this divorce, and whether the precepts of “peace” will win out over those of “strength” if this mandate is challenged at home and abroad.

Donald Trump is a man on a mission.

He is also a man driven by an ego which may outstrip the ability of the nation he will be sworn in to lead on January 20, 2025, to match.

Trump simultaneously seeks to disengage the United States from global hot spots that have come to define present-day national security priorities while promoting a new foreign policy centered on solidifying American dominance over its immediate spheres of strategic interest, including taking an aggressive stance on expanding the territory of the United States to include Greenland and the Panama Canal.

To accomplish this expansive goal, Trump and his foreign policy/national security team will need to go against the grain of decades of policy imperatives that have, over time, been used to define US national security interests.

Click here to read the full article on Scott Ritter Extra.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.  

Featured image is from Xinhua/Ting Shen


Global Research is reader-funded media. We neither accept any funding from corporations nor governments. Help us stay afloat. Click image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

India could see an authoritarian central government with subordinate state governments under the control of corporate interests and international finance capital.  

So says the Samyukta Kisan Morcha (SKM), a coalition of 40+ farmers’ unions. It contends that the Union Government of India is proposing to undermine the federal rights of state governments by surrendering India’s food security and compromising its national sovereignty under the slogan ‘One Nation. One Market’.  

In a December 2024 press release, the All India Kisan Sabha (All India Farmers Union, AIKS) called for nationwide protests against attempts to bring back the three repealed farm laws.  

The AIKS said that the government has opted not to address any of the serious demands raised by the farmers’ movement, including legalising the minimum support price (MSP), increasing public investment in agriculture and boosting pro-farmer credit facilities.  

Like the SKM, the AIKS says there is an agenda to dismantle the power of the state governments. Proposed reforms to the agrifood sector seek to encroach upon the rights of state governments over agriculture, land, industry and markets — areas that fall under individual states as per the Constitution of India.  

Pivotal to this plan is the newly introduced draft National Policy Framework on Agriculture Marketing (NPFAM). The SKM states that the NPFAM, if implemented, will erode the federal rights of the state governments and ignore the interests of farmers, agricultural workers, petty producers and small traders since there is no provision to ensure an MSP and minimum wage to farmers and workers.    

The NPFAM essentially marks the return of the three farm laws that were repealed in late 2021 due to a year-long mass protest by farmers. The SKM states that the farmers’ movement sees through the plan to withdraw government support from agriculture and hand over farming and public food distribution to corporations led by Adani, Ambani, Tata, Cargill, Pepsi, Walmart, Bayer, Amazon and others.  

The main proposal of the NPFAM is a fundamental restructuring of the existing agricultural marketing system, proposing its transformation into a Unified National Market linked to a Value Chain Centric Infrastructure.  

The objective is the entry of corporate agribusiness and the conversion and integration (or eradication) of registered state-managed wholesale markets (mandis, overseen by state-regulated Agricultural Produce Marketing Committees, APMCs) and Grameen Haats (rural markets) with Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI).  

Reforms suggested in the NPFAM draft include the establishment of private wholesale markets, direct farm gate purchases by corporate processors and exporters, replacement of traditional market yards with corporate-controlled warehouses and silos and introducing a unified national market fee and trading license system.  

The draft proposes that big corporations can purchase produce directly from farmers, bypassing APMC market yards. Additionally, handing over storage infrastructure to private corporations eliminates a critical safety net for farmers during price volatility and may pave the way for corporate exploitation by denying farmers any space for bargaining prices.  

The NPFAM aims to integrate agricultural production and marketing in a way that prioritises corporate interests. It will integrate both the private and public sectors through advanced technologies, such as DPI and blockchain. NPFAM reforms propose deregulation, effectively allowing the private sector — specifically, corporate agribusinesses — to establish dominance over production, processing and marketing.  

We could see farmers produce raw materials that enter markets controlled by processing industries, trade houses and exporters, who in turn dictate the prices. The NPFAM fails to address provisions that would hold these corporate forces accountable.  

There is no mention of ensuring an MSP for farmers, which was a central recommendation of the National Commission on Farmers chaired by the late M S Swaminathan and currently a key issue in the national political discourse.  

That is no surprise because the corporate strategy is to procure produce at the cheapest rate and market it to ensure exorbitant profits.  

The stranglehold of big business houses is also evident in the suggestions for deepening financialisation via futures and option markets. This will also permit corporations and international finance capital to dominate and control the domestic food industry.  

The AIKS says that central government is creating a conducive atmosphere for the corporate loot of agriculture. It adds that it will fight tooth and nail the efforts by the government to hand Indian agriculture on a platter to transnational corporations. It demands that the government withdraw the NPFAM and engage in meaningful dialogue with farmers’ organisations and state governments.  

Dismantling Food Security  

The three repealed farm laws would have facilitated neoliberal shock therapy to India’s agrifood sector. If it succeeds, the NPFAM will bring about what the laws intended to do. But first, state-supported infrastructure must be dismantled.  

As things currently stand, mandis are state-regulated marketplaces where farmers sell their produce, facilitating direct transactions with buyers and ensuring fair prices through auctions. Managed by the APMCs, mandis play a crucial role in connecting farmers to larger markets and providing essential infrastructure for agricultural trade.  

The Public Distribution System (PDS) is a government initiative aimed at ensuring food security for the underprivileged by distributing essential commodities at subsidised rates. Operated jointly by central and state governments, the PDS includes the Targeted Public Distribution System (TPDS), ensuring focused assistance for those in need.  

The Food Corporation of India (FCI) is responsible for implementing food policies, including the procurement, storage, transport and distribution of food grains. By procuring grains at an MSP and maintaining a vast network of depots and Fair Price Shops, the FCI plays a vital role in maintaining food security and nutritional support across the country.  

Together, mandis, the PDS and the FCI form a comprehensive state-backed framework for supporting India’s agricultural economy and addressing food insecurity.  

However, the aim is for the state to withdraw from these areas and to let private interests capture the space left open. Indian agriculture has witnessed gross underinvestment over the years, whereby it is now wrongly depicted as a basket case and underperforming and ripe for a sell off to those very interests who had a stake in its underinvestment.  

The aim is to restructure India’s agri-food sector for the needs of global supply chains and markets. As independent cultivators are bankrupted, the goal is that land will eventually be amalgamated to facilitate large-scale industrial cultivation. Those who remain in farming will be absorbed into corporate supply chains and squeezed as they work on contracts dictated by large agribusiness and chain retailers.  

The FCI has historically been a stabilising force in India’s food procurement and distribution system, ensuring that (some) farmers receive fair prices through MSP while maintaining strategic food stocks. Once its role is diminished, the Indian government may find itself purchasing essential commodities from volatile (manipulated) international markets using its foreign exchange reserves; food sourced from the very corporations that have replaced the FCI (see chapters 4–7 of Food, Dependency and Dispossession: Resisting the New World Order).  

Companies like Bayer attempt to depict these developments as ‘modernising’ Indian agriculture and portray the sector as ‘backward’. However, such corporations cynically exploit notions of backwardness and modernisation to promote their financially lucrative agricultural practices and technologies in a bid to secure control of the sector.    

Prominent agricultural scientist M S Swaminathan (referred to earlier) highlighted that farmers’ incomes are declining due to inadequate pricing mechanisms and market access, rather than a lack of technological advancements. He advocated for a an MSP that is at least 50% above the cost of production to ensure farmers can sustain their livelihoods.  

The failure to implement this has contributed significantly to the ongoing agrarian crisis. This situation has led to widespread farmer distress and suicides, which he attributed largely to economic pressures rather than technological shortcomings.  

Deliberate Policy to Underinvest  

And this failure is a deliberate policy decision.  

Instead of ensuring that all farmers have reliable access to markets where they can sell their produce at fair prices, improving access to timely and affordable credit to prevent farmers from falling into debt traps and strengthening procurement policies and expanding the mandi, MSP and public distribution systems, we are witnessing a reversal.  

Farmers are being displaced through policies that intentionally render farming financially unviable. We also see policies aimed at facilitating the sale and consolidation of land for industrial agriculture and the undermining of rural communities and traditional farming practices.  

Additionally, there is a concerning rise in health issues as traditional, nutritious diets are increasingly replaced by unhealthy, ultra-processed foods or less nutrient-dense alternatives.  

If consumers want to see what the future may bring, look no further than countries reliant on the Western agrifood model. From cultivation to retail, a disease-causing system promoted and protected by corporate lobby groups like the International Life Sciences Institute and CropLife embedded in decision-making processes (both are already firmly established in India).  

A system that sees international finance firms like BlackRock, Vanguard, State Street, Fidelity and Capital Group investing in the global food giants that sicken and also in the pharmaceuticals sector that supposedly ‘cure’.  

A system handed over to agricultural land speculators, toxic agrochemical manufacturers and their proprietary hybridised seeds, global commodity traders and purveyors of junk food.  

India is on course to be a subsidiary of global capital at the expense of its local agricultural communities and farmers, its ecosystems, its food security, its (limited) democracy and the overall wellbeing of the population.  

Alternatively, MSPs via state procurement of essential crops and commodities could be extended to the likes of maize, cotton, oilseed and pulses. This would not only boost the nation’s health but also increase farmers’ incomes. At the moment, only farmers in certain states who produce rice and wheat are the main beneficiaries of government procurement at MSP.  

Instead of rolling back the role of the public sector and surrendering the system to foreign corporations, there is a need to further expand official procurement and public distribution. That would cost around 20% of the handouts (‘incentives’) from the public purse received by corporations and their super-rich owners (based on 2020-21 figures).  

During the 2020-21 farmers protest, a video that appeared on social media showed Ayush Sinha, a top government official, encouraging officers to “smash the heads of farmers” if they broke through the barricades placed on a highway.  

Since the farmers renewed their protest in early 2024, tear gas and water cannons have been used against farmers to break up protests and prevent them marching to Delhi. The authorities must show international finance and agri-capital that they are being tough on farmers. They need to demonstrate that they remain steadfast in defeating the farmers movement in order to attract FDI (maintain ‘market confidence’) and pave the way for a corporate-financial takeover of the sector.  

In late 2021, Bharatiya Kisan Union leader Rakesh Tikait stated that around 750 protesters had died during the year-long struggle.  

In summing up the situation, we may paraphrase renowned campaigner and environmentalist Aruna Rodrigues:  

It is a detailed horror tale in the making for India, handing over Indian sovereignty and food security to big business. There will come a time pretty soon — not something out there but imminent, unfolding even now — when we will pay the Cargills, Ambanis, Bill Gates, Walmarts (in the absence of national buffer food stocks) to send us food. We will finance borrowing from international markets to do it. A policy change to cash crops and the end to small-scale farmers, pushed aside by contract farming and GM crops.   

What is at stake is the integrity of India’s federal governance structure, its food security, the wellbeing of its farmers and farming communities and the overall health of the population.  

Meanwhile, the future remains uncertain for what has become a more fragmented farmers’ movement. Its capacity to regain momentum and draw in greater support from consumers and consumer groups against the neocolonial ambitions of global finance and foreign agricultural capital remains in question.   

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.  


Global Research is reader-funded media. We neither accept any funding from corporations nor governments. Help us stay afloat. Click image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

Pfizer-BioNTech did not disclose the deaths of two vaccinated participants in its COVID-19 vaccine clinical trials, according to a team of Daily Clout researchers who analyzed documents related to the Pfizer clinical trials.

The deaths occurred before the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) granted emergency use authorization (EUA) for the vaccine in December 2020. However, it wasn’t until September 2023, nearly three years later, that the FDA publicly released documents revealing the deaths of a 63-year-old Kansas woman and a 58-year-old Georgia woman who participated in the trials.

The revelations prompted Dr. Jeyanthi Kunadhasan — an Australian anesthesiologist and perioperative physician and one of the researchers analyzing the Pfizer documents on behalf of Daily Clout — to write to Kansas Attorney General Kris Kobach, requesting his office investigate the death of the 63-year-old Kansas woman.

“If the additional two deaths had been disclosed at the time of the EUA, it would have shown that the BNT162b2 mRNA COVID vaccine intervention provided no reduction in deaths,” Kunadhasan wrote in her letter.

In June, Kobach sued Pfizer, alleging the company misled the public by marketing its COVID-19 vaccine as “safe and effective” while concealing known risks — including myocarditis and pericarditis, failed pregnancies and deaths — and critical data on limited effectiveness.

In 2022, a federal court ordered the FDA to release the approximately 1.2 million pages of documents pertaining to the clinical trials for the Pfizer-BioNTech COVID-19 vaccine, after rejecting the FDA’s request for 75 years to release the records.

The documents Kunadhasan analyzed revealed that Pfizer had the opportunity to disclose the deaths before the Dec. 10, 2020, meeting of the FDA’s Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee (VRBPAC) — but did not do so.

Pfizer also did not disclose the deaths — both classified in the documents as “sudden cardiac death” unrelated to the victims’ vaccination — in a December 2020 New England Journal of Medicine papertouting the “safety and efficacy” of the Pfizer-BioNTech vaccine.

Kunadhasan told The Defender:

“The death highlighted in Kansas is significant as it occurred well within the reporting period considered for the EUA, and as my letter shows was not disclosed. There was every opportunity to disclose this death at the VRBPAC meeting.

“This death even had an autopsy, which I show was probably available before the VRBPAC meeting, and again was not disclosed.”

According to The Sentinel, “The fact that both participants died of heart attacks becomes more important when other studies showed risks of myocarditis and pericarditis — particularly after a second shot and particularly in young men under 25, but among other patients as well.”

Brian Hooker, Ph.D., chief scientific officer for Children’s Health Defense (CHD), told The Defender the actions of Pfizer and the FDA are “duplicitous at best.” He said:

“All death data for clinical trials needed not only to be made available to the FDA but also to the public. Otherwise, informed consent is completely missing, regardless of whether the product is EUA or [fully] approved.

“It is also particularly devious that Pfizer lied about a reduction in deaths in the vaccination arm when, with these data, the opposite was true.”

Naomi Wolf, Ph.D., CEO of Daily Clout and author of “The Pfizer Papers: Pfizer’s Crimes Against Humanity,” told The Defender the documents show that the “FDA covered up the unlawfully concealed deaths” of the trial participants and that these records “may well reveal a direct connection to the mRNA injection.”

“The details that Dr. Kunadhasan and her colleagues revealed about the death of this poor woman could theoretically allow Kobach to demand the autopsy reports and interview witnesses with information about her passing,” Wolf said.

Dr. Chris Flowers, a retired radiologist and member of the Daily Clout team that examined the Pfizer documents, told The Sentinel that the two undisclosed deaths should have been enough to halt the clinical trial.

“If you put it in context, yes, there’s a small number of deaths,” Flowers said. “Normally, the FDA calls a stop to those clinical trials until further investigation is done. And in many cases, [this] is sort of the death knell of that clinical trial.”

Noting that these deaths “would have at least made it more difficult” for the FDA to grant the Pfizer-BioNTech vaccine an EUA, Hooker said that “to release this information over two years later, after the obvious damage has been done, is criminal. Pfizer should be held accountable.”

Wolf said that while she’s “not an attorney, fraud, negligence and manslaughter come to mind.”

“This was one of the most important clinical trials in modern medical history,” Karl Jablonowski, Ph.D., senior research scientist at CHD, told The Defender. “The people in political power chose to ‘trust the science,’ and they were wrong to do so.”

Undisclosed Deaths May Have Led to FDA Granting EUA ‘on Incorrect Premises’

In her letter, Kunadhasan said she wants to draw attention to “an undisclosed participant death from Kansas that occurred in the BNT162b2-vaccinated arm of Pfizer’s clinical trial.”

Kunadhasan pointed out that Daily Clout published a report about the two undisclosed deaths in October.

According to the documents Kunadhasan cited, the death of the Kansas woman occurred “well before the data cutoff date of November 14, 2020” and nearly a month before the December 2020 VRBPAC meeting.

She said there was a 37-day delay in reporting the results of the Kansas woman’s autopsy, which revealed “sudden cardiac death,” Kunadhasan noted.

“Notably, the omission of the deaths and autopsy report from the vaccinated arm of the study at this critical juncture of EUA issuance raises substantial concerns about the overall safety reporting of Pfizer’s clinical trial,” Kunadhasan stated in the letter.

Kunadhasan also told the attorney general that Pfizer’s clinical trial protocol required that serious adverse events be reported: “immediately upon awareness, and under no circumstances to exceed 24 hours … Pfizer-BioNTech’s own clinical trial protocol indicated that it should have been disclosed.”

Referring to the New England Journal of Medicine paper, Kunadhasan noted that the paper disclosed only six deaths — two among vaccinated clinical trial participants and four among participants in the placebo group.

FDA documents released in September 2023, however, “included information showing that Pfizer-BioNTech was, in fact, informed of two additional deaths in the BNT162b2 arm of the trial well before the EUA data cutoff and that those deaths were not disclosed to the FDA,” Kunadhasan wrote.

The documents showed that the 63-year-old Kansas woman signed up for the Pfizer-BioNTech trial at the Alliance for Multispecialty Research LLC, in Newton, Kansas. She received the two doses of the vaccine on Aug. 18, 2020, and Sept. 8, 2020, and “had appropriate follow-up tests” done on Oct. 7, 2020.

“There is no documentation of any untoward clinical events during these visits,” Kunadhasan wrote. But on Oct. 19, 2020, 41 days after her second dose and less than two weeks after her follow-up visit, the woman died. A subsequent autopsy found the cause of death to be “sudden cardiac death,” not related to the vaccine.

“It is extremely important to know … Why this death (which occurred well within the reporting period) and the autopsy results were not disclosed publicly at the December 10th, 2020, VRBPAC meeting,” Kunadhasan said in her letter.

The letter also highlighted the death of the 58-year-old Georgia woman, who received her two doses of the Pfizer-BioNTech COVID-19 vaccine on Aug. 4, 2020, and Aug. 27, 2020. She died in her sleep on Nov. 7, 2020. Kunadhasan noted that her death was “not added to the data for 26 days.”

Kunadhasan told The Defender these discrepancies prompted her letter to Kobach.

“As a doctor, the non-disclosure of a death and autopsy of a clinical trial participant is a profound betrayal of medical ethics. I hope Kobach pays attention to this, and there can be accountability for this Kansan,” Kunadhasan said.

“Kansans should contact Kobach for action in regards to this letter and other AGs should follow suit with investigating Pfizer’s crimes in their states,” Wolf said.

Kobach’s office did not respond to a request from The Defender for comment as of press time.

Prominent Cardiologist Joins Calls for Suspension of mRNA COVID Shots

Kunadhasan’s letter comes amid growing calls for a moratorium — or an outright ban — on the mRNA COVID-19 shots, and an independent investigation into their safety.

In an 11-page letter to U.K. regulators and health officials last week, cardiologist Dr. Aseem Malhotra joined these calls.

“There is overwhelming evidence that calls for the suspension of the COVID-19 mRNA vaccine (which, by technicality, is a genetic therapy) because of serious harms,” Malhotra wrote in the letter.

The letter was addressed to Charley Massey, CEO of the U.K.’s General Medical Council; Wes Streeting, the U.K.’s secretary of state for Health; Sir Christopher Whitty, the U.K.’s chief medical officer; and Lord Patrick Valance, the U.K.’s minister of state for Science Research and Innovation.

Malhotra wrote that these officials’ decision “to not support a pause and independent investigation of the safety of the vaccines is now untenable given accumulating evidence of harm and corrupt practices.”

The letter also referred to The Hope Accord — a petition Malhotra drafted earlier this year signed by over 64,000 people, including 1,900 medical doctors and over 2,000 scientists and academics.

The petition calls for the suspension of the mRNA COVID-19 vaccines, “comprehensive re-evaluation of the safety and efficacy of all COVID-19 vaccine products,” “immediate recognition and support for the vaccine-injured,” “restoration of ethical principles” and “addressing the root causes of our current predicament.”

Speaking on medical commentator John Campbell, Ph.D.’s YouTube show on Dec. 11, Malhotra said evidence supporting withdrawal of the vaccines is “overwhelming.”

Explaining why he wrote to U.K. officials, Malhotra told Campbell, “Sunlight is a very powerful disinfectant for malodorous health policy,” and said that there may be an explosion of people in the near future who are currently asymptomatic but who may develop vaccine-related conditions.

“We’ve got a lot of asymptomatic people in the population who I feel are at risk of heart attack, stroke and cancer. Until we get that addressed full on, more people are going to be harmed from a vaccine they took three years ago,” Malhotra said.

“My conscience will not allow me to stay quiet and just do this behind the scenes. As healthcare professionals, we need to address it because it’s not going away.”

“What we need to do is create almost a culture … where people aren’t afraid to admit that things have changed or they’ve got things wrong and they can change their mind,” Malhotra said.

Watch Campbell interview Malhotra here:

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.  

Michael Nevradakis, Ph.D., based in Athens, Greece, is a senior reporter for The Defender and part of the rotation of hosts for CHD.TV’s “Good Morning CHD.”

Featured image is from CHD


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.


Global Research is reader-funded media. We neither accept any funding from corporations nor governments. Help us stay afloat. Click image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

 

Join the Army; Travel to Exotic, Distant Lands; and Radicalise

January 6th, 2025 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark

It has been popular to see political and religious radicalisation as something oddly separable from institutions of state. 

State institutions are meant to cope and cure the condition, not foster it.  Like some errant form, it takes place because of popular trends, messages floating in the detritus of the internet and the disrupting buzz and slurry of social media.  It catches in conversation like a cold, inspiring the estranged, confused and lonely to take action.

Of late, the righteous types in the military have been confronted by the prospect that their citadel of honourable service and upstanding behaviour could be a foundry for extremism and mental mutilation.  Is there any more extremist act than killing someone, often nameless to the killer, and being lauded for it?  Anything more horrific than enlisting thousands to fight and die in a war inexplicable, incomprehensible, or even illegal?

Anyone who goes to war is normalised for the task of killing and rendered abnormal for the tragic aftermath of living.  The conclusion of hostilities for the combatant becomes a cruel suspension of one reality and its replacement by another.  Having engaged in legalised murder and maiming in battle, the recruits who fight for a country return to a state that repudiates their experiences as situationally quaint while demanding their smooth assimilation.  Killing is no longer excusable or legal.  A life of domestic, suburban decay before numbing screens and dulling consumption is.

Image: Shamsud-Din Jabbar (Getty Images/FBI photo)

Who is Shamsud-Din Jabbar, the Bourbon Street terror attack suspect? • Louisiana Illuminator

The recent events of death and mayhem in New Orleans and Las Vegas, both taking place on New Year’s Day, involved US military personnel, former and current.  Shamsud-Din Jabbar, from Houston, killed 14 people and injured 35 others in New Orleans after driving a pickup truck into a crowd on Bourbon Street.  He was subsequently killed by police.  Between 2007 and 2020, he had stints in the US Army as a human resource specialist and information technology specialist, a period which also included deployment to Afghanistan between February 2009 to January 2010.

Master Sgt Matthew Alan Livelsberger was serving as a soldier in US Army Special Operations, using his time for approved leave to detonate a Tesla Cybertruck at the Trump hotel in Las Vegas.  He left a note expressing a need to “cleanse” his mind of the lost lives he had known and “the burden of the lives I took.”

These incidents have supplied the usual candy floss to seekers of the consultancy fee and the Oedipal school of mother-father-son confusion, scarring family collapse and economic stress.  This is the clipboard assessment of Jabbar from Heidi Beirich of the Global Project Against Hate and Extremism: “the collapse of his family background, his multiple divorces, financial problems” are given a thick underlining.  She authoritatively states that “mass attackers” tend to have sundered family lives.  “And then there’s the issue of him being a veteran and if that might have played a role.”

Whenever the military is mentioned, cautionary notes are appended.  Clinical and forensic psychologist Joel A. Dvoskin warns against pointing an accusing finger against the glorious institution that is the US Army.  “The Army is a vast organization with all kinds of different people and all kinds of different training experiences,” he observes.  Dvoskin adopts an intellectually curious approach: If a link between military service and mass casualty attacks could be found, it should only be used constructively.

The material on military experience stimulating radicalisation is becoming a merry pile.  Academics seek tenure for work on this subject. Think tanks are gibbering for grants and scratching for influence in this field.  All are wondering about the links between the uniformed experience and the socially calamitous meltdown that results in suicide, homicide or both.  Much of this jolting fascination can be put down to the background of those with military blooding who were arrested for participating in the January 6, 2021 storming of the US Capitol.

The Profiles of Individual Radicalization in the United States (PIRUS) has also become a source of interest, being a dataset of over 3,500 violent and non-violent extremists of various persuasions in the US, from the far left to the far right, Islamist beliefs, or single burning issues between 1948-2022.  Those working for the national consortium for the Study of Terrorism and Responses to Terrorism (START), note in a research brief from June 2023 that 170 individuals with US military service records plotted 144 mass casualty terrorist attacks on US soil, representing a quarter of all those who plotted mass casualty extremist attacks between 1990 and 2022.

The researchers argue that a military service record is a more reliable way of classifying mass casualty offenders identified in the PIRUS dataset than other more common considerations such as mental health issues, lone or small group offending, and having a criminal history prior to radicalisation.  Those with US military records were “2.41 times more likely to be classified as mass casualty offenders than individuals who did not serve in the armed forces.”  Those with such records were also abundantly linked to far-right domestic extremist groups and movements (73.5%), while 15%, or 24 offenders, “were inspired by or connected to foreign Islamist extremist groups” such as al-Qaeda and the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria.

Rich Groen, Jabbar’s former commander, has not twigged to the vicissitudes his own sacred line of work entails.  He reflected on Jabbar being “a great soldier, someone who showed discipline and dedication”, a point made as if to preclude the possibility that violence in civilian life might ever be out of order.  “To think that the same individual who once embodied quiet professionalism could harbor so much hate, leading to such unspeakable atrocities, is incomprehensible and heartbreaking.”  Heartbreaking, yes; incomprehensible, hardly.

The unfashionable and unpopular lesson here would be to cut back on that most extremist of phenomena: the business of war and the military racket that feeds it.  Don’t needlessly place personnel in conditions that will torment their being and deprive them of a moral compass.  Could there be any better prevention to this than peace itself?

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He currently lectures at RMIT University.  He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). Email: [email protected] 

Featured image: Master Sgt Matthew Alan Livelsberger (Source)

There Is No Need to Wait for Revolution or Paradise

January 6th, 2025 by Caitlin Johnstone

There is no need to wait for the great revolution to begin fighting against our rulers. There is no need to wait for things to get better to experience this world as paradise. The time for both of these things is now.

Right at this very moment you can begin a daily practice of sowing the seeds of revolution. You as an individual cannot defeat the empire yourself, but it is absolutely within your power to open a few people’s eyes to the reality that the status quo is unacceptable, and that a better world is possible. It is absolutely within your power to show people how they’ve been lied to their whole lives about their country, their society and their world, and to show people how they are currently being deceived about stories that are in the news today.

You have an ability to share ideas and information which revolutionaries of past generations could only dream of. You can make a daily practice of using these unprecedented abilities to expand awareness of what’s wrong with our society and how to fix it, in your own words exactly as you see things. There is no need to wait for the deus ex machina ending of Marxian prophecy where the contradictions inherent in capitalism give rise to revolution. You as an individual can begin planting the seeds of revolution right now.

And right at this very moment you can begin experiencing this world as paradise. Even in the thick of this nightmarish dystopia, this moment right here and now is electrifyingly beautiful. You can learn to look at this human experience with new eyes, hear it with new ears, feel it with new flesh, in each and every moment. As fucked up as we know things are intellectually, there is nothing stopping us from learning to relish each moment of life on this amazing blue planet and to suck in its air like a passionate lover.

So there’s nothing to wait for. Not revolution, and not the beautiful world we want to build once we have wrested control away from our abusive rulers. Both revolution and beauty are available to you right now. Don’t waste another second of your life waiting for them.

You’re not at the bus stop, you’re on the bus. Get to work, angel.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article. Follow us on Instagram and X and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost Global Research articles with proper attribution.  

Featured image source


Global Research is reader-funded media. We do not accept any funding from corporations or governments. Help us stay afloat. Click the image below to make a one-time or recurring donation.

In Sweden there exists an electrified road for Electric Vehicles (EVs) to charge while driving[1]. 

The 2 km stretch of road is the world’s first of its kind, and an expansion of a further 3,000 km of electric road by 2045 is planned. It all sounds rather cool and futuristic, and I am reminded of a song lyric from the 1980s, the singer Eddie Grant sang “we’re gonna rock onto Electric Avenue”. 

.

.

.

.

.

However, let us consider whether these expensive EVs are actually environmentally friendly or are yet mega-corporate marketing scam? This article demonstrates that the latter is the case. A ‘devastator’ has been described as a lie so big it devastates and bewilders, “buy an electric car to save the planet” is one such devastator (see also the book CO2 Climate Hoax and Godless Fake Science). 

The reality is that the misled environmentalists buying these cars are suckers for mega-corporate advertising, ignorantly proud of their so-called low-carbon eco-cars. Apparently, unaware that the manufacture of millions of electric car batteries, requires huge mining operations to acquire and refine large quantities of rare earth metals, such as lithium, rhodium and cobalt; that these metals have to be mined out of the ground using machinery which is powered by carbon-emitting vehicles powered by diesel or petrol; and importantly, that the mining and refining processes can cause significant and extensive pollution to land, air and water systems, for example in rural China and Mongolia[2]. Unlike the fake climate agenda, these are real environmental problems.

Below is a picture of a lithium leach field. This is what your EV batteries are made of. It is so neuro-toxic that a bird landing on this stuff dies in minutes. Take a guess what it does to your nervous system? Pat yourself on the back for saving the environment.

.

.

Furthermore, the push to end gasoline or diesel transport by 2035 in favor of e-vehicles is based on a lie as the lithium-ion battery-powered vehicles have a total “carbon footprint” when the effects of mining lithium and producing all parts are included, that is worse than diesel autos. 

Furthermore, electric cars are still driven by electricity produced from fossil fuels and will most likely continue to be. Despite decades of government subsidies wind power provides less than 5% of the world’s energy, and solar just 1 %. The use of electricity to charge vehicles and devices is also an extremely in-efficient use of energy, according to a study by the European Association for Battery Electric Vehicles commissioned by the European Commission (EC):

“The ‘Well-to-Tank’ energy efficiency (from the primary energy source to the electrical plug), taking into account the energy consumed by the production and distribution of the electricity, is estimated at around 37%. “

Let us take a look at the deceptive marketing for electric vehicles. The first misleading marketing trick that millions of environmentalists fell for was the ‘hybrid’. Hybrid cars are actually gasoline powered cars with a little battery assistance and the little battery has to be charged from the gasoline engine. If the EPA-certified mileage is 55 mpg, then it is no different from a non-hybrid that achieves 55 mpg. A world 100% full of ‘hybrid’ drivers is still 100% addicted to oil. 

Now consider a cleverly designed marketing pitch for electric cars by Elon Musk, Co-Founder & CEO of Tesla Motors. In an article published on the Tesla Motors website[3], he states: 

“the overarching purpose of Tesla Motors… is to help expedite the move from a mine-and-burn hydrocarbon economy towards a solar electric economy…  I’d like to address two repeated arguments against electric vehicles – battery disposal and power plant emissions… the Tesla Motors Lithium-Ion cells are not classified as hazardous and are landfill safe…  the battery pack can be sold to recycling companies (unsubsidized) at the end of its greater than 100,000-mile design life… 

A common rebuttal to electric vehicles as a solution to carbon emissions is that they simply transfer the CO2 emissions to the power plant. The obvious counter is that one can develop grid electric power from a variety of means, many of which, like hydro, wind, geothermal, nuclear, solar, etc. involve no CO2 emissions. However, let’s assume for the moment that the electricity is generated from a hydrocarbon source like natural gas… the hands down winner is pure electric:

.

.

We will be offering a modestly sized and priced solar… This system can be… set up as a carport and will generate about 50 miles per day of electricity. If you travel less than 350 miles per week, you will therefore be “energy positive” with respect to your personal transportation… you will actually be putting more energy back into the system than you consume in transportation!”

However, Elon Musk does not mention the fact that:

  • the move from mine-and-burn hydrocarbon economy towards a solar electric economy in itself requires a vast expenditure of fossil-fuel energy to re-purpose the entire worldwide industrial system, as well as build vast new energy grids for wind and solar energy, etc, simply to reduce CO2 emissions. A new industrial framework which in itself will still be very polluting to land, air, and water in virtually the same ways as the old framework as it creates more and more ‘product’ to be marketed and sold, such as electric cars, which we are now incorrectly told is okay because its ‘green product’; 
  • the Energy Returned on Energy Invested (EROEI) for solar and wind energy is too low to be viable, and therefore to repurpose and rebuild the world energy and industrial system to de-carbonise the economy is a waste of vast amounts of fossils fuels (no wonder the sector seeks subsidies); 
  • the manufacture of potentially hundreds of millions of new electric cars and electric car batteries involves a continuation of widespread mining and processing of rare earth metals, such as lithium, rhodium and cobalt, which are a limited resource. The mining and processing of rare earth metals has been shown to be polluting to land, air, and water systems, such as rivers.
  • if you charge the car with solar energy, you may be putting slightly more energy back into the system than you consume in ‘driving the car’. However, driving the electric car is only one small part of the entire energy consuming process from mining to manufacture to distribution, not to mention the embedded energy in the manufactured materials of a new worldwide supply-chain industrial infrastructure, including cars, factories, energy grids, windmills, photovoltaics, etc. 
  • electric cars are a source of exposure to electromagnetic field (EMF) radiation; and that human health implications of EMF exposure has been documented in numerous studies (these concerns are not exclusive to electric cars).

An Example of Why Electric Cars Are Fake Environmentalism – Consider a Tesla Model Y Battery

It takes up all of the space under the passenger compartment of the car. To manufacture it has been estimated that you need:

12 tons of rock for lithium; 5 tons of cobalt minerals (most cobalt is made as a byproduct of the processing of copper and nickel ores. It is a very difficult to obtain and is very expensive.); 3 tons of nickel ore; and 12 tons of copper ore. In addition, you must move 250 tons of soil to obtain: 26.5 pounds of lithium; 30 pounds of nickel; 48.5 pounds of manganese; and 15 pounds of cobalt. To manufacture the battery also requires 441 pounds of aluminum, steel and/or plastic and 112 pounds of graphite

A Caterpillar 994A vehicle is commonly used for the earthmoving to obtain the essential minerals. It has been estimated to consume between 250 and 775 gallons of diesel in 12 hours[4]. Finally, you get a “zero emissions” car. Presently, the bulk of the necessary minerals for manufacturing the batteries comes from China or Africa; and much of the hard labour for acquiring the minerals in Africa is done by children! 

The cost of Tesla batteries for the Tesla car models ranges from $5,000 to $20,000.

It takes seven years for an electric car to reach net-zero CO2. The average life expectancy of the batteries is 10 years. Only in the last three years do you begin to reduce your carbon footprint. Then the batteries have to be replaced and you lose all the gains you made in those three years. 

The reality should be distinguished from the lies we are all being told by the UN, the WEF and mega-corporate advertising. The word “sustainable” was hijacked decades ago, and it is now deceptively used to advance the agendas of mega-corporate-communist interests who couldn’t care less about the environment. The aim is to catapult humanity into the ‘fake-sustainable’ totalitarian arms of UN Agenda 2030 and other clever marketing plans entirely designed by the devastators.

The Problem Is Not CO2 

CO2 is not actually a pollutant, it is an odorless gas, it is not soot and it is not poisonous. Actually, CO2 has beneficial properties for humankind because it is a fertilizer – without sufficient CO2 plants and crops will not grow. The biology of the earth is driven by CO2. If CO2 is less than 150 ppm, almost all life on Earth could disappear. Climate change is not due to CO2 emissions, neither is it ‘cow-made’ due to methane emissions as the UN claim.

It appears, the little ice age ended as recently as around 1800, so it is no surprise that we are now experiencing a little warming. However, this warming period will end, and we will move again to a colder phase. That is how the Earth’s climate system has behaved for billions of years. I am also a signatory of the World Climate Declaration, a declaration that refutes the United Nations narrative on climate change. 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Author: Reality Books 

The following books are available on Reality Books and on amazon.com:

Notes

[1] Source: https://www.euronews.com/next/2023/05/09/sweden-is-building-the-worlds-first-permanent-electrified-road-for-evs-to-charge-while-dri

[2] Source: https://www.theguardian.com/environment/2012/aug/07/china-rare-earth-village-pollution

[3] The relevant article written by Elon Musk is available at: https://www.tesla.com/blog/secret-tesla-motors-master-plan-just-between-you-and-me

[4] Source: https://www.heavyequipmentforums.com/threads/cat-994-fuel-consumption.94089/

Video: ‘Globalisation of War: US-NATO Threats Directed Against Russia, China, Iran and North Korea’. Michel Chossudovsky

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, January 05, 2025

America’s hegemonic project in the post 9/11 era is the “Globalization of War” whereby the U.S.-NATO  military machine –coupled with covert intelligence operations, economic sanctions and the thrust of “regime change”— is deployed in all major regions of the world.  The threat of pre-emptive nuclear war is also used to black-mail countries into submission.

What Year Will 2025 be? Reminder of 2024. Manlio Dinucci

By Manlio Dinucci, January 06, 2025

In 2024, Sweden and Finland granted the US 32 military bases where it can deploy its own forces, including nuclear forces close to Russia. At the same time, the US deployed the new B61-12 nuclear bomb in Italy, Germany, Belgium, the Netherlands and Turkey.

Is US Democracy a Sham? Biden Gave Us the Answer. Were You Listening? Jonathan Cook

By Jonathan Cook, January 06, 2025

Only in the world of political make-believe we inhabit in the West would the Wall Street Journal’s account of Biden’s years-long cognitive decline, and its concealment by his officials, count as a scoop.

An American Psychopathocracy. “How Google and Facebook Shut Down the American Mind.” “Supercomputers Make the Ultimate Decision”

By Emanuel Pastreich, January 06, 2025

No doubt you have noticed, with the complete inability of any public intellectual to come to terms with the series of false flag attacks in New Orleans, New York, Las Vegas, and elsewhere.

Should We Put an End to the U.N. for Having Failed to “Prevent War and Promote Peace”? The U.N. at the Nexus of Globalism and National Sovereignty

By Prof. Anthony J. Hall, January 05, 2025

The United Nations has become increasingly prominent as the undeclared war intensifies between globalism and national sovereignty. In theory, the UN has one foot in each camp. In actuality the UN is a primary driver of globalist agendas that steal power from national governments and the citizens they are supposed to represent.

Video: A Jewish-Russian Proxy President: Zelensky Transformed into a Neo-Nazi

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky and Silview Media, January 06, 2025

Zelensky is Jewish. He supports the Nazi Azov Battalion, the two Nazi parties, which have committed countless atrocities against the Jewish community in Ukraine. He belongs to a Russian-Jewish family. He was brought up as a native Russian speaker, who prior to entering politics in 2019 was not fluent in Ukrainian. 

America’s Perpetual War: Six Questions

By Prof. Joseph H. Chung, August 14, 2024

Since WWII, there were 32 American military conflicts involving dozens of countries. Some of these military conflicts have lasted for over twenty years and some others are still continuing.

No doubt you have noticed, with the complete inability of any public intellectual to come to terms with the series of false flag attacks in New Orleans, New York, Las Vegas, and elsewhere. Nor are any of them, including the alternative media and the conspiracy fringe, able to offer a real plan to resist the takeover of the entire nation, and the entire Earth by a handful of IT geniuses who control the creation of money, the production of food and medicine, the means of production and distribution, and who are increasingly replacing humans with robots and drones, destroying educational systems, and moving decision making away from semi-accountable politicians and bureaucrats to opaque AI.

We are ruled by psychopaths. Of this there can be no doubt. They show all the symptoms and seem unaware of their own impending fate.

Nevertheless, despite the stories of aliens and lizard men floated on the dark web for the foolish, the psychopaths did not suddenly descend from the sky in space ships. As alien as their behavior may seem, they are 100 percent made in USA, the twisted products of a nation gone mad. America may still have its Golden Gate Bridge and Hollywood Boulevard, its Statue of Liberty and Grand Canyon, but beneath the surface, America has been changed, changed utterly.

The social bonds between family members, between community members and between countrymen have been worn away in commercialized consumer frenzy. Where once there were politics and civil society there is now only a desert.

We cannot lay all the blame for this nightmare on the shoulders of those at the highest levels. They could never have gotten there if their pathological self-centeredness had not been encouraged, even rewarded, along the way. And that reward came not only from the billionaires, but from among the vast majority of the upper middle class, people who are more interested in becoming the next Steve Jobs or Bill Gates than they are in helping the homeless around them, homeless who once had similar jobs.

Psychopathic behavior has spread through a whole class: lawyers, doctors, professors, journalists, the CEOs at corporations, the heads of government agencies, and yes, even the “CEO class” of labor unions. It has become common sense for those who have a snout in the trough to avoid asking any serious questions about the original causes of the ruthless government and corporate policy we witness, or the relation between those policies and their own wealth.

The connection between owning stock in Exxon and climate change, between the rise of private prisons and the profits generated by investment banks, is such a taboo subject that it cannot be conceived of, even by the brilliant young minds at Harvard College.

That mentality makes it possible to live a “progressive” lifestyle in a wealthy neighborhood, be creative at the Starbucks, to be vegan at Whole Foods Market, while remaining oblivious of the threat of nuclear war and the collapse of the ecosystem. It is easy to buy cheap products at the mall without a thought about which products were made by prisoners (slaves) in the United States, or near-slaves at factories around the world. You could call it the classic “think left, live right” mindset.

Those who have received good educations, and who have access to the information necessary to understand what is wrong, feel little need to share their insights with others. They would rather play stupid about these secrets, confining their vapid conversations to family vacations or delicious meals enjoyed at ethnic restaurants.

Even more grotesque is the habit of the upper middle class of dismissing those who voted for Trump as “stupid.” They appreciate impressionist painting and avant-garde dance, but they cannot imagine what it is like to live in a neighborhood where schools do not offer educations, where the only media available spouts endless fictions and where the desperate quest for meaning in life is only met by right-wing mass churches.

After the takeover of the federal government by the George W. Bush administration, the establishment of a military government in February, 2001 (a military regime that to some degree remains in place and which almost no intellectuals dare to recognize even though many know exactly what happened) many of such “good Americans” embraced this wretched culture of denial, the first step toward a psychopathocracy. And now, unrepentant, they assume that the tastelessness displayed by Trump will render him harmless. But, as Thomas Mann wrote about the reduction of German politics to a brutal carnival in the 1930s, “The insipid is not synonymous with the harmless.”

.

.

The Nature of the Pathology

What exactly went wrong? We know that the self-crowned Democratic Party, whose leaders are most expert at excluding third parties from the policy discussion, at playing footsie with their supposed opponents, and at building a nest egg for their own retirements, is incapable of taking even the first steps to respond to Trump’s criminality.

You would think that after two years of watching the blatantly criminal destruction of the economy for the benefit of a handful of billionaires educated Americans would be going door to door, organizing powerful citizens’ movements capable of overturning this cabal of the super-rich, militarists and white nationalists.

But you would be wrong.

No degree of institutional decay can persuade those educated Americans to stop clinging to their fantasy of a “liberal” Democratic Party and a “conservative” Republican Party. Few want to see that the only parties in town are the whores and the pimps. Or, to put it more bluntly: “There is only one party, but hell, what a party!”

Silent Spring, Summer, Fall and Winter

We have gone far past the warning signals that inspired millions to protest in the streets and form a counter-culture in the 1960s. Things are much graver today. We face the prospect of nuclear war, of extinction-grade climate change and of a criminal concentration of wealth. Yet few are able to get off their asses and discuss these matters with their friends and neighbors, let alone to take action.

Perhaps we are going through a period of decadence, like that of the late Roman Empire. Could it be that Donald Trump is a reality TV version of Emperor Nero, or perhaps a knock-off of Emperor Caligula? Certainly, Trump’s decision to float the name of his daughter Ivanka as a candidate for president of the World Bank would fit in well with the late Roman Empire.

The fashion house Viktor and Rolf (founded by Dutch designers Viktor Horsting and Rolf Snoeren) goes out of its way to find challenging images that can blaze new trails in haute couture. A poster from one of their exhibitions was so striking that they chose it for the cover of a retrospective.

.

.

The viewer is confronted by a confusing image. A wealthy white woman appears as if she were lying on a bed, with a luxurious red blanket wrapped around her and her hair spread over an indulgent pillow. She is positioned vertically relative to the landscape behind her, cradling a blond-haired baby in her right arm, in the fashion of a Renaissance Madonna and child. Her blasé facial expression suggests sexual indulgence, luxury and indifference.

But the image of wealth is set against a disturbing background. The mother and child are standing in front of the debris from a demolished home, perhaps from the aftermath of a Hurricane Katrina or of a Hurricane Michael.

Her wealth and her privilege are made more appealing, more intriguing, by their contrast with the sufferings of ordinary people that result from collapsing infrastructure, climate change and austerity policies. The fascination in image is that it allows the super-rich (and those who envy them) to experience the sufferings of ordinary people vicariously, much as Marie Antoinette enjoyed the experience of being an ordinary peasant by building a little farm on the grounds of Versailles.

Taking aesthetic pleasure from this image is quite simply a psychopathic act. After all, those rich are dependent on extractive industries and on fossil fuels to provide their big quarterly returns. Their search for profit has led to the climate change that makes such catastrophes and made it impossible for the citizen to generate his or her own energy.

They delude themselves into believing they will survive climate change by buying bunkers and vast land reserves, a movement vividly described by Evan Osnos in the New Yorker article “Doomsday Prep for the Superrich.”

This sick culture radiates out throughout our society. Youth are forced to watch advertisements (whether they want to or not) in which bored rich kids lounge around, lost in a world of bored narcissism. Such images are presented to them as role models by marketers, suggesting that the only escape from of social inequality is through the worship of those who have the most.

How Google and Facebook Shut Down the American Mind

But is this psychopathocracy simply a result of periodic decadence, or is there something else at play? The extremes of cognitive dissonance that allow highly educated people to blithely ignore climate change and the risk of nuclear war suggest that there must be another factor.

Perhaps the rapid advancement of technology has profoundly undermined our capacity to comprehend the shifts taking place around us and reduced us to passive consumers of games, social media, pornography and other distractions incapable of responding to crisis.

Could it be that our brains have been reprogrammed by the smartphones we use so that we will go to our graves with only a vague awareness that something is wrong? The cartoonist Steve Cutts describes this nightmare world in which discourse is impossible in his animation “Are you lost in the world like me”. The acquired passivity affects all classes, all of the time.

Nicholas Carr’s book, “What the Internet is Doing to Our Brains: The Shallows,” provides extensive scientific evidence of how the internet is remapping our brains to respond to instantaneous stimulation and thereby rendering complex contemplation nearly impossible. That negative trend is proceeding at precisely the moment that we are being connected together globally in a confusing and contradictory manner by that same technology.

We are left dying of thirst in an ocean where there is information everywhere, but not a drop to contemplate.

Carr suggests that the brain’s neuroplasticity allows it to change, often in a negative sense, promoting rigid behavior. Our neurons want us to keep exercising the circuits we formed through our internet surfing because they offer a seductive stimulation. Quick responses from a Google search, or from a Facebook posting, stimulate neurons and release pleasing stimulants.

The unused neural circuits that were once employed for the complex three-dimensional consideration of long-term personal experience and of shifts in culture and society are ruthlessly pruned away in an invisible neural Darwinism.

The neurologist Norman Doidge writes: “If we stop exercising our mental skills, we do not just forget them: the brain map space for those skills is turned over to the skills we practice instead.” Carr puts it succinctly:

“When it comes to the quality of our thought, our neurons and synapses are entirely indifferent. The possibility of intellectual decay is inherent in the malleability of our brains”

That means that hours on smartphones, exploring social media and chatting with friends, has created people incapable of comprehending the scale of the risk involved in climate change or in the arms race,

Carr explains the reason:

“Dozens of studies by psychologists, neurobiologists, educators and web designers point to the same conclusion: when we go online, we enter an environment that promotes cursory reading, hurried and distracted thinking, and superficial learning. It’s possible to think deeply while surfing the net, just as it is possible to think shallowly while reading a book, but that’s not the type of thinking the technology encourages and rewards.”

If we have an entire population who are mired in the “shallows,” in the rapid processing of information in return for quick stimulation of the neurons, might it be possible that there will be few, or none, who can comprehend the crisis we face, let alone formulate and advocate for a solution?

The Psychopath Behind the Psychopath

But there is one more piece to this puzzle. It does not sound right that a handful of greedy billionaires who care nothing for humanity are responsible for our current condition.

Could it be that if we rip off all the masks and peer behind the curtains, we will discover that technology has taken over the entire system of things?

Yes, the ultimate psychopath that plays the flute for those billionaires as they lead us to our doom is not some horrific monster, but rather the networks connecting tens of thousands of supercomputers around the world. They purr softly as they calculate to the tenth decimal point how to maximize profit every day, every minute and every second.

Those supercomputers make the ultimate decisions for JPMorgan Chase, Goldman Sachs, Barclays and Bank of America, because they are capable of something that no human can do: They can assess the monetary value of the entire Earth and extract profit in perfect accord with the algorithms they are assigned without any ethical qualms.

The banks of supercomputers that are stacked behind the investment banks perceive Bill Gates and Jeff Bezos as but bothersome appendages in their quest for ultimate and immediate profit.

We do not have to wait for supercomputers to achieve consciousness to lose control of our civilization. All we need is for computers to set the priorities for our society on the basis of profit without any consideration for the needs for the ecosystem, or for humanity itself. And if social networks, videos and games remap the neural networks of in our brains, encouraging dopamine-driven short-term thinking, the computers will take over, and will have no choice but to take over, long before they have developed any consciousness.

We humans have not lost our minds completely, but we have delegated the dirty work to supercomputers without even noticing it. In this land, the one-eyed are being led to the precipice by a massively parallel blind man.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on Fear No Evil.

Emanuel Pastreich served as the president of the Asia Institute, a think tank with offices in Washington DC, Seoul, Tokyo and Hanoi. Pastreich also serves as director general of the Institute for Future Urban Environments. Pastreich declared his candidacy for president of the United States as an independent in February, 2020.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from the author

A Voyage into a Complete Unknown Known. Edward Curtin

January 6th, 2025 by Edward Curtin

“Every time I ask what time it is, I get a different answer” – Henny Youngman

I don’t know about you, but I find some movies useful and even entertaining because, like dreams, they exercise my imagination. They project onto my mind horizon-framed memories, my soul into a visual brigantine seeking its Ithaca where I will finally open my eyes and grasp the reality of so many reflections.

As the French novelist Louis-Ferdinand Celine once said about travel being useful because it exercises the imagination,

“All the rest is disappointment and fatigue. Our journey is entirely imaginary.  That is its strength.  It goes from life to death.”

Dr. Celine, M.D. was leading us into a “journey to the end of the night,” which was the title he gave his 1932 first novel.  Like much ground-breaking art, it received mixed reviews.  This was because of its dark perspective and unique use of slang and working-class language.  Traditionalists were outraged.  Eventually, however, it was considered one of the greatest novels of the 20th century.  As someone once said, and repeated numerous times, so it goes.

But first we had to go through all the good old days of mass slaughter and mayhem. Celine learned about these shenanigans while riding a wooden horse for the French Cavalry during World War I and watching the bodies flop and twitch and bleed ketchup on the barbed wire and in no man’s land.  He noticed it was the first war to go high-tech with machine guns, flamethrowers, air warfare, and other modern improvements.  You know, the inevitability of progress.

Rather than giving up, the traditionalists still sang “Our life is a journey / Through Winter and Night; / We look for our way / In a sky without light,” the alleged old Swiss Guard song passed down through the folk tradition.  They were angry and languishing but could still sing the old way and their lyrics inspired Celine’s title. The times changed but sort of didn’t. People were still lighting candles as they switched on the lights.

It’s very cold here in the north country.  My wife’s beautiful long hair tantalizes me, and I use a manual typewriter, but she almost fell down in the icy driveway and died.  It wasn’t the way I wanted to remember her, so I ran out to help her and the howling wind almost blew my wig off.  Don’t ask me why.  The wind has its ways.

This isn’t a coverup, all I do is tell the truth while trying to cover my ass, but the wig at least covered my addlepated head from which I try to spring the thoughts that really tie my brain in knots and disturb me, but that you won’t hear in this life movie, this dream.

My work has always been about death, he said, ever since I was young.  He said that in an interview I read.

Last night I dreamed I was walking in town with my wife after taking a shower.  I only had a towel to clothe me, which I wrapped around my waist.  I felt exposed and wished to hide, to flee in the dark night.  To stand naked in front of strangers on Main St. would have really bothered me.  Some kind soul pointed me in the direction of a guy with a camera who gave me a long gold coat that extended to the ground.  I put it on and went into a men’s room to dry my wet hair, which I did, and when I looked in the mirror, my hair had turned to golden curls.

Only a dream you say, but I was appalled. It was not a flattering picture.  Although I looked as though I had metamorphized into Euphorbus, the golden curly-headed hero of Greek myth, I felt like a packaged commodity in the mirror.  Too many images.  Too many people rearranging their faces in triple mirrors.  Somewhere in my unknowing mind the inner mirror flashed people, places, streets I once set my feet upon, going or coming in the old days when I first set foot in the village in the city.

I was after something, something deep drove me from place to place, I was very restless and felt I was always rushing.  I felt guilty too.

Kippus was the name of my high school English teacher.  What he did to me rankles still.  I had spent hours writing a paper for his course on the connection between two famous murders in Dostoevsky’s Crime and Punishment and Virgil’s Aeneid.  I was very proud of it and felt that all the reading I had imbibed over the years served me well in its composition.  But when he was handing out the corrected papers, he waved mine in the air with a supercilious look on his face and took me out into the hall where he accused me of plagiarism, which was completely false.  He said I couldn’t have written something so good and ripped my paper up in my face.  I probably shouldn’t confess, but immature as I was, and despite his pleas for mercy, I choked him to death on the spot and quickly fled.  I am still running.

François Truffaut said once “film lovers are sick people.”  They love magic and the beautiful fraud that movies create.  One flick of a switch and they are gone.

Yet nothing moves and unsettles me more than great songs, especially when their winged words rise and fly out on tunes that stick in the mind.  Why do they unsettle me and why does one write them?

I agree with Jean-Luc Godard’s statement, although slightly altered: “All you need for a movie is a gun and a girl.”

Maybe all you need is a guy, a guitar, and a bunch of girls.

It makes for quite a voyage into the unknown known from which you return not giving a damn or knowing anything new about some “me” named Dylan.  He’s not there.

Yeah, so it goes.

Farewell.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on the author’s blog site, Behind the Curtain.

Edward Curtin is a prominent author, researcher and sociologist based in Western Massachusetts. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).  

Featured image: Journey to the End of the Night cover (Licensed under Fair Use)

What Year Will 2025 be? Reminder of 2024. Manlio Dinucci

January 6th, 2025 by Manlio Dinucci

In 2024, Sweden and Finland granted the US 32 military bases where it can deploy its own forces, including nuclear forces close to Russia. At the same time, the US deployed the new B61-12 nuclear bomb in Italy, Germany, Belgium, the Netherlands and Turkey. It is possible that the B61-12 bombs are also being deployed in secret in Poland and in other European countries. Russia’s response was inevitable: it deployed tactical nuclear weapons in Belarus capable of striking US-NATO nuclear bases in Europe.   

President Biden authorised Ukraine to use ATACMS missiles with a range of over 300 km against Russia. Shortly afterwards, the UK authorised the use of long-range Storm Shadow missiles by Ukraine against Russia, with Italian participation through Leonardo. At this point, Russia hit a Ukrainian military aerospace facility with the new Oreshnik hypersonic missile with multiple non-nuclear warheads, which can also be armed with nuclear warheads.

Point 2 of the order on the revision of the Russian nuclear doctrine states that “aggression by any non-nuclear state, but with the participation or support of a nuclear state, shall be considered a joint attack on Russia.” Italy falls into the category defined in point 2: although it is a non-nuclear state and a signatory to the Non-Proliferation Treaty, which prohibits it from receiving nuclear weapons from anyone, it hosts on its territory US nuclear weapons aimed at Russia, for whose use the Italian air force is ready under US command. Italy and other European countries in the same situation (Germany, Belgium, Holland) are therefore under Russian nuclear deterrence, i.e. Russian nuclear missiles are aimed at nuclear bases in Italy. The fact remains that while US intermediate-range missiles deployed in Europe can hit Moscow within minutes of launch, similar missiles deployed by Russia in the European part of its territory can hit European capitals but not Washington.

The European scenario is closely linked to the scenario of the Middle East. When the Hamas attack on Israel took place on 7 October 2023, Grandangolo titled it “The Middle East’s 9/11”, based on a series of facts that proved the existence of a plan similar to the one that had served on 11 September 2001 to unleash the “Global War on Terror” that led to the US and NATO invading Afghanistan and Iraq. The plan carried out by Hamas on 7 October had been known to the Israeli leadership for a year. Rather than being surprised by the attack, the Israeli leadership facilitated it. The 7th of October attack was used to justify the opening of a huge war front in the strategic region of the Middle East with the dual aim of wiping out the Palestinian territories, unleashing genocide to make the establishment of a Palestinian state impossible, and triggering a chain reaction of conflicts in the Middle East by attacking Lebanon, Yemen and Syria.

Israel is the spearhead of the US and European powers’ attempt to maintain their dominance in the Middle East, where they are losing ground through war. Their main target is Iran, which has become the strategic hub of the North-South transport corridor to India and beyond allowing Russia to bypass the blockade imposed by NATO and the EU. It is also the strategic hub of the New Silk Road from China to Europe.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published in Italian on Grandangolo, Byoblu TV.

Manlio Dinucci, award-winning author, geopolitical analyst and geographer, Pisa, Italy. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).  

Featured image source

Freedom with a Caveat. Barbara Nimri Aziz

January 6th, 2025 by Barbara Nimri Aziz

Does Uhuru, ‘freedom’ in Swahili, apply in the United States?

It depends. It depends on how the First Amendment is interpreted; it depends on how cunningly the term terrorism is applied in these tenuous fearsome times; it depends on how determinedly people fight to protect and restore their democracy. Doubtless, a few institutions committed to protecting the U.S. Constitution will continue to defend the first amendment and expose its erosion. They have an uphill struggle as the outcry against Israel’s genocide of Palestinians persists, and as skittish editors, wary politicians and security officials challenge hitherto secure press freedoms. The erosion of free speech is so subtle, it eludes most of us.

Earlier this month, supporters cheered a judgment in favor of Omali Yeshitela, 83, and his co-defendants, all members of the African People’s Socialist Party and the Uhuru Movement. Their trial ended with the accused receiving no jail time. But was it really a victory for free speech and free association?

.

.

Yeshitela’s group avoided jail—certainly worthy of celebration. But they were free on three conditions: they must have no contact with Russian nationals or organizations; they are on three years’ probation; they are sentenced to 300 hours of community service. The Florida trial judge rejected the state’s claim that the accused’s actions constitute a national security threat, a clause increasingly used to silence free speech. He concluded: “no crime had been committed and the group’s conduct was rooted in political speech.” So why any sentence or probation at all? It suggests that even a tenuous alliance with Russia today is anathema, and a threat to USA. Just as the government views former senior marine officer and political commentator Scott Ritter. (The FBI seized his passport and raided his home 5 months ago.)

However welcome The Uhuru Movement’s acquittal is, it does not assure true freedom. First it imposes limits on the group’s speech. That and the sentence of community service, however mild, serve as warnings to others. Though dissimilar in scale to the freedom secured for Wikileaks founder Julian Assange, it is gripped by the same subtle process through which liberty is granted. Freedom with a caveat.

Image: Assange addressing committee of the Council of Europe Tuesday (PACE) (Source: Consortiumnews)

“I am free today after years of incarceration because I pled guilty to journalism… seeking information from a source,” stated Assange in October 2024. It was his first public statement, delivered at a European Human Rights Council meeting, since his release from England’s Belmarsh Prison.

Julian Assange’s ‘freedom’, however welcome and fêted by his legal team and tens of thousands of supporters worldwide (after a long, determined campaign) remains to be tested. First, Assange is prevented from seeking compensation from the U.S. and U.K. governments for their years of persecution, imprisonment and mistreatment. Going forward, it is uncertain what Assange will be permitted to do:– as an advocate for free speech, as a writer and as a publisher.

Daily, we witness increasing numbers of journalists intimidated, detained and arrested – in the U.S. and U.K. Cases– many barely publicized – indicate that the noose smothering civil liberties tightens week by week. Trump’s election notwithstanding, this began months ago in the U.S. and U.K. as well as across Europe, India and elsewhere.

We have recently watched helplessly while well-known independent British journalists were detained and harassed. In August, first Richard Medhurst, then Sarah Wilkinson and Asa Winstanley were threatened with arrest. (Others who were actually arrested are awaiting trial.) Medhurst and Wilkinson were essentially terrorized by authorities under the obscure Article 12 of the U.K. terrorism law. Their computers, phones and other materials were seized. Though not charged and free to return to their homes, both are uncertain if they can resume their journalistic work. After their release, both publicly detailed their detentions. Yet to date, neither – Wilkinson as a critical source on the Gaza genocide, and Medhurst as a commentator and reliable source on Israeli, U.S. and U.K. military policies – has resumed their reporting. They may be ‘free’, for the present; but they remain under threat of more severe actions. Thus, first their voices, unmatched in independent media, have been effectively silenced; second, their detention serves to chill others, especially well-informed independent journalists, who know the truth but have become wary about exposing it.

This situation is doubtless due to a determined ugly campaign to thwart all credible reporting on the reality of Palestinian lives, the crimes of Israel and its backers. ‘Pro-Palestinian’ is being interpreted in some quarters as a threatening identity. If what brought us this point continues, ‘Pro-Palestinian’ will be outlawed as terrorism. Suppression on the subject is already underway on campuses and in workplaces worldwide. University students, faculty and other staff returning to a new academic year learn of onerous new regulations in place. At some universities, if an employee or student does not sign an agreement to desist from joining non-violent and other actions relating to Israel’s ongoing Palestinian Genocide, they face disciplinary action – termination of employment and expulsion. While student groups are invoking legal means to resist, colleges pass new laws that greatly curtail their freedom of speech. Teaching faculty everywhere feel their jobs threatened; enough have been fired to freeze the actions of colleagues. This situation is well-known but glossed over by the press. If it’s reported at all. In Europe, especially in France and Germany, blanket laws are being passed to shut down ‘designated’ free speech by anyone. A colleague who had worked for city government reminded me decades ago: “Once such laws, though precipitated by a short-term single crisis, are in place, they are almost impossible to remove, and are applied more widely in new circumstances.” Remember the USA Patriot Act of 2001 enacted in response to the 9/11 attack. It is regularly renewed with barely any debate.

Freedom with a caveat!

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Barbara Nimri Aziz whose anthropological research has focused on the peoples of the Himalayas is the author of the newly published “Yogmaya and Durga Devi: Rebel Women of Nepal”, available on Amazon

She is a regular contributor to Global Research.

All images in this article are provided by the author

Only in the world of political make-believe we inhabit in the West would the Wall Street Journal’s account of Biden’s years-long cognitive decline, and its concealment by his officials, count as a scoop.

And only in a world in which the billionaire-owned media alone constructs and polices what counts as reality would the WSJ be able to run this story without also being expected to consider what it signifies about America’s professed democracy.

The emperor, we are now told, was naked all along. How did it take more than four years for the fearless, tenacious billionaire-owned media to notice?

The WSJ reports that even back in 2021 Biden had what his officials described as “bad days” when his mind worked so poorly he had to be kept away from senior Congresspeople and his own cabinet colleagues.

So insulated was he that he rarely met even with key figures directing White House policy, such as the Secretaries of State, Defence and the Treasury.

He was able to hold only two or three cabinet meetings a year during his four-year term – a total of nine, compared to 19 by Barack Obama and 25 by Donald Trump.

His aides barely strayed from his side because they needed to whisper instructions for him to carry out the simplest of public tasks, such as where to enter and exit a room.

Concern only went mainstream when he performed catastrophically in an unscripted TV debate against Trump in June, eventually having to pull out of his re-election bid and let his vice-president, Kamala Harris, take over.

Shortly afterwards, it emerged that he had been receiving regular visits to the White House from a leading neurologist and Parkinson’s expert.

Many observers – myself included – pointed out Biden’s mental infirmity from the get-go. Matt Orfalea has been compiling video clips of the president’s stunning gaffes and verbal confusions for years. None of us were geniuses. We didn’t need access to the 50 White House insiders interviewed by the WSJ. It was blindingly obvious.

.

Read on X

.

You had to be lying, or hypnotised, to deny what was so visible.

And yet every time we pointed out Biden’s clear cognitive impairment, we were accused of promoting conspiracy theories, engaging in elder abuse, or supporting Trump.

The emperor, so we were told, was fully clothed.

The truth about Biden hasn’t suddenly leaked out from his officials. Senior politicians on both sides of the aisle knew. White House correspondents knew. Editors knew. And they all lied to protect the system of power to which they belong, the system that keeps them gainfully employed, the system that maintains their status. No one was going to rock the boat.

The WSJ hasn’t suddenly found out things it didn’t know before. The reason it is coming clean now – as are White House staffers – is that President Biden is almost out the door. The truth is no longer a serious threat to the Washington power system.

There will be more revelations about Biden’s incapacity – maybe contained in a future book by Bob Woodward – after his presidency has become a distant memory. When it is safe for the full story to be told. When the lies are no longer important.

But more significant than the media deceptions are the fact that much of the public fell for them, not once but over and over again: day after day, week after week, month after month, year after year.

Why? Because far too many of us are in the grip of the West’s propaganda system. We believe that the billionaire-owned media is to be trusted, that it serves the public good, not private wealth.

If a large chunk of the public can be persuaded that a man who is incapable of finding the door through which he’s supposed to leave is “sharp as a tack”, then why would they not also believe that the United States is promoting democracy as it has laid waste to the Middle East over the past two decades to control the region’s oil?

Or that Washington is seeking peace for the world and Ukraine by arming it with ever-more offensive weapons against a nuclear-armed Russia so that the US can place ballistic missiles on Moscow’s doorstep?

Or that the US wants a ceasefire in Gaza even as it supplies the munitions, intelligence and diplomatic cover for Israel to carry out a genocide there?

The problem is that, subjected to a lifetime of elite propaganda, many are readier to believe that very propaganda than the evidence of their own eyes. They are truly hypnotised.

Even now, many are listening to the “revelations” of Biden’s long decline and, just like the WSJ, not wondering how the US has been functioning for the past four years with a president barely able to read a teleprompter, one whose mind is so vacant he can wander off in the middle of a conversation.

Does the US run by itself? Does it need a president? Or is the president nothing more than a figurehead for a permanent bureaucracy that expects to wield power from the shadows, unobserved by voters and unaccountable to them? Is the US a democracy, or is the democracy just a facade behind which a wealth elite maintains its power?

Biden has given us the answer. Were you listening?

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Guess Who Are the Real Protagonists of Anti-Semitism

January 6th, 2025 by Prof Michel Chossudovsky

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

***

We are witnessing accusations of anti-semitism, in colleges and universities, coupled with police intervention, arrests, prison sentences, for all those who act in solidarity with the people of Palestine.

But there something very fishy going on. 

While Western governments are actively repressing the protest movements against Israel’s act of genocide, —with mass arrests on charges of antisemitism—, those same governments are supporting Ukraine’s Nazi movement which actively participated and collaborated with Nazi Germany in the genocide directed against the Jewish population of Ukraine during World War II

 


The following image is revealing, from Left to Right: the Blue NATO flag, the Azov Battalion’s Wolfangel SS of the Third Reich and Hitler’s Nazi Swastika (red and white background) are displayed, which points to collaboration between NATO and the Neo-Nazi regime. 

Western countries have been financing the Nazi Summer Camps 

Ukraine’s “Neo-Nazi Summer Camp”. Military Training for Young Children, Para-military Recruits

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, June 13, 2024

A Head of State sponsored by the CIA

Video: A Jewish-Russian Proxy President: Zelensky Transformed into a Neo-Nazi.

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky and Silview Media, June 15,  2024

According to NATO: “the war started in 2014

The Smoking Gun: Who Started the War? Was it Russia or Was it US-NATO? NATO Confirms that the Ukraine “War Started in 2014”

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, June 29, 2024

 

 


How Zionism Feeds Antisemitism | The Nation

Sounds contradictory?

My question is: Who are the Anti-Semites? The answer is obvious.

Our Western governments (including the majority of NATO member states), which are generously financing the Neo-Nazi regime in Kiev.  

From a legal standpoint, this is a criminal act on the part of our governments, which should be opposed by a vast social movement in all NATO member-states.  

The dominant Nazi faction within the Kiev government regime (which is supported by our governments) exerts its power within the realm of intelligence, internal affairs, national security and the military.

Amply documented, the 2014 US-sponsored EuroMaidan Coup d’Etat was carried out with the support of these two Nazi factions: Svoboda and Right Sektor headed by Dmytro Yarosh, which have committed countless atrocities directed against Ukraine’s Jewish community.

Dmytro Yarosh (Centre) EuroMaidan Coup d’Etat

Andriy Parubiy founded in 1991 the Social-National Party of Ukraine (subsequently renamed Svoboda [Freedom]), together with Oleh Tyahnybok. Parubiy was subsequently appointed Chairman of Ukraine’s Parliament (Verkhovna Rada).

According to Andriy Parubiy: Adolf Hitler was “the torchbearer of democracy”. 

“I’m a major supporter of direct democracy,… By the way, I tell you that the biggest man, who practised a direct democracy, was Adolf Aloizovich [Hitler]”. (Quoted by South Front)

 

 

Remember Victoria Nuland of F**k the EU Fame

The US Congress, Canada’s Parliament, the British Parliament, the European Parliament, have invited and praised M. Parubiy.

 

Parubiy with Assistant Secretary of State Victoria Nuland (Obama Adminstration)

Here is Victoria Nuland with the leader of the Svoboda Nazi Party, Tyannybok.

 

Tyannybok (leader of Neo-Nazi Svoboda Party (left), Yatseniuk (right)

The Holocaust in Ukraine

With the formation of a new government composed of Neo Nazis,  the Jewish community in Kiev is threatened.  This community is described as “one of the most vibrant Jewish communities in the world, with dozens of active Jewish organizations and institutions”.

A significant part of this community is made up of family members of holocaust survivors.

“Three million Ukrainians were murdered by the Nazis during their occupation of Ukraine, including 900,000 Jews.” (indybay.org, January 29, 2014).

Ukraine’s Nazi movement collaborated with Nazi Germany in the early 1940s. The Organization of Ukrainian Nationalists (OUN) participated in the killings of Ukraine’s Jewish Population.

The map below is the territory under Nazi Germany occupation (recorded in 1942) extending from Galicia to Kiev and Odessa.

It indicates cities with Jewish ghettoes, as well as the locations of major massacres.

According to the WW II Holocaust Museum:

“Before World War II, the 1.5 million Jews living in the Soviet republic of Ukraine constituted the largest Jewish population within the Soviet Union, and one of the largest Jewish populations in Europe. … The number of Jews in the Ukrainian Soviet Republic (UkrSSR) rose to 2.45 million people [from 1939-1941]”

Amply documented the OUN-B and its National Insurgent Army (UPA) were actively involved in the massacres of Jews, Poles, Communists and Roma in major cities including Odessa and Kiev.

At the outset of Operation Barbarossa, (June, 22 1941) in coordination with the death squads (Einsatzgruppen) of Nazi Germany, members of the OUN-B were instrumental in the killings in the City of Lviv, Western region of Galicia, resulting in the massacre and deportation of more than 100,000 Jews:

The Lviv pogroms were the consecutive pogroms and massacres of Jews in June and July 1941 in the city of Lwów. (Lviv, Lvov) in German-occupied Eastern Poland/Western Ukraine (now Lviv, Ukraine). The massacres were perpetrated by Ukrainian nationalists (specifically, the OUN), German death squads (Einsatzgruppen), and urban population from 30 June to 2 July [1941].”

The members of OUN-B actively collaborated with the Wehrmacht’s occupation forces (1941-1944).

In Ukraine: “..up to a million Jews were murdered by Einsatzgruppen units, Police battalions, Wehrmacht troops and local Nazi collaborators” (emphasis added)

On September, 1 1941, the Nazi-sponsored Ukrainian newspaper Volhyn wrote, in an article titled Let’s Conquer the City, namely Lviv:

“All elements that reside in our land, whether they are Jews or Poles, must be eradicated.

We are at this very moment resolving the Jewish question, and this resolution is part of the plan for the Reich’s total reorganization of Europe.

The empty space that will be created, must immediately and irrevocably be filled by the real owners and masters of this land, the Ukrainian people”. (Emphasis added)

The map below is the territory under Nazi Germany occupation (1942) extending from Galicia to Kiev and Odessa.

It indicates cities with Jewish ghettoes, the locations of major massacres.

In this regard, the Janowska concentration camp was established in the outskirts of Lviv in September 1941.

Lviv had a Jewish population of 160,000. The Janowska camp combined “elements of labor, transit, and extermination”.

“By the time Soviet forces reached Lviv on 21 July 1944, less than 1 per cent of Lviv’s Jews had survived the occupation.“ (Emphasis added)

“By the time Soviet forces reached Lviv on 21 July 1944, less than 1 per cent of Lviv’s Jews had survived the occupation.“  (Emphasis added)

What this means is that our governments —which claim to be firmly committed to social democracy– are actively supporting and financing the Neo-Nazi Kiev regime. 

 

Specifically, the German penal code prohibits “The Denial of the Holocaust” as well as the “dissemination of Nazi propaganda”.

We are dealing with something far more serious than Nazi “hate speech”, namely the relationship of the German Government with the Kiev regime’s Nazi Movement.

Our governments, including the totality of NATO member states have been instructed by Washington to SUPPORT and SPONSOR Ukraine’s Neo-Nazi regime, which came to power in 2014. in the wake of a US sponsored coup d’Etat.


For more analysis on the Holocaust in Ukraine, see:

Ukraine’s Neo-Nazi Government Is Supported by the International Community. Adolph Hitler is “The Torchbearer of Democracy” in Ukraine

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, June 21, 2024


NAZISM = ANTI-SEMITISM 

WESTERN GOVERNMENTS WHICH SUPPORT THE NEO-NAZI KIEV REGIME ARE ANTI-SEMITIC 

 

There can be no peace when elected governments are supporting Ukraine’s NAZI Movement.

There can be no peace when US-NATO are actively supporting and financing Neo-Nazism in Ukraine.

NATO = NAZISM 

There can be NO PEACE when the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) Summit (scheduled for 9-11 July 2024) has already announced its unbending support for the Kiev Nazi regime.  

NATO is the protagonist of fraud and crimes against humanity.

NATO’S MANDATE IS TO SUPPORT NAZISM AND ANTI-SEMITISM.

ABOLISH NATO, NATO-EXIT.

NO NATO, NO WAR.

For more details see:

Ukraine’s Neo-Nazi Government Is Supported by the International Community. Adolph Hitler is “The Torchbearer of Democracy” in Ukraine

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, June 21, 2024

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Driving Hindutva and Culture of Commodification of Identity

January 6th, 2025 by Bhabani Shankar Nayak

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Article first published by Global Research on May 23, 2023. Minor revisions on June 15, 2024

***

 

****

 

Absolutely stunning,

An Astute Intelligence Op.  A++.

The election of Zelensky in 2019 was intent upon acquiring the ethnic Russian vote in Donbass. 

A Russian Jew transformed into a Nazi?

See the video below. 

 

Blackwater is in Donbass with the Azov battalion, by Manlio Dinucci

June 15, 2024. Zelensky arrives in Switzerland for the Ukraine Peace Conference.

On June 15-16, 2024, delegates from 90 countries will be meeting at the Bürgenstock resort near Lucerne, in the context of a Peace Conference organized by the Swiss government to which Russia was not invited.

***

 

Zelensky is Jewish. He supports the Nazi Azov Battalion, the two Nazi parties, which have committed countless atrocities against the Jewish community in Ukraine.  

He belongs to a Russian-Jewish family. He was brought up as a native Russian speaker, who prior to entering politics in 2019 was not fluent in Ukrainian. 

And the Western media in chorus are endorsing the Zelensky proxy regime without bating an eyelid. The Kiev regime is upheld as a democracy. 

Video

And now this Jewish-Russian proxy president wants to “ban everything Russian”, including the Russian language (his mother tongue), the Russian media, the teaching of Russian in the schools.

He has been instructed by Washington to lead Kiev’s Neo-Nazi government, which is portrayed by the U.S. mainstream media including the NYT as a democracy. 

Zelensky also plans to ban Russian composers including Tchaikovsky, Prokofiev, Shostakovich,  Borodin, Glinka, Rimsky-Korsakov, and many more.

Are Russian films also slated to be banned?

Ironically if this were to be carried out, it  would include Zelensky’s movies (featured in Russian) (produced prior to him becoming president in 2019). These include “Servant of the People”, 2016 (in Russian on Netflix). Below is the Trailer of his Film entitled “8 First Dates”. 

Trailer of Zelensky’s Film entitled “8 First Dates”

Russian Books

He has ordered the removal of 100 million books by Russian authors, including Tolstoy, Pushkin, Dostoevsky, Gorky, from Ukraine’s libraries.

Meanwhile, the Kiev neo-Nazi regime (supported by US-NATO) has endorsed the writings of Stepan Bandera as well as Adolph Hitler’s Mein Kampf

 

 

Military Training of Young Children to fight the Russians

From the outset in 2014 as well as under president Zelensky’s government, the Azov battalion is supported by US and Canadian military aid channelled to the Ukraine National Guard via the Ministry of Internal Affairs. 

The Azov battalion is not only involved in para-military operations in Eastern Ukraine, it is running a Summer Camp military training project for young children and adolescents as part of a broader Nazi indoctrination program.

The Azov Battalion promotes Nazism. It actively coordinates the Neo-Nazi Summer School: 

© vk.com/tabir.azovec

 

Zelensky Betrays His Family

Zelensky has also betrayed his family. Many of his relatives were victims of the Nazi holocaust.  

In a twisted irony, days before he assumed office [May 2019], “he …laid flowers on the grave of his grandfather, Semyon Ivanovich Zelensky (image right), who fought in the Soviet Union’s Red Army during World War II”.

It was May 9 — Victory Day in Ukraine — and a day of “thanksgiving,” he wrote in a Facebook post.

“[Semyon] went through the whole war and remain[s] forever in my memory one of those heroes who defended Ukraine from the Nazis,” he wrote.

“Thanks for the fact that the inhuman ideology of Nazism is forever a thing of the past”

Thanks to those who fought against Nazism — and won.”  (quoted in Washington Post, emphasis added)

High Treason.

My Grandfather: “one of those heroes who defended Ukraine from the Nazis”. 

What a liar and a criminal.

Sponsored by America and Europe, Zelensky is leading a Neo-Nazi government, he is promoting Nazism in Ukraine

And the Western media in chorus are endorsing the Zelensky proxy regime without bating an eyelid. The Kiev regime is upheld as a democracy. 

 

 

Ottawa, House of Commons, September 22, 2023

And at Canada’s House of Commons (September 22, 2023), a standing ovation for the Neo-Nazi President of Ukraine.

Are Canada’s MPs totally ignorant or are they embracing an unfolding US-Canada-NATO “Neo-Nazi Consensus”? 

 

This what happened in the aftermath of Zelensky’s Address

Click Watch YouTube to Access to avoid Message “That. you are not a Bot”

tIt is worth noting that David Pugliese of The Ottawa Citizen has carefully documented the Neo-Nazi features of the Kiev Regime. His report (which no doubt was read by several of Canada’s Members of Parliament) was published in 2021 during the Zelensky presidency (May 2019-)

 

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, September 23, 2023

*** 

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky delivers an address in Kiev, Ukraine, April 15, 2022. (Credit: Ukrainian Presidency)

Former Australian Prime Minister John Howard is in the news again.  The release of Australian cabinet documents from 2004 – a supposed treat for historians of Australian history each new year – has been given a typically modest, calm and boringly anodyne treatment in media outlets.

One topic featured should have caused continued sharp intakes of breath and stirs of indignation: Australia’s participation in the invasion of Iraq in March 2003.  Led by the United States with clinging support from the United Kingdom and Australia, ostensibly to disarm Saddam Hussein’s regime of biological, chemical and dare it be said, possible nuclear weapons, was a crude example of buccaneering, criminal adventurism.  It was illegal, lacking the approval of the United Nations Security Council.  It was almost certainly a crime against the peace, a higher offence developed by drafters and judicial authorities during the Nuremberg war crimes trials of 1945-6.

The words of US chief prosecutor at Nuremberg, Robert H. Jackson, delivered in his opening statement to the International Military Tribunal in November 1945, are all too pertinent.  While Nazi Germany is the target of his address, the US-led coalition can do just as well as substitutes:

“That attack on the peace of the world is a crime against international society which brings into international cognizance crimes in its aid and preparation which otherwise might be only internal concerns.  It was aggressive war, which the nations of the world had renounced.”

This vast hinterland of venality, incompetence, and indifference to international law – the very sort of things countries such as the United States and Australia hyperventilate over when concerning adversaries – should have received more comment.  The issue of Iraq in the 2004 cabinet release receives some mention in David Lee’s rather skimpy overview, perhaps unsurprising given that he occupies the position of National Archives of Australia Cabinet Historian.

In a comment to Guardian Australia, however, Lee makes a suggestion that should make the blood of service personnel and Australia’s citizenry boil.

“The balance of evidence we’ve seen from the cabinet records from 2003 and 2004 indicate that weapons of mass destruction is not the casus belli – the cause of war – for Australia, but rather Australia’s desire to strengthen the US alliance.”

Put another way, the commitment was, as have most Australian commitments to war been over its short history, a matter of impressing others.

The released documents do reveal that the Howard government, through its National Security Committee (NSC) of key ministers, had approved the deployment of forces three months prior to the official authorisation of Australia’s involvement on March 18, 2003, and began planning for it from August 2002 onwards.  This meant that Australia, along with the US and UK, had long given up on getting a UN Security Council resolution authorising an invasion, let alone waiting for the findings from ongoing UN weapons inspectors.

This hideous sense of a chugging, unstoppable train to war is evident in the admission on the part of Australian Foreign Affairs Minister, Alexander Downer, that the WMD issue was scratchy at best.  A January 10, 2003 oral briefing on the efforts of the UN weapons inspectors drew a rueful observation: “there was no confidence that the inspection process would uncover clear evidence of continuing Iraqi weapons of mass destruction programmes”.

On February 10, 2004, the NSC met to discuss the release of a public version of a review by the Department of Defence of Iraq operations.  The advanced deployment, above all else, had to be kept secret from the public, described in the minute as “the specific issue of public handling of when ADF action in Iraq commenced”.  This had an added urgency, given that the Bush administration had, by January 2004, conceded that launching a war to disarm a state of its weapons of mass destruction (WMD) had been without merit.  The Howard government not only risked having its mendacity exposed, but its competence questioned.

Showing that old dogs (and dogmas) are beyond learning new tricks, Howard remains unmoved and unenlightened by his role in this bloody affair.  Last November, ahead of the release of the cabinet papers, he merely admitted to being disappointed by the failure of US intelligence assessments he refused to question.  He still “tenaciously” maintained “that the decision was taken in good faith, based largely on what was called a national intelligence assessment.”

When considering such assessments, the former PM continues to prove slippery.  “I knew from earlier examinations that there had been a failure to find stockpiles, in other words, the physical weapons, although there was plenty of capacity through programs to develop them rapidly.”  When a failure to find something is paired with the capacity to develop it, its absence becomes irrelevant.  The capacity to develop a weapon becomes the equivalent of hypothetically having it.

As if hearing the sound of a distant arrest warrant being rustled up in The Hague, Howard concludes that, “We were wrong, in fact, but not maliciously.”  Like the fate that was to cruelly befall so many Iraqis and those in the broader Middle East, such a claim lacks legs, arms, or any limbs for that matter.  It is also impossible to reconcile with the hardboiled zealotry that marked Washington’s desire to redraw the Middle East in a fit of forced democratisation.

The journey into Mesopotamia was a blind mission of assumption and presumption: the instant, easeful discovery of WMDs in the possession of a madman previously feted by the West; the creation of a transitional authority without hiccup, despite a wholesale dismantling of the Baathist state.  Neither eventuated.  The invaders were sandpit colonialists, poorly costumed to reenact the glory days of European empires in the Middle East with trimmed forces and smaller budgets.  What makes Australia’s own involvement even worse, was that the reason to go to war lay less in an international security threat than a weak ego and reputational yearning: to be cringingly worthy to Washington.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He currently lectures at RMIT University.  He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). Email: [email protected]